Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE

COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March, 2019

Commission file number: 1-10110

 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Calle Azul 4,

28050 Madrid

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

Form 20-F         X                    Form 40-F

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

Yes                             No                  X

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

Yes                             No                  X

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

  

The English language version of this report is a free translation from the original, which was prepared in Spanish. All possible care has been taken, to ensure that the translation is an accurate presentation of the original. However, in all matters of interpretation, views or opinion expressed in the original language version of the document in Spanish take precedence over the translation.

Contents

 

Contents

     1  

Glossary

     3  

Correspondence between the sections of Pillar III and the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report

     7  

Index of tables

     10  

Index of charts

     14  

Executive summary

     16  

Introduction

     19  

Regulatory environment in 2018

     19  

Contents of the 2018 Prudential Relevance Report

     21  

Composition of Capital

     26  

1. General information requirements

     30  

1.1.         Corporate name and differences between the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

     30  

1.2.         Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments to capital transfer

     37  

1.3.         Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level

     37  

2. Own funds and Capital

     38  

2.1.          Characteristics of the eligible capital resources

     38  

2.2.         Amount of capital

     41  

2.3.         IFRS9 Transitional Arrangements

     44  

2.4.         Bank risk profile

     45  

2.5.          Breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

     47  

2.6.          Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

     50  

3. Risks

     51  

3.1.          General Risk Management and Control Model

     52  

3.2.         Credit and counterparty risk

     63  

3.3.         Market risk

     138  

3.4.          Structural risk in the equity portfolio

     155  

3.5.         Structural exchange-rate risk

     159  

3.6.         Interest-Rate Risk

     160  


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.7         Liquidity Risk

     163  

3.8         Operational risk

     176  

4     Leverage Ratio

     185  

4.1.          Leverage Ratio definition and composition

     185  

4.2.         Trends in the ratio

     187  

4.3.         Governance

     187  

5.     Information on remuneration

     188  

5.1.          Information on the decision-making process used to establish remuneration policy for the Identified Staff

     188  

5.2.          Description of the different types of employees included in the Identified Staff

     192  

5.3.          Key features of the remuneration system

     193  

5.4.          Information on the link between the remuneration of Identified Staff and the performance of the Group

     199  

5.5.          Description of the criteria used to take into consideration present and future risks in the remuneration processes

     200  

5.6.          Main parameters and reasons for any component of the possible variable remuneration plans and other non-cash benefits

     201  

5.7.          Ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration of Identified Staff

     201  

5.8.          Quantitative information on remuneration of the Identified Staff

     202  

6.     Information on the Corporate Governance system

     206  

7.     Subsequent events

     207  

Annexes

     208  

 

2


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Glossary

 

ACRONYM

 

 

DESCRIPTION

 

     

ALM (Asset - Liability Management)

 

Mechanism for managing structural balance-sheet risk for possible mismatch between assets and liabilities and for various factors (interest rate, exchange rate, liquidity, etc.)

     

AMA

 

Advanced method approach used by the entity for calculating the consolidated capital requirements by operational risk

     

AT1 (Additional Tier 1)

 

Additional Tier 1 capital consists of hybrid instruments, basically CoCos and preferred securities

     

Basel III

 

Set of proposals for reforming banking regulation, published starting December 16, 2010 and to be implemented in a phased approach

     

BCBS (Basel Committee on Banking Supervision)

 

An international forum for cooperation in banking supervision, whose mission is to enhance the quality of banking supervision at global level

     

BIS (Bank for International Settlements)

 

An independent international organization that promotes international financial and monetary cooperation and acts as a bank for central banks

     

CCF (Credit Conversion Factor)

 

The ratio between the actual amount available for a commitment that could be used and therefore, would be outstanding at the time of default, and the actual amount available for the commitment

     

CCP (Central Counterparty Clearing House)

 

Entity which stands between the counterparty entities, acting as a buyer against the sellers and as a seller against the buyers

     

CDS (Credit Default Swap)

 

A financial derivative between a Beneficiary and Guarantor by which the Beneficiary pays the Guarantor a premium in exchange for receiving protection in the case of credit events for a determined period of time

     

CET 1 (Common Equity Tier 1)

 

The entity’s highest-quality capital

     

Counterparty Credit Risk

 

This is a risk that arises from the possibility of losses derived from positions in derivatives and repos

     

Credit Risk

 

This is a risk arising from the possibility that one party to a financial instrument contract will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay, and cause a financial loss for the other party

     

CRM (Credit Risk Mitigation)

 

A technique used to reduce the credit risk associated with one or more of the entity’s current exposures

     

CRR / CRD IV

 

Solvency Regulation on prudential requirements of credit institutions and investment firms (Regulation EU 575/2013)

     

CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment)

 

Value Adjustments for counterparty credit risk

     

DLGD (Downturn Loss Given Default)

 

Loss given default at a period of stress in the economic cycle

     

D-SIB (Domestic Systemically Important Bank)

 

Other systemically important institutions (O-SIIs)

     

EAD (Exposure at default)

 

Maximum loss at the counterparty’s time of default

     

EBA (European Banking Authority)

 

Independent institution responsible for promoting the stability of the financial system, the transparency of markets and financial products, and protecting depositors and investors

     

EC (Economic Capital)

 

The amount of capital considered necessary to cover unexpected losses if actual losses are greater than expected losses

     

ECAI (External Credit Assessment

Institutions)

 

The external credit assessment institution designated by the entity

     

EL (Expected Loss)

 

Ratio between the amount that is expected the amount that is expected to be lost in an exposure, due to potential default by a counterparty or dilution over a one-year period, and the amount outstanding at the time of default

     
 

 

3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

ACRONYM

 

 

DESCRIPTION

 

     

FSB (Financial Stability Board)

 

An international body that aims to increase the efficiency and stability of the international financial sector, supervising it and making recommendations

     

FTD (First to default)

 

Derivative in which the two parties negotiate protection against the first default of any of the entities in the basket

     

GRM

 

Global Risk Management

     

GRMC

 

Global Risk Management Committee

     

G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important

Banks)

 

Financial institutions that due to their large size, importance in the market and connection to each other, could trigger a serious crisis in the international financial system if they face economic problems

     

IAA (Internal Assessment Approach)

 

Method of internal assessment used for the calculation of securitisation exposures in the investment portfolio

     

ICAAP (Internal Capital Adequacy

Assessment Process)

 

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

     

ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy

Assessment Process)

 

Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process

     

IMA (Internal Model Approach)

 

Approach that uses internal models to calculate the exposure originated by market risk

     

IMM (Internal Model Method)

 

Internal model method used to calculate exposure originated by counterparty risk

     

IRB (Internal Rating-Based approach)

 

Internal model method used to calculate exposure originated by credit risk. This method may be broken down into two types: FIRB (Foundation IRB) and AIRB (Advanced IRB)

     

IRC (Incremental Risk Capital)

 

Change applied to the exposure by market risk calculated using the internal method that quantifies the risk not captured by the VaR model, specifically in migration and default events

     

LCR

 

Liquidity coverage ratio

     

LDA (Loss Distribution Approach)

 

Aggregate Loss Distribution Model: this methodology estimates the distribution of losses by operational event by convoluting the frequency distribution and the loss given default distribution of these events

     

LDP

 

Low Default Portfolios

     

LGD (Loss Given Default)

 

Loss in the event of default

     

LGD BE (Loss Given Default Best

Estimate)

 

Loss in the “current” default portfolio

     

Liquidity Risk

 

The risk of an entity finding it difficult to meet its payment commitments fully and in due time; or when to meet them it has to resort to finance under burdensome terms which may harm the bank’s image or reputation

     

LMUs (Liquidity Management Units)

 

These are financial self-sufficient entities in BBVA Group created with the aim of preventing and limiting liquidity risk, and avoiding possible contagion from a crisis affecting only one or more of these entities

     

LR (Leverage Ratio)

 

This measurement estimates the relative amount of assets, off-balance-sheet obligations and contingent obligations to be paid, delivered or guaranteed, including an entity’s obligations derived from finance received, commitments acquired, derivatives contracts or repurchase agreements, but excluding the obligations that may only be executed during the entity’s liquidation, which are financed with TIER 1 capital

     

LRLGD

 

Long-Run Loss Given Default

     

LtSCD (Loan to Stable Customer

Deposits)

 

A ratio that measures the relation between net lending and stable customer deposits

     

Market Risk

 

This is a risk due the possibility that there may be losses in the value of positions held due to movements in the market variables that affect the

     
 

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

ACRONYM

 

 

DESCRIPTION

 

     
 

valuation of financial products and assets in trading activity

     

MREL (Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities)

 

Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities

     

OE (Original Exposure)

 

The gross amount the entity may lose if the counterparty does not comply with its contractual payment obligations, not taking into account the effect of guarantees or improvements in credit or mitigate credit risk mitigation operations

     

Operational Risk

 

The risk of losses caused by human errors, inadequate or faulty internal processes, system failures or external events, including external fraud, natural disasters, and faulty service provided by third parties. BBVA includes legal risk in this definition, but excludes strategic and/or business risk and reputational risk

     

ORX (Operational Risk Exchange)

 

Database of external operational losses

     

PD (Probability of Default)

 

Probability that a counterparty will default during a one-year period

     

PD-TTC (PD Through the Cycle)

 

Probability of default over the course of the economic cycle

     

PIT (Point-In-Time)

 

Approach for calculating provisions by which the PD and LGD parameters must be adapted at each moment in time

     

QCCP (Qualifying central counterparty)

 

A central counterparty that has either been authorized under Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012, or recognized under Article 25 of this regulation

     

RW (Risk Weight)

 

Level of risk applied to exposures (%)

     

RWAs (Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

The entity’s exposure to risk weighted by a percentage obtained by the applicable rule (the Standardized Approach) or internal models

     

SFTs

 

Securities financing transactions

     

SREP (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process)

 

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process

     

Structural Risk

 

This risk is subdivided into structural interest-rate risk (movements in interest rates that cause alterations in an entity’s net interest income and book value); and structural exchange-rate risk (exposure to variations in exchange rates originating in BBVA Group’s foreign companies and in the provision of funds to foreign branches financed in a different currency to that of the investment)

     

Synthetic securitisation

 

Type of operation where the loan portfolio is not typically transferred to a fund; on the contrary, the credit remains in the balance sheet of the corresponding entity, but this transfers the default risk to a third party. The objective of this type of instrument is the transmission of balance risk and capital release. Usually, the assignment of risk is usually made through a derivative (CDS) or through a financial guarantee

     

TIER I (First-level capital)

 

Capital made up of instruments that can absorb losses when the entity is in operation. It is composed of CET1 and AT1

     

TIER II (Second-level capital)

 

Additional capital formed by instruments, basically subordinated debt, revaluation reserves and hybrid instruments, which will absorb losses when the entity is not a going concern

     

TLAC (Total Loss Absorbing Capacity)

 

A regulatory framework approved by the FSB with the aim of guaranteeing that G-SIBs hold a minimum level of instruments and liabilities to ensure that the essential functions of the entity may be maintained in the resolution procedures and immediately afterward, without endangering taxpayers’ funds or financial stability

     

Traditional securitisation

 

Operation whereby an entity is capable of transforming a series of heterogeneous and illiquid financial assets into homogeneous liquid instruments (usually debentures or bonds) that can be traded on the market, thereby transferring the risk of the assets in most cases while capturing liquidity

     
 

 

5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

ACRONYM

 

 

DESCRIPTION

 

     

VaR (Value at Risk)

 

The measurement model that forecast the maximum loss that can be incurred by the entity’s trading portfolios stemming from market price fluctuations in a specific time horizon and at a specific level of confidence

     
 

 

6


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Correspondence between the sections of Pillar III and the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report

The information included in this Report may be supplemented with the financial information contained in the Group’s Consolidated Annual Financial Statements. For this purpose, the following table presents the correspondence between the sections of the Pillar III Report and the Group’s Consolidated Annual Financial Statements.

 

  Section

 

 

Subsection

 

  Group’s Consolidated
Financial Statements
  Pillar III
  Regulatory Environment   N/A   Introduction
  Introduction   Contents of the 2018 Prudential Relevance Report   N/A   Introduction
    Composition of Capital   Note 32   Introduction
  Corporate name and differences between the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria        
  Corporate name and scope of application   Note 1.1   1.1.1
      Differences in the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria   N/A   1.1.2

  General Information

  Requirements

 

    Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory

perimeter

  Note 32   1.1.3
      Main changes to the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2018   Note 3   1.1.4
  Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments to capital transfer   N/A   1.2
    Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level   N/A   1.3
 

Characteristics of the eligible capital resources

  N/A   2.1
 

Amount of capital

  Note 32   2.2
  Capital Resources  

IFRS9 transitional arrangements

  N/A   2.3
 

Bank risk profile

  Note 7   2.4
 

Breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

  N/A   2.5
   

Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

  N/A   2.6
 

General risk control and management model

       
  Risks  

    Governance and organization

  Note 7.1.1   3.1.1
   

    Risk Appetite Framework

  Note 7.1.2   3.1.2

 

7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

  Section

 

 

Subsection

 

  Group’s Consolidated
Financial Statements
 

Pillar III

 

 

    Decisions and processes

  Note 7.1.3   3.1.3
 

    Assessment, monitoring and reporting

  Note 7.1.4   3.1.4
 

    Infrastructure

  Note 7.1.5   3.1.5
 

    Risk culture

  Note 7.1.6   3.1.6
 

Credit and counterparty credit risk

       
 

    Scope and nature of the credit risk measurement and reporting systems

  Note 7.3   3.2.1
 

    Definitions and accounting methodologies

  Notes 2.2.1   3.2.2
 

    Information on credit risk

  N/A   3.2.3
 

    Information on the standardized approach

  N/A   3.2.4
 

    Information on the IRB approach

  N/A   3.2.5
 

    Information on credit counterparty credit risk

  7.4.3   3.2.6
 

    Information on securitisations

  N/A   3.2.7
 

    Hedging and risk reduction policies. Supervision strategies and processes

  Note 7.3.3   3.2.8
 

    Information on credit risk mitigation techniques

  N/A   3.2.9
 

    RWA density by geographical area

  N/A   3.2.10
 

Market risk

       
 

    Scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems

  Note 7.4   3.3.1
 

    Differences in the trading book for the purposes of applying the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

  N/A   3.3.2
 

    Standardized approach

  N/A   3.3.3
 

    Internal models

  Note 7.4.1   3.3.4
 

Structural risk in the equity portfolio

       
 

    Scope and nature of the structural risk in the equity portfolio measurement and reporting systems

  Note 7.4.2   3.4.1
 

    Differentiation between portfolios held for sale and those held for strategic purposes

  N/A   3.4.2
 

    Book value and exposure of equity investments and capital instruments contained in above portfolios

  N/A   3.4.3
 

    Risk-weighted assets of equity investments and capital instruments

  N/A   3.4.4
 

    Profit and loss and adjustments for valuation of equity investments and capital instruments

  Notes 41 and 49   3.4.5
    Structural exchange-rate risk        

 

8


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

  Section

 

 

Subsection

 

  Group’s Consolidated
Financial Statements
 

Pillar III

 

 

    Scope and nature of the exchange-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

  Note 7.4.2   3.5.1
 

Interest-rate risk

       
 

    Evolution, monitoring and reporting

  Note 7.4.2   3.6.1
 

    Nature of interest-rate risk and key hypothesis

  N/A   3.6.2
 

    Variations in interest risks

  Note 7.4.2   3.6.3
 

Liquidity risk

       
 

    Liquidity and funding strategy and planning

  Note 7.5.1   3.7.1
 

    Governance and monitoring

  Note 7.5.1   3.7.2
 

    Liquidity and funding performance in 2018

  Note 7.5.1   3.7.3
 

    Liquidity and funding prospects

  N/A   3.7.4
 

    LCR disclosure

  Note 7.5.1   3.7.5
 

    Assets committed in finance transactions

  Note 7.5.2   3.7.6
 

Operational risk

       
 

    Operational risk definition

  Note 7.6   3.8.1
 

    Operational risk management model

  Note 7.6   3.8.2
 

    Operational risk governance

  N/A   3.8.3
 

    Methods used for calculating capital requirements

  N/A   3.8.4
        Group’s operational risk profile   N/A   3.8.5
  Remuneration   Information on remuneration   Note 54   5

Information on the Corporate Governance system

 

Information on the Corporate Governance system

  Annual Corporate Governance Report   6
  Subsequent events   Subsequent events   Note 56   7

 

9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Index of tables

 

Table 1.

  Geographical breakdown of relevant credit exposures for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer

Table 2.

  CC2 - Reconciliation of the regulatory capital with Public Balance Sheet

Table 3

  EU Ll1 - Differences between the accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of the financial statements categories with regulatory risk categories

Table 4.

  EU LI2 - Main sources of the differences between regulatory original exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements

Table 5.

  Credit and Counterparty Risk headings of the Public Balance Sheet for OE, EAD and RWAs

Table 6.

  Amount of capital (CC1)

Table 7.

  Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

Table 8.

  IFRS9-FL - Summary of the own funds, main capital and leverage ratios with and without the application of IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar Expected Credit Losses (ECL)

Table 9.

  EU OV1 Overview of RWAs

Table 10.

  Capital requirements by risk type and exposure class

Table 11.

  Credit Risk exposure

Table 12.

  EU CRB-B – Total and average net amount of exposures (including counterparty credit risk)

Table 13.

  EU CRB-C – Geographical breakdown of exposures (including counterparty credit risk)

Table 14.

  EU CR1-C – Credit quality of exposures by geography (including counterparty credit risk)

Table 15.

  EU CR1-A – Credit quality of exposures by exposure class and instrument (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Table 16.

  EU CRB-D – Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Table 17.

  EU CR1-B – Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Table 18.

  EU CRB-E – Maturity of exposures (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Table 19.

  EU CR1-D – Ageing of past-due exposures

Table 20.

  EU CR2-A – Changes in the stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments

Table 21.

  EU CR2-B – Changes in the stock of defaulted and impaired loans and debt securities

 

10


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Table 22.

  EU CR1-ENon-performing exposures and forborne exposures

Table 23.

  EU CR4 – Standardised approach – Credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation effects

Table 24.

  Standardised approach: Exposure values before the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

Table 25.

  EU CR5 – Standardised approach

Table 26.

  RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the standardised approach

Table 27.

  Models authorized by the supervisor for use in the calculation of capital requirements

Table 28.

  Master Scale of BBVA’s rating

Table 29.

  EU CR6 – IRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range

Table 30.

  EU CR9 – IRB approach – Backtesting of PD per exposure class

Table 31.

  EU CR8 – RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach

Table 32.

  EU CR10 (1) – IRB: specialised lending

Table 33.

  EU CR10 (2) – IRB: Equity

Table 34.

  Positions subject to counterparty credit risk in terms of OE, EAD and RWAs

Table 35.

  Amounts of counterparty risk in the trading book

Table 36.

  EU CCR5-A – Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values

Table 37.

  EU CCR1 – Analysis of CCR exposure by approach

Table 38.

  EU CCR3 – Standardised approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk

Table 39.

  EU CCR4 – IRB approach – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

Table 40.

  EU CCR5-B – Composition of collateral for exposures to CCR

Table 41.

  EU CCR6 – Credit derivatives exposures

Table 42.

  EU CCR2 – CVA capital charge

Table 43.

  Variations in terms of RWAs of CVA

Table 44.

  EU CCR8 – Exposures to CCPs

Table 45.

  SEC1: Securitisation exposures in the investment portfolio

Table 46.

  SEC4: Exposure to securitisation in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (Bank that acts as an investor)

 

11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Table 47.

  SEC3: Exposure to securitisation in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (Bank that acts as originator or sponsor)

Table 48.

  Breakdown of securitized balances by type of asset

Table 49.

  Outstanding balance corresponding to the underlying assets of the Group’s originated Securitisations, in which risk transfer criteria are not fulfilled

Table 50.

  Exposure covered with financial guarantees and other collateral calculated using the standardised and advanced approaches

Table 51.

  Exposure covered by personal guarantees. Standardised and advanced approach

Table 52.

  EU CR3 – CRM techniques – Overview

Table 53.

  Breakdown of RWA density by geographical area and approach

Table 54.

  EU MR1 – Market risk under the standardised approach

Table 55.

  Prudent Valuation Adjustments

Table 56.

  EU MR3 – IMA values for trading portfolios

Table 57.

  Trading Book. VaR without smoothing by risk factors

Table 58.

  EU MR2-A – Market risk under the IMA

Table 59.

  EU MR2-B – RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA

Table 60.

  Trading Book. Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario

Table 61.

  Trading Book. Stress resampling

Table 62.

  Breakdown of book value, EAD and RWAs of equity investments and capital instruments

Table 63.

  Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments

Table 64.

  Breakdown of RWAs, equity investments and capital instruments by applicable approach

Table 65.

  Variation in RWAs for Equity Risk

Table 66.

  Realized profit and loss from sales and settlements of equity investments and capital instruments

Table 67.

  Valuation adjustments for latent revaluation of equity investments and capital instruments

Table 68.

  Variations in interest rates. Impact on net interest income and economic value

Table 69.

  Loan to Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD)

 

12


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Table 70.

  LCR main LMU

Table 71.

  Liquidity inflows. Residual maturities by contractual periods

Table 72.

  Liquidity outflows. Residual maturities by contractual periods

Table 73.

  Maturity of wholesale issues of Balance Euro by nature

Table 74.

  Maturity of wholesale issues of Bancomer by nature

Table 75.

  Maturity of wholesale issues of Compass by nature

Table 76.

  Maturity of wholesale issues of Garanti by nature

Table 77.

  Maturity of wholesale issues of South America by nature

Table 78.

  EU LIQ1: LCR disclosure template

Table 79.

  Committed assets over total assets rate

Table 80.

  Mortgage-covered bonds

Table 81.

  Public-covered bonds

Table 82.

  Internationalization-covered bonds

Table 83.

  Encumbered and unencumbered Assets

Table 84.

  Collateral received

Table 85.

  Sources of encumbrance

Table 86.

  Regulatory capital for Operational Risk

Table 87.

  LRSum - Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and exposure corresponding to the Leverage Ratio

Table 88.

  Composition of the Remuneration Committee

Table 89.

  Settlement and payment system for annual variable remuneration

Table 90.

  Total remuneration of Identified Staff in 2018

Table 91.

  Extraordinary remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2018

Table 92.

  Deferred variable remuneration from periods prior to 2018

Table 93.

  Remunerations of identified staff in 2018 by activity areas

Table 94.

  Number of individuals with total remuneration in excess of 1 million in 2018

 

13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Index of charts

 

Chart 1.

  Capital Requirements (fully loaded)

Chart 2.

  Capital Ratio Evolution during 2018

Chart 3.

  Distribution of RWAs by risk type under Pillar I

Chart 4.

  Breakdown of RWAs by exposure category and method

Chart 5.

  BBVA’s Group Core Metrics

Chart 6.

  Structure of Group’s BBVA Risk Appetite Framework

Chart 7.

  Distribution by geographical area of Exposure to Credit Risk

Chart 8.

  Advanced Measurement Approach: EAD by obligor category

Chart 9.

  Advanced Measurement Approach: Weighted average PD by EAD

Chart 10.

  Advanced Measurement Approach: Weighted average LGD by EAD

Chart 11.

  Advanced Measurement Approach: RWAs by obligor category

Chart 12.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: retail mortgages

Chart 13.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: consumer finance

Chart 14.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: credit cards

Chart 15.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: automobiles

Chart 16.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: SMEs and Real Estate Developers

Chart 17.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: Mexico credit cards

Chart 18.

  Comparative analysis of expected loss: Mexico corporates

Chart 19.

  Functions performed in the securitization process and Group’s level of involvement

Chart 20.

  Trading book. Trends in VaR without smoothing

Chart 21.

  Trading book. Market Risk Model Validation for BBVA S.A. Hypothetical Backtesting

 

14


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Chart 22.

  Trading book. Market Risk Model Validation for BBVA S.A. Real Backtesting

Chart 23.

  Trading book. Market Risk Model Validation for BBVA Bancomer. Hypothetical Backtesting

Chart 24.

  Trading book. Market Risk Model Validation for BBVA Bancomer. Real Backtesting

Chart 25.

  Operational risk management process

Chart 26.

  Corporate Assurance Governance Structure

Chart 27.

  Operational Risk Profile of BBVA Group

Chart 28.

  Operational Risk profile by risk and country

Chart 29.

  Trends in the leverage ratio

 

15


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Executive summary

BBVA is a customer-centric global financial services group founded in 1857. BBVA is present in more than 30 countries. It is a solid leader in Spain, and the biggest financial institution in Mexico; it has franchises that are leaders in South America and the Sunbelt region of the United States; and is the largest shareholder in the Turkish bank Garanti.

Its diversified business is focused on high-growth markets, and it views technology as a key sustainable competitive advantage.

Business strategy and model

During 2018, BBVA made significant progress on its transformation, firmly underpinned by the Group’s Purpose, and the six Strategic Priorities, as fundamental pillars of the Organization’s strategy.

Our vision and aspiration

BBVA is developing a transformation process needed in order to adapt itself to the new environment within the financial industry, characterized by trends validating the Group’s strategic vision. In other words, a reconfiguration of the financial services industry is taking place. Those trends are:

 

  ·  

A complex macroeconomic environment, characterized by strong regulatory pressure, low interest rates, high currency volatility, and geopolitical risks.

 

  ·  

A highly regulated banking industry, that is, traditional banking subject to a large number of legal regulations, both globally and locally.

 

  ·  

A shift in the needs and expectations of customers who demand higher value-added services that enable them to achieve their objectives, with a simple, transparent and immediate relationship model similar to the one they already enjoy with a number of other highly digitized industries.

 

  ·  

Certain data that is evolving into a strategic asset. Given the large amount of data stored within organizations, the ability to interpret and make value proposals to customers is considered to be critical, provided there is customer consent under all circumstances.

 

  ·  

Certain technological giants, with business models based on data that create ecosystems where the lines between different types of businesses are being blurred.

 

  ·  

Greater competition because of the arrival of new players who focus on the most profitable aspects of the value chain.

In this context, the main objective of the Group’s transformation strategy –its aspiration– is to strengthen the relationship with the clients.

Progress in BBVA’s transformation journey

BBVA advanced in fulfilment of its Purpose in 2018: to bring the age of opportunity to everyone, this is reflected in the tagline: Creating Opportunities. We want to help our customers make better financial decisions and attain their life goals; we want to be more than a bank, we want to be an engine of opportunities and have a positive impact on peoples’ lives and companies’ businesses.

In this respect, important steps were taken in the development of the six Strategic Priorities of the Group throughout the year in order to continue its advances in the transformation process. These advances were reflected in the results of key performance indicators

(KPIs).

 

 

16


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Strategic priorities

 

  1.

The best customer experience

BBVA Group’s main focus is based on providing a new standard in customer experience that stands out for its simplicity, transparency and swiftness, further empowering its customers while offering them personalized advice.

 

  2.

Digital sales

BBVA’s relationship model is evolving to adapt to the growing multi-channel customer profile, which is why it is essential to foster digitalization. For this purpose, it is developing an important digital offering including products and services that let customers use the most convenient channel for them.

 

  3.

New business models

Throughout 2018, BBVA continued to consolidate itself as one of the leading banks in terms of digital transformation and activity in the entrepreneurship ecosystem. The Group is actively participating in the disruption of the financial industry in order to incorporate key findings into the Bank’s value proposition, through both the search for new digital business models as well as the leveraging of the FinTech ecosystem.

 

  4.

Optimize capital allocation

The objective of this priority is to improve the profitability and sustainability of the business while simplifying and focusing it on the most relevant activities. Throughout 2018, efforts continued to promote the correct allocation of capital and this is allowing the Group to continue improving in terms of solvency.

 

  5.

Unrivalled efficiency

In an environment of lower profitability for the financial industry, efficiency has become an essential priority in BBVA’s transformation plan. This priority is based on building a new organizational model that is as agile, simple and automated as possible.

 

  6.

A first class workforce

BBVA Group’s most important asset is its people; therefore, a first class workforce is one of the six Strategic Priorities, which entails attracting, selecting, training, developing and retaining top-class talent.

BBVA Group has developed new people management models and new ways of working which have enabled the Bank to keep transforming its operational model, but have also promoted cultural transformation and have favoured the ability to become a purpose-driven company, or, in other words, a company where staff guide their actions according to the Values, and are genuinely inspired and motivated by the same Purpose.

Highlights

BBVA Group’s net attributable profit for 2018, 5,32 billion, includes the capital gains from the sale of BBVA Chile.

Once more, there was a notably good performance of the more recurring revenue, and control of operating expenses.

Management of liquidity and funding in BBVA aims to finance the recurring growth of the banking business at suitable maturities and costs, using a wide range of instruments that

 

 

17


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

provide access to a large number of alternative sources of finance, always in compliance with current regulatory requirements.

The level of the BBVA Group’s liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) remained comfortably above 100% throughout 2018, without including liquidity transfers between subsidiaries; in other words, no kind of excess liquidity in the subsidiaries abroad is considered in the calculation of the consolidated ratio. As of December 31, 2018, the LCR stood at 127%. Although this requirement is only established at Group level, the minimum level is easily exceeded in all the subsidiaries.

BBVA Group’s risk quality metrics have continued to perform positively throughout the year. Since the end of 2017, non-performing loans continued their declining trend, been reduced 16.6% and the Group’s non-performing loan ratio recorded a further improvement strongly influenced by the decline in non-performing loans.

As regards solvency, BBVA Group’s fully-loaded CET1 ratio stood at 11.3% at the end of December 2018, in line with the target of 11%. This ratio has increased by 30 basis points since the end of 2017, leveraged on organic earning generation and reduction of risk weighted asset capital consumption.

The following sections present details related to the Group’s solvency. The Management Report, which is attached to the BBVA Group Consolidated Financial Statements, presents the main indicators of the Group’s activity and profitability.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Introduction

 

Regulatory environment in 2018

Contents of the 2018 Prudential Relevance Report

Composition of Capital

 

Regulatory environment in 2018

As a Spanish credit institution, BBVA is subject to Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council dated June 26, 2013, on access to the activity of credit institutions and investment firms (“Directive CRD IV”) amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC by means of which the EU began, as of January 1 2014, to implement the capital reforms agreed within the framework of Basel III, thus establishing a period of gradual implementation for certain requirements until January 1 2019.

The major regulation governing the solvency of credit institutions is Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council dated June 26, 2013, on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 (“CRR” and, jointly with Directive CRD IV and any other CRD IV implementation measure, “CRD IV”), which is complemented by several binding Regulatory Technical Standards that apply directly to EU member states, there being no need to implement national measures.

Directive CRD IV was transposed to Spanish national law by means of Royal Decree-Law 14/2013 dated November 29 (“RD-L 14/2013”), Law 10/2014, Royal Decree 84/2015 dated February 13 (“RD 84/2015”), Bank of Spain Circular 2/2014 dated January 31 and Circular 2/2016 dated February 2 (“Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016”).

Regulatory changes

BIS III Reform: in order to strike a balance between risk sensitivity, simplicity and comparability, the Basel Committee has reformed the Basel III framework. The main amendments are focused on internal models, the standard credit risk method, the market risk framework, operational risk and capital floors in the advanced measurement approach based on the standardized approach. The reform has been approved by the Basel Committee meeting on December 8, 2017, with an implementation date of January 1, 2022. In the case of capital floors, its introduction is gradual over a period of 5 years, from a floor of 50% on January 1, 2022 to 72.5% on January 1, 2027. The Committee also introduced an additional leverage ratio for global systemically important banks (G-SIBs).

CE reforms and provisions: in Europe, on November 23, 2016 the European Commission published a new reform package amending both the prudential banking regime (CRR) and the resolution regime (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive, BRRD). This revision includes the implementation of international standards into European legislation (regulation later than 2010 adopted by the Basel Committee – except for standards approved in December, 2017 – and the total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC)), the final design of the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) along with a package of technical improvements. At the same time, a proposal of directive has also been put forward to harmonize the hierarchy of senior debt creditors within the European Union. This directive was approved in December 2017.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

As of today discussions continue within the European Council and Parliament with the aim of reaching an agreement on the texts that will be the subject of negotiation between the European Commission, the European Council and the European Parliament. In this respect, in December 2018 they reached an agreement on the main points of the reform. However, on December 27, 2017 the Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU) published the agreement reached by the fast-track procedure relating to the following three aspects of the reform:

 

1.

A transitional period of 5 years (2018-2022) during which the banks will be allowed to mitigate partially the negative impact of the increased provisions under the new IFRS 9 accounting standard on their CET1 capital, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation (EU) 2017/2395 (article 473 bis of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013), to which BBVA Group has adhered voluntarily. In this regard and during that transitional period, information detailing the impact of not applying those transitory arrangements will be reported. For these purposes, EBA has published guidelines that specify the uniform format that should be used to disclose the information required during the transitional period (EBA/GL/2018/01).

In this report, the phased-in capital ratios as of December 2018 are calculated taking into account the aforementioned transitional IFRS 9 treatment, whereas the fully loaded capital ratios incorporate the full impact of these new accounting regulations.

 

2.

An additional period of three years (2018-2020) during which exposure with respect to central governments or central banks of the Member States denominated and financed in a currency of another Member State remains exempt from calculation of threshold to large exposures.

 

3.

Creation of a new category of subordinated senior debt in the hierarchy of bank creditors that will be eligible for the purposes of TLAC.

Reform of the securitisation framework: with respect to securitisations, the European Commission published a proposal in 2015 aimed to facilitate the development of a securitisation market in Europe. The package consisted of two draft Regulations:

 

1.

Securitisation Regulation: combines the rules applicable to all the securitisations including high-quality securitisation (simple, transparent and standardized (STS) securitisation), which is now dispersed across several legal provisions. This rationalizes and simplifies the existing rules and establishes a general system for defining STS securitisation.

 

2.

Text modifying the CRR with respect to the capital requirements for securitisation positions. Gives a more risk-sensitive treatment to STS securitisations.

These two regulations were published in the OJEU on December 28, 2017, with an application date of January 1, 2019 for securitisations issued as of that date. For securitisations made before January 2019, entities will continue to apply the current regime until December 31, 2019.

Management and framework of NPLs: in July 2017, the European Council published a package of measures to address non-performing loan assets (NPL) in Europe. For this purpose, the European Central Bank (ECB) has established supervisory expectations for Pillar II on prudential provisions for non-performing loan exposures classified as such as of April 1, 2018. Its application date is from 2021 SREP exercise onwards (“Supervisory Review and Examination Process”). The supervisory expectations on prudential provisions applicable to stock (non-performing loan exposures classified as such before April 1, 2018) will be treated by the ECB within the individual dialog with each bank.

Meanwhile, the EC is working on a Pillar I proposal for a regulation modifying the CRR with regard to the minimum coverage of losses arising from non-performing loan exposures.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

After a negotiation period between the EC, the European Council and the European Parliament, an agreement has been reached in December 2018 that is expected to be applicable throughout 2019. With regard to transparency, the European Banking Authority (EBA) has released guidelines on the NPLs information disclosure that will apply as of December 31, 2019, and guidelines regarding the NPLs management that will be applicable as of June 30, 2019.

Changes in the Pillar III disclosure framework: the Basel Pillar III framework is being revised by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), which has divided the process into three phases.

 

  ·  

Phase I: the disclosure requirements of the first phase of review were published in January 2015, and they replace the disclosure requirements published in 2014 (modified in July 2009). It includes standardized templates related to credit and market risks, as well as the distinction between the accounting perimeter and regulatory perimeter.

 

  ·  

Phase II: on a second phase, the BCBS has reviewed the disclose requirements collected on the Basel rules that are currently in force and has consolidated them under the document “Disclosure requirements for the Third Pillar – consolidated and enhanced framework”, published in March 2017. It includes standardized templates related to countercyclical buffer, prudent valuation, LCR, etc.

 

  ·  

Phase III: as of December, 11, 2018, BCBS has published the requirements of the third phase of revision of the Pillar 3 framework under the document “Disclosure requirements for the Third Pillar – updated framework”, which includes, among others, new information disclosure requirements derived from the conclusion of the Basel III reforms.

The disclosure requirements for the first phase of the review of Pillar 3 entered into force in December 2017, while the disclosure requirements for the second phase have different implementation dates, with the first phase coinciding with the close of 2017. Furthermore, the implementation date of the third phase is, in general, on January 1, 2022, with the exception of certain forms that have been moved forward to the end of 2020.

Contents of the 2018 Prudential Relevance Report

Article 13 of the CRR establishes that the parent entities of the European Union are subject based on their consolidated situation to the disclosure requirements contained in the Part Eight of the CRR.

This report includes the prudential information of BBVA consolidated group as of December 31, 2018. This report has been prepared in compliance with the requirements set by Part Eight of the CRR, as well as any applicable guideline published by the European Banking Authority.

Furthermore, the data published in the Prudential Relevance Report (Pillar III) was prepared in accordance with internal control processes described in the “Corporate Policies for Preparing Financial and Annual Information in the BBVA Group”. These policies ensure that the information included in Pillar III is subject to the internal control framework defined by the Group, as well as adequate internal and external revision (by an independent expert), in compliance with the Guidelines on disclosure requirements under Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No.575/2013 (EBA/GL/2016/11).

In general, the following EBA guidelines are highlighted:

 

  ·  

Guidelines on materiality, proprietary information, and confidentiality, and on the frequency of disclosure of information according to Article 432, sections 1 and 2, and Article 433 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (EBA/GL/2014/14). These guidelines detail the process and the criteria to be followed regarding the principles

 

 

21


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

of materiality, proprietary information, confidentiality and the right to omit information. They also provide guidance for entities to evaluate the need to publish information more frequently than the annual. The Executive Commission of the Bank of Spain adopted these guidelines in February 2015.

 

  ·  

Guidelines on disclosure requirements under Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (EBA/GL/2016/11). These guidelines provide guidance in relation to the information that entities must disclose in application of the corresponding articles of the Part Eight and with the presentation of said information. The Executive Commission of the Bank of Spain adopted these guidelines in October 2017.

 

  ·  

Guidelines on LCR disclosure to complement the information on liquidity risk management in accordance with Article 435 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (EBA/GL/2017/01). These guidelines specify the general framework for the disclosure of information on risk management under Article 435 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/20132 in relation to liquidity risk, establishing a harmonised structure for the disclosure of the information required by Article 435, point 1 of said Regulation. The Executive Commission of the Bank of Spain adopted these guidelines in July 2017.

 

  ·  

Guidelines on disclosure of encumbered and unencumbered assets in accordance with Article 443 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (EBA/GL/2014/03). The Executive Commission of the Bank of Spain adopted these guidelines in September 2014.

 

  ·  

Guidelines on uniform disclosure of information under Article 473a of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 with regard to the transitional provisions for mitigating the impact on own funds from the introduction of IFRS 9 (EBA/GL/2018/01). The Executive Committee of the Bank of Spain has adopted these guidelines in February 2018.

 

  ·  

Guidelines on appropriate remuneration policies under Articles 74, paragraph 3, and 75, paragraph 2, of Directive 2013/36/EU and disclosure of information under Article 450 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (EBA/GL/2015/22). The Executive Commission of the Bank of Spain adopted these guidelines in July 2016.

Annex V of this report, available on the Group’s website, gathers the correspondence of the articles of Part Eight CRR on information disclosure with the different headings of the document (or other public documents) where the required information is located.

In an exercise of transparency, as of December 31, 2018, BBVA includes the following standard templates on disclosure of information recommended by the different regulators. They can be seen in the following table:

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Disclosure requirements

 

Template

  Guidelines on disclosure requirements EBA/GL/2016/11   Pillar III Section
EU-OV1   Overview of RWAs  

2.5

EU-LI1   Differences between the accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping of financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories  

1.1.3

EU-LI2   Main sources of the differences between the regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements  

1.1.3

EU-LI3   Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation (entity by entity)  

Pillar III Annexes

EU-INS1   Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings  

N/A

EU-CR1-A   Credit quality of exposures by exposure class and instrument  

3.2.3.4

EU-CRB-B   Total and average net amount of exposures  

3.2.3.2

EU-CRB-C   Geographical breakdown of exposures  

3.2.3.3

EU-CR1-C   Credit quality of exposures by geography  

3.2.3.3

EU-CRB-D   Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types  

3.2.3.5

EU-CR1-B   Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types  

3.2.3.5

EU-CRB-E   Maturity of exposures  

3.2.3.6

EU-CR1-D   Ageing of past-due exposures  

3.2.3.6

EU-CR2-A   Changes in the stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments  

3.2.3.8

EU-CR2-B   Changes in the stock of defaulted and impaired loans and debt securities  

3.2.3.8

EU-CR1-E   Non-performing exposures and forborne exposures  

3.2.3.9

EU-CR4   Standardized approach: credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation effects  

3.2.4.3

EU-CR5   Standardized approach  

3.2.4.3

EU-CR6   IRB approach: credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range  

3.2.5.2

EU-CR9   IRB approach: backtesting of PD per exposure class  

3.2.5.2

EU-CR8   RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach  

3.2.5.2

EU-CR10 (1)   IRB: specialized lending  

3.2.5.4

EU-CR10 (2)   IRB: equity  

3.2.5.5

EU-CCR5-A   Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values  

3.2.6.2

EU-CCR1   Analysis of counterparty credit risk exposures by approach  

3.2.6.2

EU-CCR3   Standardized approach: counterparty credit risk exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk  

3.2.6.2.1

EU-CCR4   IRB approach: counterparty credit risk exposure by portfolio and PD scale  

3.2.6.2.2

EU-CCR5-B   Composition of collateral for exposures to counterparty credit risk  

3.2.6.2.3

EU-CCR7   RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under the IMM  

N/A

 

 

23


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

EU-CCR6  

Credit derivatives exposures

 

3.2.6.2.4

EU-CCR2  

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

 

3.2.6.3

EU-CCR8  

Exposures to central counterparty clearing houses

 

3.2.6.4

EU-CR3  

Credit risk mitigation techniques overview

 

3.2.8.3

EU-MR1  

Market risk under the standardized approach

 

3.3.3

EU-MR3  

IMA values for trading portfolios

 

3.3.4.2.2

EU-MR2-A  

Market risk under the internal model approach (IMA)

 

3.3.4.2.2

EU-MR2-B  

RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under the IMA approach

 

3.3.4.2.2

EU-MR4  

Trading book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement Model

 

3.3.4.2.3

Template

 

Guidelines on disclosure of liquidity information (EBA/GL/2017/01)

  Pillar III Section
EU- LIQ1  

Guidelines on disclosure of Liquidity information

 

3.7.5

Template

  RTS on Asset Encumbrance Disclosure (EBA/RTS/2017/03)   Pillar III Section
Encumbered and unencumbered assets  

3.7.6

Collateral received  

3.7.6

Sources of encumbrance  

3.7.6

Template

  Guidelines with regard to the transitional provisions for mitigating the impact on own funds from IFRS9 (EBA/GL/
2018/01)
  Pillar III Section
IFRS9 - FL   Comparison of own funds and capital leverage ratios of entities with and without the application of the transitional arrangements of IFRS9 or similar Expected Credit Losses (ECL)  

2.3

Template

  Guidelines on prudent valuation adjustments (EBA/RTS/2014/06)   Pillar III Section
Prudent Valuation Adjustments  

3.3.4.2.1

Template

  Leverage Ratio - Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2016/200   Pillar III Section
LRSum   Summary of the reconciliation of accounting assets and exposure corresponding to the Leverage Ratio  

4.1

LRCom   Common Leverage Ratio disclosure table  

Pillar III Annexes

LRSpl   Breakdown of balance-sheet exposures  

Pillar III Annexes

 

 

24


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Template

 

Own Fund requirements - Commission Implementing Regulation  (EU) 1424/2013

  Pillar III Section
Template for presenting the main characteristics of capital instruments  

Pillar III Annexes

Template with information on temporary own funds  

Pillar III Annexes

Template

  Anticyclical capital buffer Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/1555   Pillar III Section
Distribution by geographic areas of the credit exposure for calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer  

Introduction

Amount of the countercyclical capital buffer specific to each entity  

Introduction

Template

  Disclose requirements for the Third Pillar – consolidated and enhanced framework   Pillar III Section
SEC1   Securitisation exposure in the investment portfolio  

3.2.7.5

SEC4   Exposure to securitisation in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (bank that acts as investor)  

3.2.7.6

SEC3   Exposure to securitisation in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (bank that acts as originator or sponsor)  

3.2.7.7.2

Template

  Disclosure requirements for the Third Pillar – updated framework   Pillar III Section
CC1   Template with information on temporary own funds (CC1)  

Pillar III Annexes

CC2   Reconciliation of the regulatory capital with the Public Balance Sheet  

1.1.3

 

25


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Composition of Capital

Capital requirements

The regulations require institutions to have a higher and better quality capital level, increase capital deductions and review the requirements associated with certain assets. Unlike the previous framework, the minimum capital requirements are complemented with requirements for capital buffers and others relating to liquidity and leverage. Bank capital under CRD IV mainly comprises of the elements described in section 2.1 herein.

The most relevant aspects affecting the elements making up minimum capital requirements and risk-weighted assets are detailed in greater depth in section 2.4 of this document.

In this regard, article 92 of the CRR establishes that credit institutions must maintain at all times the following own funds requirements:

 

  a)

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, obtained as Common Equity Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage along the total amount of risk-weighted assets.

 

  b)

Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%, calculated as the percentage between the Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage along the total amount of risk-weighted assets.

 

  c)

Total capital ratio of 8%, expressed as the percentage of the own funds along the total amount risk-weighted assets.

Notwithstanding the application of the Pillar 1 requirement, CRD IV allows competent authorities to require that credit institutions maintain more own funds than the Pillar 1 requirements to cover risks other than those already covered by the Pillar 1 requirement (this power of the competent authority is commonly known as Pillar 2).

Furthermore, in accordance with CRD IV, credit institutions must comply with the “combined requirement of capital buffers” from 2016 onwards. The “combined buffer requirement” has incorporated five new capital buffers: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) the buffer for global systemically important banks (the “G-SIB buffer”); (iii) the countercyclical capital buffer specific to each bank; (iv) the buffer for other systemically important financial institutions (the “D-SIB buffer”); and (v) the buffer against systemic risks. The “combined capital buffer requirement” must be met with Common Equity Tier 1 capital (“CET1”) in addition to that which is provided to meet the minimum capital required by “Pillar 1” and “Pillar 2”.

Both the capital conservation buffer as well as the G-SIB buffer (where appropriate) will apply to credit institutions, as it establishes a percentage over 0%.

The buffer for global systemically important banks applies to those institutions on the list of global systemically important banks, which is updated annually by the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”). Given that BBVA is not considered as G-SIB since November 2015 (effective January 1, 2017), this buffer does not apply to BBVA.

For more details on the quantitative indicators for assessing the global systemically important banks, see the document “G-SIBs Information” in the section Shareholders and Investors / Financial Information on the BBVA Group website.

The Bank of Spain has extensive discretionary powers as regards the countercyclical capital buffer peculiar to each bank, the buffer for other systemically important financial institutions (which are those institutions considered to be systemically important local financial institutions “D-SIB”) and the buffer against systemic risks (to prevent or avoid systemic or macroprudential risks). The European Central Bank (ECB) has the powers to issue recommendations in this respect following the entry into force on November, 4, 2014 of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM).

 

 

26


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In December 2015, the Bank of Spain agreed to set the countercyclical capital buffer that applies to credit exposures in Spain at 0% as of January 1 2017. These percentages will be reviewed every quarter, as the Bank of Spain decided in December 2018 to keep the countercyclical capital buffer at 0% for the first quarter of 2019.

As far as BBVA is concerned, after the supervisory review and evaluation process (“SREP”) conducted in 2018, ECB has notified on February, 14, 2019, that BBVA Group , as of March, 1, 2019 maintain a phased-in, fully loaded ratio (given that the transitional period of capital buffers has ended in December 2018) (i) CET1 of 9.26% at the consolidated level and 8.53% at the individual level and (ii) a total capital ratio of 12.76% at the consolidated level and 12.03% at the individual level.

The consolidated total capital requirement includes: i) the minimum capital requirement of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) of Pillar 1 (4.5%); ii) the capital requirement of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) of Pillar 1 (1.5%); iii) the capital requirement of Tier 2 of Pillar 1 (2%); iv) the CET1 requirement of Pillar 2 (1.5%), which remains at the same level as established after the last SREP; v) the capital conservation buffer (2.5% of CET1); vi) the capital buffer for Other Systemically Important Institutions (O-SIIs) (0.75% of CET1); and vii) the countercyclical capital buffer (0.01% of CET1).

CHART 1. Capital Requirements (Fully loaded)

 

LOGO

As of December 31, 2018, BBVA maintains fully loaded CET1 ratio and total ratio of 11.3% and 15.5%, respectively (in phased-in terms, CET1 and total ratio of 11.6% and 15.7%, respectively) reinforcing its equity position in the Group.

The following table presents the distribution by geographic areas of the credit exposure for calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer:

 

 

27


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

TABLE 1. Distribution by geographic areas of the credit exposure for calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer

 

                                                                                Million euros  
     General credit     Trading book exposure      Securitisation      Own funds requirements                        
     

Exposure  

value for
SA

     Exposure
value for
IRB
   

Sum of long and

short position
of trading book

   

Trading book

exposure value for

internal models

     Exposure
value for SA
    

Exposures

value for

IRB

    

Of which:

General credit
exposures

    

Of which:

Trading book

exposures

    

Of which:

Securitisation
exposures

     Total      Own funds
requirements
weights
     Countercyclical
capital buffer
rate
 
Geographical breakdown                                                                                                          
Sweden      36        193             5                      6        0               7        0.0%        2.0%  
Norway      20        16             10                      1        0               1        0.0%        2.0%  
Slovakia      6        153                                  17                      17        0.1%        1.3%  
Iceland      0        0                                    0        0               0        0.0%        1.3%  
Lithuania      0        0                                  0                      0        0.0%        0.5%  
United Kingdom      526        5,214       8       116                      198        4               202        1.0%        1.0%  
Czech Republic      2        5                                  0                             0.0%        1.0%  
Hong Kong      51        1,175                                  16                      16        0.1%        1.9%  
Total countries with countercyclical capital buffer stablished      641        6,757       8       131                      239        5               243        1.2%           
Peru      20,485        568       3,579                            940        2               943        4.5%         
Germany      268        4,370       1       74                      165        2               167        0.8%         
Argentina      8,174        209       1,452       0                      340        14               353        1.7%         
Spain      30,606        167,840       31       7               5,593        5,230        5        431        5,666        27.2%         
United States      80,901        13,231       6,741       73        4,595               4, 448        8        368        4,824        23.2%         
France      974        6,906       0       86                      220        4               224        1.1%         
Italy      248        6,358             23                      209        1               210        1.0%         
Mexico      43,202        37,528       50       254        28               3,200        24        2        3,226        15.5%         
Portugal      4,448        663       11       1                      273        0               273        1.3%         

Turkey

     56,603        566       11,347       0                      2,829        2               2,831        13.6%         
Colombia      14,291        622       36,276       3                      761        7               768        3.7%         
Total countries without countercyclical capital buffer but with own funds requirements greater than 1%      260,200        238,859       59,489       521        4,623        5,593        18,616        67        800        19,484        93.6%           
Other areas      12,344        15,032       145       194                      1,084        5               1,090        5.2%         
Total countries without countercyclical capital buffer but with own funds requirements less than 1%      12,344        15,032       145       194                      1,084        5               1,090        5.2%           
Total      273,186        260,649       59,642       846        4,623        5,593        19,939        78        800          20,817                100%     

(1) Credit exposures exclude exposures to Central Governments or Central Banks, Regional Governments or Local Authorities, Public sector entities, Multilateral Development Banks, International Organizations and Institutions in accordance with art. 140.4 of Directive 2013/36/EU.

 

     Million euros  
          
Total risk exposure amount      348,264  
Institution specific countercyclical buffer rate(2)      0.01%  
Institution specific countercyclical buffer requirement      45  

(2) Countercyclical buffer calculated as of December 2018 in accordance with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/1555

 

28


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Leverage Ratio

In order to provide the financial system with a metric that serves as a backstop to capital levels, irrespective of the credit risk, a measure complementing all the other capital indicators has been incorporated into Basel III and transposed to the solvency regulations. This measure, the leverage ratio, can be used to estimate the percentage of the assets financed with Tier 1 capital.

Although the carrying amount of the assets used in this ratio is adjusted to reflect the bank’s current or potential leverage with a given balance-sheet position, the leverage ratio is intended to be an objective measure that may be reconciled with the financial statements.

As of December 31, 2018, BBVA Group had a Leverage Ratio of 6.4% (fully loaded), and a phased-in ratio of 6.5%, above the minimum requirement set at 3%, and continuing to compare very favourably with the rest of its peer group.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

  1.

General information requirements

 

 

  1.1.

Corporate name and differences between the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

 

  1.1.1.

Corporate name and scope of application

 

 

  1.1.2.

Differences in the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

 

  1.1.3.

Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

 

 

  1.1.4.

Main changes to the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2018

 

 

  1.2.

Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments to capital transfer

 

 

  1.3.

Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level

 

 

 

  1.1.

Corporate name and differences between the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

  1.1.1.

Corporate name and scope of application

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for consultation at its registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao) and on its corporate website (www.bbva.com).

The Solvency Regulations are applicable at the consolidated level for the whole Group.

 

  1.1.2.

Differences in the consolidated group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

BBVA Group’s Consolidated Annual Report are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) in effect as of December 31, 2018, taking into consideration Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, and its successive amendments, and other provisions of the regulatory financial reporting framework applicable to the Group in Spain.

The BBVA Group’s Consolidated Annual Report for 2018 are posted according to the models included in Circular 3/2018 of the Spanish Securities and Investment Board, with the aim of adapting the content of public financial information of credit institutions to the terminology and formats of financial statements established as mandatory by the European Union for credit institutions.

Based on accounting criteria, companies are considered to form part of a consolidated group when the controlling institution holds or can hold, directly or indirectly, control of them. An institution is understood to control another entity when it is exposed, or is entitled to, variable returns because of its involvement in the subsidiary and has the capacity to influence those returns through the power it exercises on the subsidiary. For such control to exist, the following aspects must be fulfilled:

 

 

30


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

a)

Power: an investor has power over a subsidiary when it has current rights that provide it with the capacity to direct its relevant activities, i.e. those that significantly affect the returns of the subsidiary.

 

b)

Returns: an investor is exposed, or is entitled to variable returns, as a result of its involvement in the subsidiary when the returns obtained by the investor for such involvement may vary based on the economic performance of the subsidiary. Investor returns may be positive only, negative only or both positive and negative.

 

c)

Relationship between power and returns: An investor has control over a subsidiary when it not only has power over the subsidiary and is exposed, or is entitled to, variable returns for its involvement in the subsidiary, but also has the capacity to use its power to influence the returns it obtains due to its involvement in the subsidiary.

Therefore, in drawing up the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report, all dependent companies and consolidated structured entities have been consolidated by applying the full consolidation method.

Jointly-controlled entities, as well as joint ventures (those over which joint control arrangements are in place), are valued using the equity method.

The list of all the companies forming part of BBVA Group is included in the appendices to the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report.

For the purposes of solvency regulations, the following subsidiaries form part of the consolidated group, as defined in article 18 of CRR:

 

  ·  

Credit institutions

 

  ·  

Investment firms

 

  ·  

Financial institutions

A financial institution is a company, different than an institution (credit institution or investment firm), whose main activity consists of acquiring holdings or performing one or more of the following activities:

 

   

Loans, including in particular consumer finance, credit agreements relating to immovable property, recourse and non-recourse factoring, and financing of commercial transactions (including forfaiting)

 

   

Financial leasing

 

   

Payment services

 

   

Issuing and managing other payment channels (e.g. traveller’s cheques and bank cheques)

 

   

Granting of guarantees and commitments

 

   

Trading on their own account or on behalf of customers on any of the following instruments:

 

  -

Money market instruments (cheques, bills, certificates of deposit etc.)

 

  -

Foreign currency

 

  -

Financial futures and options

 

 

31


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

  -

Foreign-exchange or interest-rate instruments

 

  -

Marketable securities

 

   

Participating in the issuance of securities and the provision of corresponding services

 

   

Advising companies with regard to capital structure, industrial strategy and related matters, as well as advice and services for mergers and acquisitions of companies

 

   

Brokerage in the interbank markets

 

   

Managing or advising on equity management

 

   

Custody and administration of marketable securities

 

   

Issuance of electronic money

This definition includes financial holding companies, mixed financial holding companies, payment institutions and asset management firms, but excludes pure industrial holding companies, insurance companies, insurance holding companies and mixed insurance holding companies.

 

  ·  

Auxiliary services companies: a company whose main activity is holding or management of property, management of computing services or any other similar activity of an auxiliary nature with regard to the main activity of one or more institutions (credit institution or investment firm).

Therefore, for the purposes of calculating solvency requirements, and hence the drawing up of this Prudential Relevance Report, the scope of consolidated entities is different from the scope defined for the purposes of drawing up the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

The effect of the difference between the two regulations is basically due to:

 

·  

The difference between the balances contributed by entities (largely insurance entities) that are consolidated in the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report by the full consolidation method and consolidated for the purposes of solvency by applying the equity method.

 

·  

The inclusion of the balance from institutions (mainly financial) that are consolidated by the equity method at the accounting level but for purposes of solvency by the proportional integration method.

The details of these companies are available in Annexes of the file Pillar III 2018 Annexes, available in the section for Shareholders and Investors/Financial Information on the Group’s website.

 

 

32


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

1.1.3

Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

This section includes an exercise in transparency aimed at offering a clear view of the process of reconciliation between the book balances reported in the Public Balance Sheet (attached to the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report) and the book balances this report uses (regulatory scope), revealing the main differences between both scopes.

Table 2: CC2 – Reconciliation of the regulatory capital with Public balance sheet

 

           Million Euros  

Public Balance Sheet Headings

   Public Balance
Sheet
    

Regulatory

balance sheet

    

Referece to

template CCl

 
Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      58,196        58,296           
Financial assets held for trading      90,117        91,394           
Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss      5,135        2,367           
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss      1,313                  
Financial assets at fair value through accumulated other comprehensive income      56,337        42,019           
Financial assets at amortized cost      419,660        413,974           
Hedging derivatives      2,892        2,805           
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk      (21)        (21)           
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates      1,578        4,085           
Assets under insurance and reinsurance contracts      366                  
Tangible assets      7,229        6,940           
Intangible assets      8,314        8,203        g)  
Tax assets      18,100        17,722           

Of which: deferred tax assets

     1,260        1,260        h)  
Other assets      5,472        7,334           
Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale      2,001        2,001     
Total Assets      676,689        657,119     
Financial liabilities held for trading      80,774        81,140           
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss      6, 993        2, 858           
Financial liabilities at amortized cost      509,185        504,968        p) q) t)  
Hedging derivatives      2, 680        2, 468           
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk                       
Liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts      9, 834                  
Provisions      6,772        6, 189           
Current tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities (DTL)      3,276        2,568           

Of which: deferred tax liabilities

     1,275        1,275           
Other liabilities      4,301        4,228           
Liabilities included in disposal groups clasified as held for sale         2     
Total liabilities      623,814        604,420     
Capital      3,267        3,267        a)  
Share premium      23,992        23,992        a)  
Equity instruments issued other than capital                    b)  
Other equity      50        50        b)  
Retained earnings      23,018        22,848        b)  
Revaluation reserves      3        3        b)  
Other reserves      (58)        92        b)  
Less: treasury shares      (296)        (296)        1)  
Profit or loss atributable to owners of the parent      5,324        5,292        e)  
Less: interim dividend      (975)        (975)        e)  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)      (7,215)        (7,285)        c) i) k)  
Minority interest (non-controlling interest)      5,764        5,709           
Total Equity      52,874        52,698     
Total Equity and total liabilities      676,689        657,119     

The main differences between the public balance sheet and the regulatory balance sheet are due to withdrawals from the balance generated by insurance, real estate and financial entities that are consolidated through the application of the equity method for the amount of -EUR 20.19 billion; and balance entries generated by entities that are consolidated using the proportional integration method for an amount of +EUR 0.62 billion.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The following table also shows the risks to which each one of the items on the regulatory balance sheet is exposed:

TABLE 3: EU LI1 – Differences between the accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and the mapping between of the financial statement categories and with regulatory risk categories

 

                       Million Euros  
                   Carrying values of items          
      Carrying values as
reported in
published financial
statements
     Carrying Values
under scope of
regulatory
consolidation(1)
     Subject to
credit risk
framework
     Subject to
counterparty
credit risk
framework
    

Subject to the
Securitisation

framework

     Subject to the
market risk
framework
    

Not subject to capital

requirements or
subject to deduction
from capital

 
Assets                                                               
Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      58,196        58,296        58,296                              
Financial assets held for trading (2)      90,117        91,394               59,912               91,394         
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss      6,449        2,367        2,293               3        2,293         
Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income      56,337        42,019        38,210               3,320        186        201  
Financial assets at amortized cost      419,660        413,974        406,868        390        6,893                 155  
Hedging derivatives      2,892        2,805               2,805               2,805         
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk      (21)        (21)                                    (21)  
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates      1,578        4,085        4,021                             64  
Insurance or reinsurance assets      366                                              
Tangible assets      7,229        6,940        6,940                              
Intangible assets      8,314        8,203                                    8,203  
Tax assets (3)      18,100        17,722        16,259                             1,463  
Other assets (4)      5, 472        7,334        5,302                             2,032  
Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale      2,001        2,001        2,001                              
Total assets      676,689        657,119        540,189        63,108        10,216        96,678        12,098  
Liabilities                                                               
Financial liabilities held for trading (2)      80,774        81,140               36,647               81,140         
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss      6,993        2,858                                    2,858  
Financial liabilities at amortized cost      509,185        504,968               6,177                      498,791  
Hedging derivatives      2,680        2,468                             2,468         
Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk                                                 
Liabilities under insurance contracts      9,834                                            
Provisions      6,772        6,191        636                             5,555  
Tax liabilities(3)      3,276        2,568        1,275                               1,293  
Other liabilities      4,301        4,228                                    4,228  
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale                                                 
Total Liabilities      623,814        604,420        1,910        42,824               83,608        512,725  

(1) For the purpose of the table, when a single item is associated with the capital requirements according to more than one risk framework, it is showed in all the columns corresponding to the capital requirements to which it is associated. As a result, the sum of the values of the columns by type of risk may be greater than the carrying value according to the scope of regulatory consolidation

(2) Due to the new accounting classification of financial assets and liabilities after the introduction of IFRS9, SFTs have been reclassified out of financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost and into financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value held for trading (Note 2.2.1 of the Group’s Consolidated Annual Financial Statements)

(3) Deferred tax assets amount to 3,004 Million Euros, which deducted from deferred tax liabilities (article 38 of CRR), consume 250% RWAs, according to Article 48 of CRR

(4) The amount of other assets includes 2,032 million Euros corresponding to Insurance or reinsurance assets are not subject to capital requirements

A table summarizing the main sources of the differences between the amount of exposure in regulatory terms (EAD) and the book balances according to the Financial Statements is presented below.

TABLE 4: EU LI2 - Main sources of the differences between the regulatory exposure amounts and the carrying values in financial statements

 

                 Million Euros  
                     Items subject to:                  
      Total      Credit risk
framework
     Counterparty credit
risk framework
     Securitisation
framework
     Market risk
framework
 
Asset carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation      710,191        540,189        63,108        10,216        96,678  
Liabilities carrying value amount under regulatory scope of consolidation      124,521        (1,910)        42,824               83,608  
Total net amount under regulatory scope of consolidation      (135,472)        59,860        (14,835)        (211)        (180,286)  
Amount of off-balance-sheet      179,826        179,826                       
Counterparty risk in derivatives (includes the add-on)      14,280               14,280                
Differences due to netting standards (netting, long/short positions)      (212,814)        (3,413)        (29,116)               (180,286)  
Accounting Provisions (1)      4,898        4, 898                       
Corresponding amount of credit risk mitigation techniques (CRM)      (1,076)        (865)                 (211)         
Corresponding amount of credit conversion factors (CCF)      (120,955)        (120,955)                       
Other      369        369                       
Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes      699,240        598,139        91,096        10,005         

(1) Includes provisions for exposures to credit risk via advanced method. The provisions of the credit risk exposures via standard method amounting to 8,022 million euros are not included.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The following table breaks down the credit risk and counterparty amounts by the items of the Public Balance Sheet by exposure and risk-weighted assets.

TABLE 5: Credit and counterparty risk headings of the Public Balance Sheet for OE, EAD and RWAs

 

     Million Euros  
     Credit Risk (4)  
Public Balance Sheet Headings    OE (1)      EAD (2)      RWAs (3)  
Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      58,296        58, 296        4,080  
Financial assets held for trading      54,151        49,613        7,674  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss      2, 618        2,618        1,713  
Available-for-sale assets      41,148        40,229        7,585  
Loans and receivables      603,097        468,833        232,534  
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates      3, 972        3,972        10,336  
Tangible assets      6, 940        6,940        6,931  
Tax assets      14,984        14,984        16,920  
Other assets      4,755        4,749        4,005  
Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale      2, 001        2,001        1,698  
Assets sold under a purchase agreement      40,869        47,005        3,328  
Total Assets + Liabilities      832,830        699,240        296,805  

(1) OE: Original Exposure

(2) EAD: OE net of provisions, adjustments and CRM

(3) RWAs: EAD after taking into account risk-weights

(4) Excluding funds for CCP defaults

 

 

35


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

1.1.4.

Main changes to the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2018

Ongoing divestments

Sale of BBVA, S.A.‘s stake in BBVA Chile

On November 28, 2017, BBVA received a binding offer (the “Offer”) from The Bank of Nova Scotia group (“Scotiabank”) to buy its shareholding in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Chile, S.A. (“BBVA Chile”) as well as in other Group companies in Chile with activities related to the mentioned banking business (including, BBVA Seguros Vida, S.A.). BBVA’s total direct and indirect share in BBVA Chile is approximately 68.19% of its share capital. On December 5, 2017, BBVA announced the acceptance of the Offer and signed the sale agreement, which was completed on July 6, 2018.

The total amount in cash was approximately 2.2 billion USD, with a net capital gain of 633 million EUR, recorded in the year 2018.

Agreement for the creation of a joint venture and transfer of the real-estate business in Spain

On November 29, 2017, BBVA reached an agreement with a subsidiary of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), for the creation of a joint venture to which it will transfer BBVA’s real-estate business in Spain (the “Business”).

The Business includes: (i) foreclosed real-estate owned (hereinafter, the “REOs”), for a

gross value of approximately 13 billion, based on a starting point of the situation of the REOs as of June 26, 2017; and (ii) the assets and employees needed for the autonomous management of the Business. For the purpose of the agreement with Cerberus, the whole Business has been valued at approximately 5 billion.

On October 10, 2018, once all mandatory authorisations were obtained, the transfer of the real estate business of BBVA in Spain was finalised. The transaction closing led to the sale of 80% of the share capital of the company Divarian Propiedad, S.A. to an entity managed by Cerberus.

Divarian is the company to which the BBVA Group previously provided contributions to, although the effective transfer of certain REOs is subject to compliance with certain conditions. The final amount to be paid by Cerberus will be adjusted according to the REOs that are finally contributed.

The transaction does not have a significant effect on the attributable profit of the BBVA Group, nor on Common Equity Tier 1 (fully loaded) as of December 31, 2018.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

1.2.

Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments to capital transfer

As of December, 31, 2018, there is no institution in the Group with own funds below the regulatory minimum requirement.

The Group operates mainly in Spain, Mexico, the United States, Turkey and South America. The Group’s banking subsidiaries around the world are subject to supervision and regulation (with respect to issues such as compliance with a minimum level of regulatory capital) by a number of regulatory bodies.

The obligation to comply with these capital requirements may affect the capacity of these banking subsidiaries to transfer funds (e.g. via dividends) to the parent company.

In some jurisdictions in which the Group operates, the regulations lay down that dividends may only be paid with the funds available by regulation for this purpose.

 

1.3.

Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level

In accordance with the exemption from capital requirements compliance for Spanish credit institutions belonging to a consolidated group (at individual or subconsolidated level) established in the CRR, the Group obtained exemption from the supervisor on December 30, 2009 for the following companies (this exemption was ratified through ECB decision 1024/2013):

 

  ·  

Banco Industrial de Bilbao, S.A.

 

  ·  

Banco Occidental, S.A.

In addition, for Establecimiento Financiero de Crédito de Portugal (BBVA IFIC, S.A.), the BCE has decided not to apply individual prudential or liquidity requirements.

Moreover, Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Portugal S.A. has been merged by absorption by BBVA S.A., and it will continue operating in Portugal through a branch. As a result of this merger, BBVA Portugal S.A. ceases to have legal personality and, therefore, is not subject to supervision.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

  2.

Own funds and Capital

 

 

  2.1.

Characteristics of the eligible capital resources

 

  2.2.

Amount of capital

 

  2.3.

IFRS9 Transitional Arrangements

 

  2.4.

Bank risk profile

 

  2.5.

Breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

 

  2.6.

Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

 

 

  2.1.

Characteristics of the eligible capital resources

The following are considered for the purpose of calculating the minimum capital requirements under the solvency regulations: the elements and instruments corresponding to Tier 1 capital, which is defined as the sum of Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) and additional Tier 1 capital (AT1), as defined in Part Two, Title I, Chapters I to III of the CRR, as well as their corresponding deductions, in accordance with articles 36 and 56, respectively.

Also considered are the elements of Tier 2 capital defined in Part Two of Chapter IV, section I of the CRR. The deductions defined as such in section II of the same Chapter are also considered.

In line with the stipulations of the solvency regulation, Common Equity Tier 1 capital essentially comprises the following elements:

 

  a)

Capital and share premium: this includes the elements described in article 26 section 1, articles 27, 28 and 29 of the CRR and the EBA list referred to in article 26 section 3 of the CRR.

 

  b)

Accumulated gains, other reserves and other equity: in accordance with article 26. 1 c), the gains that may be used immediately and with no restriction to hedge any risks or losses are included.

 

  c)

Other accumulated income: in accordance with article 26. 1, d), under this heading will be classified mainly the exchange-rate differences and the valuation adjustments associated with the financial assets at fair value through accumulated other comprehensive income portfolio.

 

  d)

Minority shareholdings: includes the sum of Common Equity 1 capital instruments of a subsidiary that arise in the process of its global consolidation and are attributable to natural or legal third persons, according to article 84 and subsequent articles of CRR.

 

  e)

Provisional benefits: the independently verified benefits are included, net of any possible expense or foreseeable dividend previously authorized by the supervisor (following the treatment provided for in Article 5 of Decision (EU) 2015/656 of the ECB.

Capital is, moreover, adjusted mainly through the following deductions:

 

  f)

Additional value adjustments: the adjustments originated by the prudent valuation of the positions at fair value are included, as set out in article 105 of the CRR.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  g)

Intangible assets: these are included net of the corresponding tax liabilities, as set out in article 36, section 1, letter b) and article 37 of the CRR. It mainly includes goodwill, software and other intangible assets.

 

  h)

Deferred tax assets: these are understood to be assets for deferred taxes that depend on future returns, excluding those deriving from temporary differences (net of the corresponding tax liabilities when the conditions established in article 38.3 of the CRR are met), as per article 36.1 c) and article 38 of the CRR, mainly loss carryforwards (LCFs).

The application of the deduction of deferred tax assets (LCFs) will be carried out progressively during a transitional period that ends in December 2018, as established under current regulation.

 

  i)

Reserves at fair value connected to losses or gains by cash flow hedging: includes value adjustments of cash flow hedging of financial instruments not valued at fair value, including expected cash flows in accordance with article 33 a) of the CRR.

 

  j)

Expected losses versus credit risk adjustments in the advanced model: the losses arising from the calculation of risk-weighted exposures through the method based on internal ratings are included, as set out in article 36.1 d) of the CRR.

 

  k)

Profit or losses at fair value: these are derived from the entity’s credit risk itself, in accordance with article 33 b) of the CRR.

 

  l)

Direct and indirect holdings of own instruments (treasury stock): includes the shares and other securities booked as own funds that are held by any of the Group’s consolidated entities, together with those held by non-consolidated entities belonging to the economic Group, as set out in article 33. 1 f) and article 42 of the CRR. It mainly includes finance for own shares, synthetic treasury stock and own securities.

 

  m)

Securitisation: securitisations that receive a risk weighting of 1,250% are included, as set out in article 36.1 k) ii) of the CRR.

 

  n)

Transitional Common Equity Tier 1 capital: considered as such are unrealized fair value gains and losses, in accordance with articles 467 and 468 of the CRR, as well as all the fair value gains and losses arising from the institution’s own credit risk related to derivative liabilities (DVA) under article 33 c).

 

  o)

Qualifying deductions of common equity Tier 1: this includes the deductions that exceed the additional Tier 1 capital, as described in article 36.1 b) of the CRR.

Additionally, as detailed in the “Regulatory Environment” section, the Entity has decided to apply the transitional arrangements to mitigate the impact on equity of the introduction of IFRS 9, which allows the impact to be recognized progressively during a transitional period of 5 years (2018-2022).

Other deductions that may be applicable are significant stakes in financial institutions and assets for deferred taxes arising from temporary differences that exceed the 10% limit of the CET1, and the deduction for exceeding the overall 17.65% limit of the CET1 according to article 48.2 of the CRR.

As of 31 December 2018, the Group no longer holds interests in financial entities that are not subject to deduction for exceeding the indicated limits (article 49 of the CRR) and, therefore, the standard template of the EBA INS1 shall not be applicable.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In addition, the Group includes as total eligible capital the additional Tier 1 capital instruments defined in article 51, 85 and 484 of the CRR, including the corresponding adjustments, in accordance with article 472 of the CRR:

 

  p)

Equity instruments and issue premiums classified as liabilities: this heading includes the perpetual contingent convertible securities that meet the conditions set out in article 51 and 52.1 of the CRR.

 

  q)

Elements referred to in article 484.4 of the CRR: this section includes the preferred securities issued by the Group.

 

  r)

Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in the consolidated additional capital issued by affiliates and held by third parties: included as additional consolidated Tier 1 capital is the amount of Tier 1 capital from the subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with article 85 of the CRR.

 

  s)

Temporary adjustments of additional Tier 1 capital: this includes the adjustments considered in article 472 of the CRR as measures established for gradual adoption of the new capital ratios.

Finally, the Group also includes Tier 2 as eligible capital. Combined with what is indicated in Article 87 of the CRR, it is made up of the following elements:

 

  t)

Equity instruments and Tier 2 share premiums: understood as the funding that, for credit seniority purposes, comes behind all the common creditors. The issues, moreover, have to fulfil a number of conditions which are laid out in article 63 of the CRR.

 

  u)

Amounts of the eligible elements, under article 484: Tier 2 capital includes the subordinated debt received by the Group that does not meet the conditions set out in article 63 of the CRR, but is acceptable in the transitional regulatory capital under article 484 of the CRR.

 

  v)

Qualifying capital instruments included in the consolidated Tier 2 capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties: these instruments are included under articles 87 and 88 of the CRR.

 

  w)

Adjustment for credit risk: a calculation is made of the surplus resulting between the allowances for impairment losses on assets and provisions for risks related to exposures calculated as per the IRB Approach on the expected losses, for the part that is below 0.6% of the risk-weighted exposures calculated according to this method.

The Annex available on the Group’s website presents the Group’s issuance of perpetual contingent convertible securities and issuance of preference shares, which as explained above, form part of additional Tier 1 capital.

This Annex also details the Group’s issues of subordinated debt as of December 31, 2018, calculated as Tier 2 capital.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

2.2.

Amount of capital

The table below shows the amount of total eligible capital, net of deductions, for the different items making up the capital base as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, in accordance with the disclosure requirements for information relating to temporary capital set out by Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 1423/2013 of the Commission dated December 20, 2013:

TABLE 6: Amount of capital (CC1)

 

 

    Million Euros  
Reference to template CC2(1)  

12-31-2018

    12-31-2017  
a)    Capital and share premium     27,259       27,259  
b)    Retained earnings, other reserves and other equity (2)     23,857       25,511  
c)    Other accumulated earnings     (7,285)       (8,717)  
d)    Minority interests     3, 809       5, 446  
e)    Net interim attributable profit     3,246       1,436  
Ordinary Tier 1 Capital before other reglamentary adjustments     50,887       50,935  
f)    Additional value adjustments     (356)       (332)  
g)    Intangible assets     (8,199)       (6,627)  
h)    Deferred tax assets     (1,260)       (755)  
i)    Fair value reserves related to gains o losses on cash flow hedges     35       (193)  
j)    Expected losses in equity           (2 0)  
k)    Profit or losses on liabilities measured at fair value     (116)        
l)    Direct and indirect holdings of own instruments     (432)       (278)  
m)    Securitisations tranches at 1250%     (34)       (39)  
n)    Temporary CET1 adjustments     (150)       (324)  
o)    Admisible CET1 deductions     (61)       (26)  
Total Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustments     (10,573)       (8,594)  
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)     40,313       42,341  
p)    Equity instruments and share premium classified as liabilities     4,863       5,751  
q)    Items referred in Article 486 (4) of the CRR     142       142  
r)    Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital    
(including minority interests not included in row d) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties)     629       403  
Additional Tier 1 before reglamentary adjustments     5,634       6,296  
s)    Temporary adjustments Tier 1           (1,657)  
Total reglamentary adjustments of Additional Tier 1           (1,657)  
Additional Tier 1 (AT1)     5,634       4,639  
Tier 1 (Common Equity Tier 1+Additional Tier 1)     45,947       46,980  
t)    Equity instruments and share premium     3,768       1,759  
u)    Amount of the admissible items, pursuant to Article 486            
v)    Admissible shareholders’ funds instruments included in consolidated     4,409       6,438  
Tier 2 issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties                
     -Of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to ex-subsidiary stage     37       317  
w)    Credit risk adjustments     579       601  
Tier 2    before reglamentary adjustments     8,756       8,798  
Tier 2    reglamentary adjustments            
Tier 2        8,756       8,798  
Total Capital (Total capital = Tier 1 + Tier 2)     54,703       55,778  
Total RWA’s     348,264       362,875  
GET 1    (phased-in)     11.6%       11.7%  
CET 1    (fully loaded)     11.3%       11.0%  
TIER 1    (phased-in)     13.2%       12.9%  
TIER 1    (fully loaded)     12.9%       12.8%  
Total   Capital (phased-in)     15.7%       15.4%  
Total   Capital (fully loaded)     15.5%       15.1%  

(1) Reference to regulatory balance sheet headings (CC2), where the different entries were reflected

(2) With the aim of enhance the robustness of the consolidated financial statements, as of December, 31, 2018, the Group has made an accounting policy change that consists in the record on a sole accounting entry of “Retained earnings”, of both the booking entries for the reevaluation of monetary assets due to hyperinflation effects, and of the conversion differences generated in the translation of the public statements of the subsidiaries in hyperinflationary economies.

Both impacts were being previously recorded in “Other Comprehensive Income”. The Group has made this change on accounting policies since, according to NIC8, it provides more reliable and relevant information about the hyperinflationary economies. For more information, see note 1.3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements as of 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, the Tier 1 phased-in Capital (CET1) stood at 11.6% (the fully loaded ratio was 11.3%). Excluding the phasing calendar effect in the computability of

 

 

41


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

minority interests and deductions –which increases from 80% in 2017 to 100% in the year 2018–, and including the positive impact of the sale of the BBVA Chile share (+50 basis points), the phased-in CET1 ratio increased by +48 basis points, marked by the generation of the net result of payment of dividends and instruments AT1 payments, and a contained evolution of risk-weighted assets.

Additionally, the phased-in CET1 ratio takes into account the impact of the first implementation of the IFRS 9 standard. In this context, the European Commission and Parliament have established temporary arrangements that are voluntary for the institutions, adapting the impact of IFRS 9 on capital adequacy ratios. The Group has informed the supervisory body of its adherence to these arrangements.

Additionally, transfer of BBVA’s real estate business in Spain to Cerberus had no material impact on the ratio (check section 1.1.4.).

At the Tier 1 level, the phased-in ratio is 13.2%, standing out the computation of two new issues of preferred shares, potentially convertible into ordinary shares (CoCos), rated as Additional Tier 1 for an amount of 1 billion USD and 1 billion EUR, respectively. Likewise, 1.5 billion USD issue of AT1, which was cancelled early in May, and another for 1.5 billion euros, for which BBVA announced in January 2019 that it will exercise the early redemption option have been stopped from being computed. The net impact of these emissions on the phased-in Tier 1 capital ratio is -26 basis points.

At the Tier 2 level, the Group received authorization in the third quarter from the regulator for the calculation of a subordinated issue of 300 million dollars made in May and the cancellation of the issues made by BBVA Chile after the sale of the share in this entity. The total phased-in ratio is 15.7%, taking into account the effects mentioned above.

Additionally, the Group has continued with its program to fulfil with MREL requirements by closing two public issues of non-preferred senior debt, for a total of 2.5 billion EUR. In terms of MREL (minimum requirement for own funds and eligibility liabilities), as of January 1, 2020, the requirement that BBVA must reach shall be a volume of equity and eligible liabilities corresponding to 15.08% of the total liabilities and equity of its resolution group (BBVA S.A. and its subsidiaries, which belong to the same European resolution group), with data as of December 31, 2016 (28.04% expressed in RWA terms). The Group is currently in line with this MREL requirement.

CHART 2: Fully loaded CET1 ratio by year

 

LOGO

 

  (1)

Other effects mainly include the variation on eligible minority interests and other regulatory deductions.

These capital levels are above the requirements established by the ECB in its SREP letter and the systemic buffers applicable to BBVA Group for the CET1 ratio in 2018.

On the other hand, risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased during the year, mainly due to the sale of BBVA Chile and the depreciation of currencies against the euro. The Group has

 

 

42


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

performed three securitisations during the year, including one traditional in June, of a portfolio of consumer finance automobiles loans for an amount of 800 million euros and two other synthetic ones in March and December, for which the European Investment Fund (EIF, a subsidiary of the European Investment Bank) granted a financial guarantee. The positive impact of the three securitisations on capital via the release of risk-weighted assets was 971 million euros. In addition, during the first semester, BBVA received authorisation from the European Central Bank (ECB) to update the calculation of the RWA for structural exchange rate risk under the standard model.

Annex III, available on the Group’s website, shows the features of the main capital instruments, in accordance with Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 1423/2013 of the Commission dated December 20, 2013.

The process followed is shown below, the process following for, based on the shareholders’ equity reported in the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report and by applying the deductions and adjustments shown in the table below, the regulatory capital figure eligible for solvency purposes is arrived at:

TABLE 7: Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

 

           

Million Euros

 

 
Eligible capital own funds    12/31/2018      12/31/2017  
Capital      3,267        3,267  
Share premium      23,992        23,992  
Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves      22,963        25,443  
Other equity      50        54  
Less: Treasuy shares      (296)        (96)  
Profit or loss attributable to owners of the parent      5,324        3,519  
Less: dividend      (975)        (1,043)  
Shareholders’ equity      54,326        55,136  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (Loss)      (7,215)        (8,792)  
Minority interests (Non-controlling interest)      5,764        6,979  
Total equity      52,874        53,323  
Intangible assets      (8,199)        (6,627)  
Financing holdings of CET1      (27)        (48)  
Indirect holdings of CET1      (109)        (134)  
Deductions      (8,335)        (6,809)  
Temporary CET 1 adjustments      -              (273)  
Capital gains from the Available-for-sale debt instruments portfolio      -              (256)  
Capital gains from the Available-for-sale equity portfolio      -              (17)  
Differences from solvency and accounting level      (176)        (189)  
Equity not eligible at solvency level      (176)        (462)  
Other adjustments and deductions      (4,049)        (3,711)  
Common Equity Tier1 (CET1)      40,313        42,341  
Additional Tier1 before Regulatory Adjustments      5,634        6,296  
Total Regulatory Adjustments of Aditional Tier 1      -              (1,657)  
Tier 1      45,947        46,980  
Tier 2      8,756        8,798  
Total Capital (Tier 1 + Tier 2)      54,703        55,778  
     
Total Minimum equity required (1)      41,619        40,370  

(1) Calculated over the minimum total capital applicable at each period

 

 

43


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

2.3.

IFRS9 Transitional Arrangements

Following the guidelines of the EBA (EBA/GL/2018/01), the following is a summary of own funds, principal capital ratios, leverage ratio with and without the application of the transitional provisions of IFRS 9 or ECL analogous.

TABLE 8. IFRS9-FL: Summary of the own funds, main capital and leverage ratios with and without the application of IFRS9 transitional arrangements or similar Expected Credit Losses (ECL)

 

                         

Million euros

 

 
Own funds (million euros)    12-31-2018      09-30-2018(1)      06-30-2018      03-31-2018  
CET1 Capital      40,313         38,995         39,550         39,858   
CET1 Capital without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      39,449         38,131         38,685         38,753   
Tier 1 Capital (T1)      45,947         45,098         45,717         45,987   
Tier 1 Capital (T1) without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      45,083         44,233         44,852         44,882   
Total Capital      54,703         53,933         54,958         54,384   
Total Capital without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      53,839         53,069         54,094         53,276   
Risk-weighted assets (million euros)                                    
Total Risk-weighted assets      348,264         343,053         356,887         358,941   

Total Risk-weighted assets without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL

 

    

 

348,804 

 

 

 

    

 

343,272 

 

 

 

    

 

357,107 

 

 

 

    

 

358,262 

 

 

 

Capital ratio                                    
CET1 Capital (as a percentage of total exposure to risk)      11.6%        11.4%        11.1%        11.1%  
CET1 Capital (as a percentage of total exposure to risk) without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      11.3%        11.1%        10.8%        10.8%  
Tier 1 Capital (T1) (as a percentage of total exposure to risk)      13.2%        13.1%        12.8%        12.8%  
Tier 1 Capital (T1) (as a percentage of total exposure to risk) without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      12.9%        12.9%        12.6%        12.5%  
Total Capital (as a percentage of total exposure to risk)      15.7%        15.7%        15.4%        15.2%  
Total Capital (as a percentage of total exposure to risk) without IFRS9 transitional arrangement or similar ECL      15.4%        15.5%        15.1%        14.9%  
Leverage Ratio                                    
Total exposure related to leverage ratio      705,299        690,607        711,046        707,638  
Leverage Ratio      6.5%        6.5%        6.4%        6.5%  
Leverage ratio without 1FRS9 transitional arrangements or similar ECL      6.4%        6.4%        6.3%        6.3%  

(1) The application of article 5 of Decision (EU) 2015/656 of the European Central Bank of 4 February, 2015, implies the inclusion of a dividend of 2,142 million which is the outcome of applying the pay-out ratio of 2017 to the interim profits of September 30, 2018, instead of 1,476 million that reflects the shareholders remuneration’s policy announced by BBVA Group.

Applying the pay-out announced by the Group, the phased-in CET1 ratio as of September 2018 comes to 11.6% (11.3% fully loaded)

 

 

44


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

2.4.

Bank risk profile

BBVA Group has a general Risk Management and Control Model (hereinafter, the “Model”) adapted to its business model, organization and the geographic areas in which it operates. It allows it to operate within the framework of the control and risk management strategy defined by the Bank’s company bodies and adapt to an economic and regulatory environment, addressing management globally and adapted to the circumstances at any particular time. The Model establishes a system of risk management that is adapted to the entity’s risk profile and strategy.

The risks inherent in the business that make up the risk profile of BBVA Group are as follows:

 

·  

Credit and dilution risk: credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party. This includes counterparty risk, issuer credit risk, liquidation risk and country risk.

 

·  

Counterparty risk: the credit risk corresponding to derivative instruments, repurchase and resale transactions, securities or commodities lending or borrowing transactions and deferred settlement transactions.

 

·  

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risk: Its aim is to reflect the impact on the fair value of the counterparty’s credit risk, resulting from OTC derivative instruments that are not credit derivatives recognized for the purpose of reducing the amount of credit exposures.

 

·  

Market risk: Market risk originates in the possibility that there may be losses in the value of positions held due to movements in the market variables that affect the valuation of financial products and assets in trading activity (trading portfolio). This includes risk with respect to the position in debt and equity instruments, exchange rate risk and commodity risk.

 

·  

Operational risk: the risk which can cause of losses due to human errors, inadequate or defective internal processes, inadequate conduct towards customers or markets, failures, interruptions or deficiencies of systems or communications, inadequate management of data, legal risks and, finally, as a consequence of external events, including cyberattacks, fraud committed by third parties, disasters and poor service provided by suppliers. This definition includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and/or business risk and reputational risk.

 

·  

Structural risks: these are divided into structural interest-rate risk (movements in interest rates that cause alterations in an entity’s net interest income and equity value) and structural exchange-rate risk (exposure to variations in exchange rates originating in the Group’s foreign companies and in the provision of funds to foreign branches financed in a different currency from that of the investment).

 

·  

Liquidity risk: risk of an entity having difficulties in duly meeting its payment commitments, and where it does not have to resort to funding under burdensome terms, which may harm the Group’s image or reputation.

 

·  

Reputational risk: considered to be the potential loss in earnings as a result of events that may negatively affect the perception of the Group’s different stakeholders.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The chart below shows the total risk-weighted assets broken down by type of risk (where the credit risk encompasses the counterparty risk) as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

CHART 3: Distribution of RWAs by risk type under Pillar I

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

(*) Credit Risk includes Risk by CVA adjustment

 

 

46


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

2.5.

Breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

In this section, an overview of risk weighted assets and capital requirements in accordance with article 92 of the CRR are shown.

The total for capital requirements are shown below, broken down by type of risk as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

TABLE 9: EU OV1 - Overview of RWAs

 

            Million Euros  
     RWA(1)     

Minimum Capital
Requirements(2)

(3)

 
      12-31-2018      12-31-2017      12-31-2018  
Credit Risk (excluding CCR)      274,256        286,368        21,940  
Of which the standardised approach (4)      188,158        198,715        15,053  
Of which the foundation IRB (FIRB) approach (6)      5,421        7021        433.68  
Of which the advanced IRB (AIRB) approach      77,733        76,556        6,219  
Of which equity IRB under the simple risk-weighted approach (5)      2,944        4,076        235  
CCR      8,483        9,459        679  
Of which mark to market      7,065        7,844        565  
Of which original exposure      0        -        -  
Of which the standardised approach      0        -        -  
Of which the Internal model method (IMM)      0        -        -  
Of which risk exposure amount for contributions to the default fund of a CCP      41        49        3  
Of which CVA      1,377        1,566        110  
Settlement Risk      -        -        -  
Securitisation exposures in the banking book (after the cap)      2,623        1,751        210  
Of which IRB approach      1673        827        134  
Of which IRB supervisory formula approach (SFA)      0        -        -  
Of which internal assessment approach (IAA)      0        -        -  
Of which standardised approach      950        924        76  
Market Risk      13,316        16,018        1,065  
Of which the standardised approach      5,048        7,408        404  
Of which IMA      8,268        8,611        661  
Operational Risk      36,725        34,755        2,938  
Of which basic indicator approach      5,908        6,204        473  
Of which the standardised approach      9,341        10,102        747  
Of which IRB approach      21,476        18,449        1,718  
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight)      12,862        14,525        1,029  
Floor Adjustment      -        -        -  
Total      348,264        362,875        27,861  

(1) Risk-weighted assets according to the transitional period (phased-in).

(2) Calculated on the total capital requirement of 8% (Article 92 CRR).

(3) Under CET 1 requirements (8.4504%) after the supervisory evaluation process (SREP), the requirements amount to EUR 29.43 billion. Under Total Capital requirements (11.9504%), the requirements amount to EUR 41.62 billion.

(4) Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences, which are not deducted from own funds (subject to a risk weight of 250%) are excluded, in accordance with Article 48.4 CRR. This amount is up to EUR 6,549 million and EUR 6,778 million at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017, respectively.

(5) Equity, calculated under the simple risk-weighted approach and internal model method, is included. Significant investments in financial sector entities and insurers that are not deducted from eligible own funds (subject to a risk weight of 250%) are excluded, in accordance with Article 48.4 CRR. This amount rises to EUR 6,314 million and EUR 7,747 million as of 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017, respectively.

(6) Exposures under the FIRB method correspond to Specialised Lending, for which the Group has opted for the method of supervisory slotting criteria, in line with article 153.5 of CRR.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The table below shows the risk-weighted assets broken down by risk and the capital requirements broken down by type of risk and categories of exposure, as of December 31 2018 and December 31 2017:

TABLE 10: Capital requirements by risk type and exposure class

 

        Million Euros  
     Capital requirements (2)      RWA’s (1)  
Exposure Class and risk type    12-31-2018      12-31-2017      12-31-2018      12-31-2017  
Credit Risk      15,817        16,684        197,715        208,554  
Central governments or central banks      2, 445        2,381        30,560        29,759  
Regional governments or local authorities      113        100        1,416        1,252  
Public sector entities      57        52        714        654  
Multilateral development banks      1        1        10        14  
International organisations                            
Institutions      496        463        6,203        5,793  
Corporates      7,159        7,328        89,481        91,600  
Retail      2, 941        3,134        36,768        39,177  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      1,237        1,569        15,466        19,609  
Exposures in default      333        420        4,159        5,248  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      132        296        1,652        3,694  
Covered bonds                            
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      0        0        2        5  
Collective investments undertakings      5        2        57        24  
Other exposures      898        938        11,229        11,725  
Securitisation exposures      76        74        950        924  
Securitisation exposures      76        74        950        924  
Total credit risk by standardised approach      15,893        16,758        198,665        209,478  
Credit Risk      6,498        6,673        81,222        83,408  
Central governments or central banks      54        94        677        1,172  
Institutions      429        474        5,366        5,931  
Corporates      4, 441        4,531        55,513        56,643  

Of which: Specialised lending

     950        804        11,877        10,056  

Of which: SMEs

     506        646        6,330        8,077  

Of which: Others

     2, 984        3,081        37,305        38,510  
Retail      1,573        1,573        19,667        19,661  

Of which: Secured by real estate property

     591        661        7,385        8,268  

Of which: Qualifying revolving

     555        541        6,938        6,764  

Of which: Other SMEs

     140        129        1,752        1,612  

Of which: Other Non-SMEs

     287        241        3,592        3,017  
Equity      1,220        1,342        15,246        16,775  
On the basis of method:                                    

Of which: Simple approach

     647        765        8,085        9,562  

Of which: PD/LGD approach

     479        396        5,989        4,953  

Of which: Intern models

     94        181        1,172        2,261  
On the basis of nature:                                    

Of which: Listed instruments

     439        433        5,493        5,412  

Of which: Not listed instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios

     780        909        9,753        11,363  
Securitisation exposures      134        66        1,673        827  
Securitisation exposures      134        66        1,673        827  
Total credit risk by irb approach      7,851        8,081        98,141        101,009  
Total contributions to the default fund of a ccp      3        4        41        49  
Total credit risk      23,748        24,843        296,846        310,536  
Settlement risk                            
Standardised approach:      222        226        2,776        2,829  

Of which: Price Risk by fixed income exposures

     155        197        1,940        2,461  

Of which: Price Risk by Securitisation exposures

     1        2        13        20  

Of which: Price Risk by correlation

     54        11        670        142  

Of which: Price Risk by stocks and shares

     11        16        136        197  

Of which: Commodities Risk

     1        1        18        9  
IRB: Market Risk      661        689        8,268        8,611  
Total trading book risk      884        915        11,044        11,439  
Foreing exchange risk (standardised approach)      182        366        2,271        4,579  
CVA risk      110        125        1,377        1,566  
Operational risk      2,938        2,780        36,725        34,755  
                                     
Capital requirements      27,861        29,030        348,264        362,875  

(1) Risk-weighted assets according to the transitional period (phased-in)

(2) Calculated on the total capital requirements of 8% (Article 92 CRR)

A breakdown of the percentage of RWAs calculated according to the standardised approach and advanced approach for each exposure class for credit, counterparty and securitisation risk is shown below.

 

 

48


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

CHART 4: Breakdown of RWAs by exposure class and approach

 

LOGO

(1) Table 27 of the report sets out the models and portfolios authorized by the supervisor for the purpose of their use in calculating own funds.

(2) RWAs in the equity portfolio are calculated according to the methods indicated in article 155 of the CRR

 

 

49


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

2.6.

Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

The Group carries out the internal capital assessment process in accordance with the Capital Requirements Directive 2013/36/EU, in the ECB guide for the ICAAP process published on March 2018, and guidelines on collection of information relating to ICAAP for the purpose of the supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP) published by the European Banking Authority in February 2017.

As part of the internal capital assessment process, the Group assesses and quantifies all the risks that may significantly affect its capital position and extracts a conclusion on its capital adequacy from a holistic medium-term perspective.

The Group applies a proportionate approach that aims to ensure the bank’s survival and continuous compliance with all the legal and internal requirements. As well as the regulatory and accounting perspectives, the Group bases its analysis on its capital adequacy position in a sound internal approach that assesses its capital position from an economic point of view that integrates both the quantification of risk capital needs covered in the Basel Pillar I and the needs due to risks not included in it.

The following are some of the points are assessed within the internal capital adequacy assessment process:

 

·  

Business and strategy model, describing both the changes planned by the bank in the current business model and its underlying activities such as the relationship between the business strategy and internal capital adequacy assessment.

 

·  

Internal governance, risk management and the control framework, reviewing the processes and mechanisms that ensure that the bank has a sound and integrated framework for managing present and future material risks.

 

·  

Risk appetite framework, describing the correspondence between this framework and the bank’s business strategy and model.

 

·  

Identification and assessment of risks (including credit, operational, market, liquidity and other asset and liability risks) and quantification of the capital necessary to cover them, with a quantitative reconciliation between the Pillar I and Pillar II approaches.

 

·  

Planning of capital under baseline and stress scenarios, projecting the capital base of the Group, the parent and its main subsidiaries over the next three years and analysing capital sufficiency in accordance with the regulatory requirements and the internal objectives set out by the entity for the close of the period, also dealing with the planned capital actions.

This internal capital adequacy assessment process concludes with submission to the supervisor of an annual report on the process. The report pays a key role in the review and evaluation methodology applied by the Single Supervisory Mechanism, and is an important element for determining capital requirements under Pillar II.

 

 

50


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

      

 

    3.

 Risks

 

 

      3.1.

 General Risk Management and Control Model

 

 

      3.1.1.

Governance and organization

 

 

      3.1.2.

Risk Appetite Framework

 

 

      3.1.3.

Decisions and processes

 

 

      3.1.4.

Assessment, monitoring and reporting

 

 

      3.1.5.

Infrastructure

 

 

      3.1.6.

Risk culture

 

 

      3.2.

 Credit and counterparty risk

 

 

      3.2.1.

Scope and nature of the Credit Risk measurement and reporting systems for capital framework purposes

 

 

      3.2.2.

Definitions and accounting methodologies

 

 

      3.2.3.

Information on credit risks

 

 

      3.2.4.

Information on the standardized approach

 

 

      3.2.5.

Information on the IRB approach

 

 

      3.2.6.

Information on counterparty risk

 

 

      3.2.7.

Information on securitisations

 

 

      3.2.8.

Risk protection and reduction policies. Supervision strategies and processes

 

 

      3.2.9.

Information on credit risk mitigation techniques

 

 

      3.2.10.

RWA density by geographic area

 

 

      3.3.

 Market risk

 

 

      3.3.1.

Scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems

 

 

      3.3.2.

Differences in the trading book for the purposes of applying the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

 

      3.3.3.

standardized approach

 

 

      3.3.4.

Internal models

 

 

      3.4.

 Structural risk in the equity portfolio

 

 

      3.4.1.

Scope and nature of the structural risk in the equity portfolio measurement and reporting systems

 

 

      3.4.2.

Differentiation between portfolios held for sale and those held for strategic purposes

 

 

      3.4.3.

Book value and exposure of equity investments and capital instruments contained in above portfolios

 

 

      3.4.4.

Risk-weighted assets of equity investments and capital instruments

 

 

      3.4.5.

Profit and loss and adjustments for valuation of equity investments and capital instruments

 
 

 

51


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.5. Structural exchange-rate risk

3.5.1.   Scope and nature of the exchange-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

3.6. Interest-Rate Risk

3.6.1.   Scope and nature of the interest-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

3.6.2.   Nature of interest-rate risk and key hypotheses

3.6.3.   Variations in interest rates

3.7. Liquidity Risk

3.7.1.   Liquidity and Funding Strategy and Planning

3.7.2.   Governance and monitoring

3.7.3.   Liquidity and funding performance in 2018

3.7.4.   Liquidity and funding outlook

3.7.5.   LCR Disclosure

3.7.6.   Assets committed in finance transactions

3.8. Operational Risk

3.8.1.   Definition of Operational Risk

3.8.2.   Operational Risk management model

3.8.3.   Operational Risk Government

3.8.4.   Methods used for calculating equity

3.8.5.   Operational risk profile

 

3.1.

General Risk Management and Control Model

The BBVA Group has an overall risk management and control model (hereinafter ‘the model’) tailored to its business model, its organization and the geographies in which it operates, This model allows BBVA Group to develop its activity in accordance with the risk strategy and risk controls and management policies defined by the governing bodies of the Bank and to adapt to a changing economic and regulatory environment, tackling risk management globally and adapted to the circumstances at all times. The model establishes a system of appropriate risk management regarding risk profile and strategy of the Group.

This Model is applied comprehensively in the Group and is made up of the basic elements set out below:

 

  ·  

Governance and organization

  ·  

Risk Appetite Framework

  ·  

Decisions and processes

  ·  

Assessment, monitoring and reporting

  ·  

Infrastructure

The Group promotes the development of a risk culture that ensures consistent application of the risk management and control model in the Group, and that guarantees that the risk function is understood and assimilated at all levels of the organization.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.1.1.

  Governance and organization

BBVA Group’s risk governance model is characterized by a special involvement of its corporate bodies, both in setting the risk strategy and in the ongoing monitoring and supervision of its implementation.

Thus, as developed below, the corporate bodies are the ones that approve this risk strategy and corporate policies for the different types of risk. The risk function is responsible at management level for their implementation and development, and reporting to the governing bodies.

The responsibility for the daily management of the risks lies on the businesses which abide in the development of their activity to meet the policies, rules, procedures, infrastructures and controls, which are defined by the function risk on the basis of the framework set by the governing bodies.

To perform this task properly, the risk function in the BBVA Group is configured as a single, global function with an independent role from commercial areas.

 

3.1.1.1.

    Corporate bodies

The BBVA Board of Directors (hereinafter also referred to as “the Board”) approves the risk strategy and oversees the internal management and control systems. Specifically, in relation to the risk strategy, the Board approves the Group’s risk appetite statement, the core metrics (and their statements) and the main metrics by type of risk, as well as the general risk management and control model.

The Board of Directors is also responsible for approving and monitoring the strategic and business plan, the annual budget and management goals, as well as the investment and funding policy, in a consistent way and in line with the approved Risk Appetite Framework. For this reason, the processes for defining the Risk Appetite Framework proposals and the strategic and budgetary planning at Group level are coordinated by the executive areas for submission to the Board.

To ensure that the Risk Appetite Framework is integrated into management, on the basis established by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee approves the metrics by type of risk in relation to profitability and income recurrence and the Group’s basic structure of limits at geographic area, risk type, asset type and portfolio level. This Committee also approves specific corporate policies for each type of risk.

Lastly, the Board of Directors has set up a committee specializing in risks, the Risk Committee, that assists the Board and the Executive Committee in determining the Group’s risk strategy and the risk limits and policies, respectively, analysing and assessing beforehand the proposals submitted to those bodies. In 2018, the Risk Committee has held 21 meetings and 20 meetings are planned for 2019.

The Board of Directors has the exclusive authority to amend the Group’s risk strategy and its elements, including the Risk Appetite Framework metrics within its scope of decision, while the Executive Committee is responsible for amending the metrics by type of risk within its scope of decision and the Group’s basic structure of limits (core limits), when applicable. In both cases, the amendments follow the same decision-making process described above, so the proposals for amendment are submitted by the executive area (Chief Risk Officer, “CRO”) and analysed by the Risk Committee, for later submission to the Board of Directors or to the Executive Committee, as appropriate.

 

 

53


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Moreover, the Risk Committee, the Executive Committee and the Board itself conduct proper monitoring of the risk strategy implementation and of the Group’s risk profile. The risks function regularly reports on the development of the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework metrics to the Board and to the Executive Committee, after their analysis by the Risk Committee, whose role in this monitoring and control work is particularly relevant.

 

3.1.1.2.

    The risk function: CRO. Committees organization and structure

The head of the risk function at executive level is the Group’s CRO, who carries out his functions independently and with the necessary authority, rank, experience, knowledge and resources. He is appointed by the Board as a member of its senior management and has direct access to its corporate bodies (Board, Executive Standing Committee and Risk Committee), to whom he reports regularly on the status of risks in the Group.

The CRO is supported in the exercise of his functions by a structure consisting of cross-sectional risk units in the corporate area and the specific risk units in the geographical and/or business areas of the Group. Each of the latter units is headed by a Chief Risk Officer for the geographical and/or business area who, within his/her area of responsibility, carries out risk management and control functions and is responsible for applying the corporate policies and rules approved at Group level in a consistent manner, adapting them if necessary to local requirements and reporting to the local corporate bodies.

The Chief Risk Officers of the geographical and/or business areas report both to the Group’s CRO and to the head of their geographical and/or business area. The aim of this dual reporting system is to ensure that the local risk management function is independent from the operating functions and enable its alignment with the Group’s corporate risk policies and goals.

As explained above, the risk management function consists of risk units from the corporate area, which carry out cross-sectional functions, and risk units from the geographical and/or business areas.

 

·  

The corporate area’s risk units develop and submit to the Group CRO the proposal for the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework, the corporate policies, rules and global procedures and infrastructures within the framework approved by the corporate bodies; they ensure their application and report either directly or through the CRO to the Bank’s corporate bodies. Their functions include:

 

   

Management of the different types of risks at Group level, in accordance with the strategy defined by the corporate bodies.

 

   

Planning of risks in line with the Risk Appetite Framework principles defined by the Group.

 

   

Monitoring and control of the Group’s risk profile in relation to the Risk Appetite Framework approved by the Bank’s corporate bodies, providing precise and reliable information with the frequency and in the format required.

 

   

Prospective analyses to enable an evaluation of compliance with the risk appetite framework in stress scenarios and the analysis of risk mitigation mechanisms.

 

   

Management of the technological and methodological developments required for implementing the Model in the Group.

 

   

Design of the Group’s Internal Control model and definition of the methodology, corporate criteria and procedures for identifying and prioritizing the risk inherent in each unit’s activities and processes.

 

   

Validation of the models used and the results obtained by them to verify whether they are appropriate to the different uses to which they are applied.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

·  

The risk units in the business units develop and present to the Chief Risk Officer of the geographical and/or business area the risk appetite framework proposal applicable in each geographical and/or business area, independently and always within the Group’s strategy/Risk Appetite Framework. They also ensure that the corporate policies and rules are approved and applied consistently at a Group level, adapting them if necessary to local requirements; that they are provided with appropriate infrastructures for management and control of their risks, within the global risk infrastructure framework defined by the corporate areas; and that they report to their corporate bodies and/or to senior management, as appropriate.

The local risk units thus work with the corporate area risk units in order to adapt to the risk strategy at Group level and share all the information necessary for monitoring the development of their risks.

The risk function has a decision-making process to perform its functions, underpinned by a structure of committees, where the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) acts as the top-level committee within the risk function. It proposes, examines and, where applicable, approves, among others, the internal risk regulatory framework and the procedures and infrastructures needed to identify, assess, measure and manage the material risks faced by the Group in carrying out its business, and the determination of risk limits by portfolio. The members of this Committee are the Group’s CRO, the Heads of the main Areas of the GRM Front, the Heads of GRM Corporate Discipline Units and the Head of Risk Management Group of GRM.

The GRMC carries out its functions assisted by various support committees which include:

 

  ·  

Global Credit Risk Management Committee: it is responsible for analysing and decision-making related to wholesale credit risk admission.

 

  ·  

Wholesale Credit Risk Management Committee: its purpose is the analysis and decision-making regarding the admission of wholesale credit risk of certain customer segments of the BBVA Group.

 

  ·  

Work Out Committee: its purpose is to be informed about decisions taken under the delegation framework regarding risk proposals concerning clients on Watch List and clients classified as NPL of certain customer segments of the BBVA Group, as well the sanction of proposals regarding entries, exits and changes of Watch List, entries and exits in non-performing unlikely to pay and turns to written off.

 

  ·  

Asset Allocation Committee: the executive authority responsible for analyzing and deciding on credit risk issues related to processes aimed at achieving a portfolios combination and composition that, under the restrictions imposed by the Risk Appetite framework, allows to maximize the risk adjusted return on equity.

 

  ·  

Risk Models Management Committee: it ensures an appropriate decision-making process regarding the planning, development, implementation, use, validation and monitoring of the models required to achieve an appropriate management of the Model Risk in the BBVA Group.

 

  ·  

Global Market Risk Unit Global Committee (CGGMRU): it is responsible for formalizing, supervising and communicating the monitoring of trading desk risk in all the Global Markets business units, as well as coordinating and approving GMRU key decisions activity, and developing and proposing to GRMC the corporate regulation of the unit.

 

  ·  

Corporate Committee on Admission of Operational Risk and Product Governance: it identifies, analyzes and assesses the operational risks associated initiatives related with new business, products or services, outsourcing, process transformation and new systems, prior to its launch. As well, it will verify that Product Governance normative requirements are met and will decide about the insurance scheme (global policies).

 

 

55


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  ·  

Retail Credit Risk Committee: it ensures for the analysis, discussion and decision support on all issues regarding the retail credit risk management that impact or potentially do in the practices, processes and corporate metrics established in the Policies, Rules and Operating Frameworks.

 

  ·  

Asset Management Global Risk Steering Committee: its purpose is to develop and coordinate the strategies, policies, procedures, and infrastructure necessary to identify, assess, measure and manage the material risks facing the bank in the operation of businesses linked to BBVA Asset Management.

 

  ·  

Global Insurance Risk Committee: its purpose is to guarantee and promote the alignment and the communication between all the Insurance Risk Units in the BBVA Group. It will do this by promoting the application of standardized principles, policies, tools and risk metrics in the different regions with the aim of maintaining proper integration of insurance risk management in the Group.

 

  ·  

Operations Committee (COPOR): its purpose is to analyse and make decision in relation to the operations of the various geographies in which Global Markets is present.

Each geographical and/or business area has its own risk management committee (or committees), with objectives and contents similar to those of the corporate area, which perform their duties consistently and in line with corporate risk policies and rules, whose decisions are reflected in the corresponding minutes.

Under this organizational scheme, the risk management function ensures that the risk strategy, the regulatory framework, and standardized risk infrastructures and controls are integrated and applied across the entire Group. It also benefits from the knowledge and proximity to customers in each geographical and/or business area, and transmits the corporate risk culture to the Group’s different levels. Moreover, this organization enables the risks function to conduct and report to the corporate bodies integrated monitoring and control of the entire Group’s risks.

 

3.1.1.3.

    Internal Risk Control and Internal Validation

The Group has a specific Internal Risk Control unit. Its main function is to ensure that there is an adequate internal regulatory framework, a process and measures defined for each type of risk identified in the Group (and for those other types of risk that may potentially affect the Group). It controls their application and operation, as well as ensuring integration of the risk strategy into the Group’s management. In this regard, the Internal Risk Control unit verifies the performance of their duties by the units that develop the risk models, manage the processes and execute the controls. Its scope of action is global, from the geographical point of view and the type of risks.

The Group’s Head of Internal Risk Control is responsible for the function and reports on its activities and informs of its work plans to the CRO and to the Board’s Risks Committee, assisting it in any matters where requested. For these purposes the Internal Risk Control department has a Technical Secretary’s Office, which offers the Committee the technical support it needs to better perform its duties.

In addition, the Group has an Internal Validation unit, which reviews the performance of its duties by the units that develop the risk models and of those that use them in management. Its functions include review and independent validation at internal level of the models used for management and control of risks in the Group.

 

3.1.2.

    Risk Appetite Framework

The Group’s Risk Appetite Framework, approved by the corporate bodies, determines the risks (and their level) that the Group is willing to assume to achieve its business objectives

 

 

56


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

considering an organic evolution of its business. These are expressed in terms of solvency, profitability and liquidity and funding, which are reviewed periodically as well as in case of material changes to the entity’s business or relevant corporate transactions. The definition of the risk appetite has the following goals:

 

  ·  

To express the maximum levels of risk it is willing to assume, at both Group and geographical and/or business area level.

 

  ·  

To establish a set of guidelines for action and a management framework for the medium and long term that prevent actions from being taken (at both Group and geographical and/or business area level) that could compromise the future viability of the Group.

 

  ·  

To establish a framework for relations with the geographical and/or business areas that, while preserving their decision-making autonomy, ensures they act consistently, avoiding uneven behavior.

 

  ·  

To establish a common language throughout the organization and develop a compliance-oriented risk culture.

 

  ·  

Alignment with the new regulatory requirements, facilitating communication with regulators, investors and other stakeholders, thanks to an integrated and stable risk management framework.

Risk appetite framework is expressed through the following elements:

 

  ·  

Risk Appetite Statement: includes the general principles of the Group’s risk strategy and the target risk profile. The Group’s Risk Appetite Statement in 2018 is as follows:

BBVA Group’s Risk Policy is aimed to promote a multichannel and responsible universal banking model, based on principles, targeting sustainable growth, risk adjusted profitability and recurrent value creation. To achieve these objectives, the Risk Management Model is oriented to maintain a moderate risk profile that allows the Group to keep strong financial fundamentals in adverse environments preserving our strategic goals, maintaining a prudent management, an integral view of risks, and a portfolio diversification by geography, asset class and client segment, focusing on keeping a long term relationship with our customers.

 

  ·  

Core metrics: based on the risk appetite statement, statements are established to set down the general risk management principles in terms of solvency, liquidity and funding, profitability and income recurrence.

 

   

Solvency: a sound capital position, maintaining resilient capital buffer from regulatory and internal requirements that supports the regular development of banking activity even under stress situations. As a result, BBVA proactively manages its capital position, which is tested under different stress scenarios from a regular basis.

 

   

Liquidity and funding: A sound balance-sheet structure to sustain the business model. Maintenance of an adequate volume of stable resources, a diversified wholesale funding structure, which limits the weight of short term funding and ensures the access to the different funding markets, optimizing the costs and preserving a cushion of liquid assets to overcome a liquidity survival period under stress scenarios.

 

   

Profitability and income recurrence: A sound margin-generation capacity supported by a recurrent business model based on the diversification of assets, a stable funding and a customer focus; combined with a moderate risk profile that limits the credit losses even under stress situations; all focused on allowing income stability and maximizing the risk-adjusted profitability.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The core metrics define, in quantitative terms, the principles and the target risk profiles set out in the risk appetite statement and are in line with the strategy of the Group. Each metric has three thresholds (traffic-light approach) ranging from a standard business management to higher deterioration levels: Management reference, Maximum appetite and Maximum capacity.. BBVA Group’s core metrics in 2018 are those specified in the following chart:

CHART 4: BBVA Group’s Core Metrics

 

LOGO

 

  ·  

Metrics by type of risk: based on the core metrics, statements are established for each type of risk reflecting the main principles governing the management of that risk and several metrics are calibrated, compliance with which enables compliance with the core metrics and the risk appetite statement of the Group. The metrics by type of risk have a maximum appetite threshold..

 

  ·  

The basic structure of limits (Core limits): the purpose of the basic limits structure or core limits is to shape the Risk Appetite Framework at geographical area risk type, asset type and portfolio level, ensuring that the management of risks on an ongoing basis is within the thresholds set forth for by type of risk.

In addition to this framework, there’s a level of management limits that is defined and managed by the risk function developing the core limits, in order to ensure that the anticipatory management of risks by subcategories or by subportfolios complies with that core limits and, in general, with the Risk Appetite Framework.

The basic scheme of BBVA’s Risk Appetite Framework is outlined in the following chart:

CHART 6: Scheme of BBVA Group Risk Appetite Framework

 

LOGO

 

 

58


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The corporate risk area works with the various geographical and/or business areas to define their risk appetite framework, which will be coordinated with and integrated into the Group’s risk appetite to ensure that its profile fits as defined.

The Risk Appetite Framework is integrated into the management and the processes for defining the Risk Appetite Framework proposals and strategic and budgetary planning at Group level are coordinates.

As explained above, the core metrics of BBVA Risk Appetite Framework measure Groups performance in terms of solvency, liquidity and funding, profitability and income recurrence; most of the core metrics are accounting related or regulatory metrics which are published regularly to the market in the BBVA Group annual report and in the quarterly financial reports. During 2018, the Group risk profile evolved in line with the Risk Appetite metrics..

 

3.1.3.

  Decisions and processes

The transfer of the Risk Appetite Framework to ordinary management is underpinned by three basic aspects:

 

  -

A standardized set of regulations

 

  -

Risk planning

 

  -

A comprehensive management of risks throughout their life cycle

 

3.1.3.1.

    Standardized regulatory framework

The corporate risk area is responsible for the definition and proposal of the corporate policies, specific rules, procedures and schemes of delegation based on which risk decisions should be taken within the Group.

This process aims for the following objectives:

 

  ·  

Hierarchy and structure: well-structured information through a clear and simple hierarchy creating relations between documents that depend on each other.

 

  ·  

Simplicity: an appropriate and sufficient number of documents.

 

  ·  

Standardization: a standardized name and content of document.

 

  ·  

Accessibility: ability to search for, and easy access to, documentation through the corporate risk management library.

The approval of corporate policies for all types of risks is the responsibility of the corporate bodies of the Bank, while the corporate risk area endorses the remaining regulations.

Risk units of geographical and / or business areas comply with this set of regulations and, where necessary, adapt it to local requirements for the purpose of having a decision process that is appropriate at local level and aligned with the Group policies. If such adaptation is necessary, the local risk area must inform the corporate area of GRM, who must ensure the consistency of the regulatory body at the Group level and, therefore, if necessary, give prior approval to the modifications proposed by the local risk areas..

 

3.1.3.2.

    Risk planning

Risk planning ensures that the risk appetite framework is integrated into management through a cascade process for establishing limits and profitability adjusted to the risk profile, in which the function of the corporate area risk units and the geographical and/or business areas is to guarantee the alignment of this process with the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework in terms of solvency, liquidity and funding, profitability and income recurrence.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

There are tools in place that allow the Risk Appetite Framework defined at aggregate level to be assigned and monitored by business areas, legal entities, types of risk, concentrations and any other level considered necessary.

The risk planning process is aligned and taken into consideration within the rest of the Group’s planning framework so as to ensure consistency.

 

3.1.3.3.

    Comprehensive management

All risks must be managed comprehensively during their life cycle, and be treated differently depending on the type.

The risk management cycle is composed of five elements:

 

  ·  

Planning: with the aim of ensuring that the Group’s activities are consistent with the target risk profile and guaranteeing solvency in the development of the strategy.

 

  ·  

Assessment: a process focused on identifying all the risks inherent to the activities carried out by the Group.

 

  ·  

Formalization: includes the risk origination, approval and formalization stages.

 

  ·  

Monitoring and reporting: continuous and structured monitoring of risks and preparation of reports for internal and/or external (market, investors, etc.) consumption.

 

  ·  

Active portfolio management: focused on identifying business opportunities in existing portfolios and new markets, businesses and products.

 

3.1.4.

  Assessment, monitoring and reporting

Assessment, monitoring and reporting is a cross-cutting element that ensure the Model has a dynamic and proactive vision to enable compliance with the risk appetite framework approved by the corporate bodies, even in adverse scenarios. The materialization of this process has the following objectives:

 

  ·  

Assess compliance with the risk appetite framework at the present time, through monitoring of the core metrics, metrics by type of risk and the basic structure of limits.

 

  ·  

Assess compliance with the risk appetite framework in the future, through the projection of the risk appetite framework variables, in both a baseline scenario determined by the budget and a risk scenario determined by the stress tests.

 

  ·  

Identify and assess the risk factors and scenarios that could compromise compliance with the risk appetite framework, through the development of a risk repository and an analysis of the impact of those risks.

 

  ·  

Act to mitigate the impact in the Group of the identified risk factors and scenarios, ensuring this impact remains within the target risk profile.

 

  ·  

Supervise the key variables that are not a direct part of the risk appetite framework, but that condition its compliance. These can be either external or internal.

This process is integrated in the activity of the risk units, both of the corporate area and in the business units, and it is carried out during the following phases:

 

 

60


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  ·  

Identification of the risk factors that can compromise the performance of the Group or of the geographical and/or business areas in relation to the defined risk thresholds.

 

  ·  

Assessment of the impact of the materialization of the risk factors on the metrics that define the Risk Appetite Framework based on different scenarios, including stress scenarios.

 

  ·  

Response to unwanted situations and proposals for readjustment to enable a dynamic management of the situation, even before it takes place.

 

  ·  

Monitoring of the Group’s risk profile and of the identified risk factors, through internal, competitor and market indicators, among others, to anticipate their future development.

 

  ·  

Reporting: Complete and reliable information on the development of risks for the corporate bodies and senior management, with the frequency and completeness appropriate to the nature, significance and complexity of the reported risks. The principle of transparency governs al reporting of risk information.

 

3.1.5.

  Infrastructure

The infrastructure is an element that must ensure that the Group has the human and technological resources needed for effective management and supervision of risks in order to carry out the functions set out in the Group’s risk Model and the achievement of their objectives.

With respect to human resources, the Group risk function has an adequate workforce, in terms of number, skills, knowledge and experience.

With regards to technology, the Group risk function ensures the integrity of management information systems and the provision of the infrastructure needed for supporting risk management, including tools appropriate to the needs arising from the different types of risks for their admission, management, assessment and monitoring.

The principles that govern the Group risk technology are:

 

  ·  

Standardization: the criteria are consistent across the Group, thus ensuring that risk handling is standardized at geographical and/or business area level.

 

  ·  

Integration in management: the tools incorporate the corporate risk policies and are applied in the Group’s day-to-day management.

 

  ·  

Automation of the main processes making up the risk management cycle.

 

  ·  

Appropriateness: provision of adequate information at the right time.

Through the “Risk Analytics” function, the Group has a corporate framework in place for developing the measurement techniques and models. It covers all the types of risks and the different purposes and uses a standard language for all the activities and geographical/business areas and decentralized execution to make the most of the Group’s global reach. The aim is to continually evolve the existing risk models and generate others that cover the new areas of the businesses that develop them, so as to reinforce the anticipation and proactiveness that characterize the Group’s risk function.

Also the risk units of geographical and / or business areas have sufficient means from the point of view of resources, structures and tools to develop a risk management in line with the corporate model..

 

 

61


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.1.6.

  Risk culture

The BBVA Group promotes the development of a risk culture based on the observance and understanding of values, attitudes, and behaviors that allow the compliance with the regulations and frameworks that contribute to an appropriate risk management.

At BBVA the Risk Governance Model is characterized by a special involvement of social bodies, as they define the risk culture that permeates the rest of the organization and has the following main elements:

 

  ·  

Our Purpose which defines our reason to be and with our values and behaviors guide the performance of our organization and the people who are part of it.

 

  ·  

The Risk Appetite Framework which determines the risks and levels of risks that the Group is willing to assume in order to fulfill its goals.

 

  ·  

The Code of Conduct establishes the behavior guidelines that we must follow to adjust our behavior to the BBVA values.

The Risk Culture at BBVA is based on these levers:

 

  ·  

Communication: the BBVA Group promotes the dissemination of the principles and values that should govern the conduct and risk management in a comprehensive and consistent manner. To do this, the most appropriate channels of communication are used, to allow for the Risk culture to be integrated into the business activities at all levels of the organization.

 

  ·  

Training: the BBVA Group favors the understanding of the values, risk management model, and the code of conduct in all scenarios, ensuring standards in skills and knowledge.

 

  ·  

Motivation: the BBVA Group aims to define incentives for BBVA employees that support the risk culture at all levels. Among these incentives, the role of the Compensation policy and incentive programs stand out, as well as implementation of risk culture control mechanisms, including the complaint channels and the disciplinary committees.

 

  ·  

Monitoring: the BBVA Group pursues at the highest levels of the organization a continuous evaluation and monitoring of the risk culture to guarantee its implementation and identification of areas for improvement.

 

 

62


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.2.

Credit and counterparty risk

 

3.2.1.

Scope and nature of the Credit Risk measurement and reporting systems for capital framework purposes

Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

It is the most important risk for the Group and includes counterparty risk, issuer risk, settlement risk and country risk management.

BBVA Group has a risk strategy determined by the Board of Directors of the parent company, which establishes the Group’s Risk Appetite statement and the core and main metrics by type of risk in which it is materialized, as well as the General Risk Management and Control Model.

On the basis of what is approved by the Board of Directors, BBVA’s Executive Committee establishes the Corporate Policies and specific limits for each type of risk, to enable the Group to take up a position within the parameters established by the Board.

The Risk Committee assists the Board of Directors to determine the Group’s risk policy and the Executive Committee to determine the limits and risk policy strategy, analysing and assessing in advance the proposals submitted to these governing bodies.

The Risk Committee, Executive Committee and the Board itself conduct proper monitoring of the risk strategy implementation and of the Group’s risk profile.

Based on the risk strategy determined by the Board of Directors, and following the report of the Risk Committee, the Executive Committee values and, where appropriate, approves as part of the basic limits structure, the proposed Asset Allocation core limit with the determined level of disaggregation. The limits are established annually, at maximum levels of exposure by type of portfolio.

The asset allocation limits to portfolios, businesses and risks will be defined taking into account the established metrics in terms of exposure and composition of portfolios, and must be geared to maximizing the Group’s added generation of recurring economic earnings, subject to a framework of restrictions resulting from the definition of the target risk profile.

The Corporate Risk Area will establish risk concentration thresholds: individual, per portfolio and sector. Individual concentration will be limited to its impact on solvency (CET1). The portfolio and sector concentration will be in terms of EAD, under the cuts by retail portfolio/wholesale sector. Herfindahl indices are used for the individual portfolio concentration index, taking the 1,000 first counterparties in terms of EAD, as well as the sum of the exposure of the 20 biggest counterparties in relation to the solvency impact.

The Business Areas must work in line with the global vision and defined metrics, optimizing each of the portfolios for which they are responsible in terms of risk/return, within the Group’s limits and policies.

The existing gaps with respect to the target portfolio must be identified at global level and transmitted to the Business Areas, establishing plans at global and local level to adapt the risk to the predefined target profile and taking into account the future expected performance of the portfolios.

For managing risks and capital, BBVA quantifies its credit risk using two main metrics: expected loss (“EL”) and economic capital (“EC”). Expected loss reflects the average value of losses and is considered a business cost. Economic capital is the amount of capital considered necessary to cover unexpected losses if actual losses are greater than expected losses.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

These risk metrics are combined with information on profitability in value-based management, thus building the profitability-risk binomial into decision-making, from the definition of business strategy to approval of individual loans, price setting, assessment of non-performing portfolios, incentives to areas in the Group, etc.

There are three essential parameters in the process of calculating the EL and EC measurements: the probability of default (“PD”), loss given default (“LGD”) and exposure at default (“EAD”), mainly based on the estimate of credit conversion factors (“CCF”). They are generally estimated using the available historical information and are assigned to operations and customers according to their particular characteristics.

In this context, the credit rating tools (ratings and scorings) assess the risk in each customer/transaction according to their credit quality by assigning them a score, which is used to assign risk metrics together with other additional information: transaction seasoning, loan to value ratio, customer segment, etc.

Section 3.2.5.1 of this document details the definitions, methods and data used by the Group to determine the capital requirements for estimating and validating the parameters of probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD).

 

3.2.2.

  Definitions and accounting methodologies

The impairment accounting impairment model is applied to financial assets valued at amortized cost and to financial assets measured at fair value with changes in accumulated other comprehensive income, except for investments in equity instruments and contracts for financial guarantees and loan commitments unilaterally revocable by BBVA. Likewise, all financial instruments measured at fair value with change through profit or loss are excluded from the impairment model.

For more information about the accounting impairment model, and other accounting definitions (according to article 442 of CRR), refer to note 2.2.1 of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3.2.3.

Information on credit risks

 

3.2.3.1.

    Credit risk exposure

Pursuant to article 5 of the CRR, with respect to the bank capital requirements for credit risk, exposure is understood to be any asset item and all items included in the Group’s memorandum accounts involving credit risk and not deducted from the Group’s bank capital. Accordingly, mainly loans and receivables are included, with their corresponding undrawn balances, letters of credit and guarantees, debt securities and capital instruments, cash and deposits in central banks and credit institutions, assets purchased or sold under a repurchase agreement (asset and liability repos), financial derivatives (nominal) and fixed assets.

The credit risk exposure specified in the following sections of this document is broken down into the standardised credit risk approach (section 3.2.4), advanced credit risk approach (section 3.2.5) and counterparty risk (section 3.2.6), securitisation credit risk (section 3.2.7), and structural risk in the equity portfolio (section 3.4).

In addition to the exposure to risk at the time of default and the risk-weighted assets, the table below shows the original exposure, the exposure net of provisions and the exposure applying the conversion factors under the standardized and advanced measurement approaches as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (including counterparty risk):

 

 

64


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 11: Credit risk exposure

 

                          Million euros  

12/31/2018

Exposure Class

   Original
Exposure (1)
     Provisions      Net exposure of
provisions (3)
    

On-balance exposure

after credit risk

mitigation

techniques (4a)

    

Off-balance exposure
after credit risk
mitigation

techniques (4b)

    

Exposure in
the adjusted

value (5)

     EAD (6)      RWA (7)     

RWA density

(8=(7)/(6))

 
Central governments or central banks      122,473        (33)        122,440        138,637        4,893        143,530        139,186        30,560        22.0%  
Regional governments or local authorities      10,208        (23)        10,184        6,419        485        6,904        6,649        1,416        21.3%  
Public sector entities      991        (9)        982        1,759        132        1,890        1,810        714        39.5%  
Multilateral development banks      265        ()        265        453        24        477        453        10        2.2%  
International organisations                                                               
Institutions      35,874        (14)        35,859        17,441        13,618        31,059        19,315        6,203        32.1%  
Corporates      125,314        (1,181)        124,133        75,549        41,762        117,311        91,400        89,481        97.9%  
Retail      86,939        (1,722)        85,217        50,062        30,743        80,805        52,465        36,768        70.1%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      40,917        (302)        40,615        40,389        145        40,534        40,458        15,466        38.2%  
Exposures in default      8,609        (4,649)        3,960        3,367        449        3,816        3,612        4,159        115.1%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      1,168        (51)        1,117        1,101        1        1,102        1,101        1,652        150.0%  
Covered bonds                                                               
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      3        ()        3        3               3        3        2        65.9%  
Collective investments undertakings      76        (1)        75        45        24        69        57        57        100.0%  
Other exposures      18,100        (36)        18,064        27,502        1,727        29,229        28,452        11,229        39.5%  
Securitisation exposures      4,623               4,623        4,623               4,623        4,623        950        20.5%  
Total Standardised approach      455,561        (8,022)        447,539        367,348        94,003        461,351        389,584        198,665        51.0%  
Central governments or central banks      10,698        (5)                 12,213        495        12,708        12,459        677        5.4%  
Institutions      100,329        (58)                 76,740        5,523        82,263        79,992        5,366        6.7%  
Corporates      135,616        (2,176)                 75,295        58,254        133,549        103,991        55,513        53.4%  

Corporates (SMEs)

     19,894        (1,103)                 14,530        3,766        18,297        16,231        11,877        73.2%  

Corporates: Specialised lending

     7,706        (73)                 7,304        403        7,706        7,536        6,330        84.0%  

Corporates: Others

     108,016        (999)                 53,461        54,085        107,545        80,224        37,305        46.5%  
Retail      118,211        (2,660)                 97,055        21,065        118,120        101,011        19,667        19.5%  

Of which: secured by immovable property

     81,472        (1,330)                 76,963        4,484        81,446        77,186        7,385        9.6%  

Of which: Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     22,167        (584)                 6,525        15,642        22,167        9,682        6,938        71.7%  

Of which: Others

     14,571        (745)                 13,568        939        14,507        14,142        5,344        37.8%  

Retail: Other SMEs

     4,132        (281)                 3,240        840        4,079        3,746        1,752        46.8%  

Retail: Other Non-SMEs

     10,440        (464)                 10,328        100        10,427        10,396        3,592        34.6%  
Securitisation exposures      5,593                        5,382               5,382        5,382        1,673        31.1%  
Total IRB approach      370,447        (4,898)                 266,685        85,336        352,021        302,834        82,895        27.4%  
Total credit risk dilution and delivery      826,008        (12,920)        447,539        634,033        179,340        813,373        692,418        281,560        40.7%  
Equity      6,822                        6,822               6,822        6,822        15,246        223.5%  
Simple Approach      3,238                        3,238               3,238        3,238        8,085        249.7%  
Not listed instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios      2,974                        2,974               2,974        2,974        7,277        244.6%  
Listed in exchange-traded markets      263                        263               263        263        809        307.0%  
PD/LGD Approach      3,201                        3,201               3,201        3,201        5,989        187.1%  
Intern Models      383                        383               383        383        1,172        306.2%  
Total credit risk      832,829        (12,920)        447,539        640,855        179,340        820,194        699,240        296,805        42.4%  

(1) Gross exposure of provisions before credit risk mitigation techniques, excluding contributions to the default of a CCP

(2) Includes provisions and adjustments due to impairment of financial assets and contingent risks and commitments.

(3) Exposures are only adjusted by provisions in those cases that are calculated by standardized approach. Equity exposure is presented net of impairment.

(4a)(4b) Eligible credit mitigation techniques are included, either on-balance or off-balance, according to Chapter 4 of CRR. For securitization exposures, includes credit risk mitigation by personal warranties.

(5) It corresponds to the exposure in the adjusted value by eligible credit mitigation techniques.

(6) Exposure to credit risk at default, calculated as (4a)+((4b)*CCF)

 

 

65


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

                                                             Million euros  

12/31/2017

Exposure Class

   Original
Exposure (1)
     Provisions      Net exposure of
provisions (3)
     On-balance exposure
after credit risk
mitigation
techniques (4a)
     Off-balance exposure
after credit risk
mitigation
techniques (4b)
     Exposure in
the adjusted
value (5)
     EAD (6)      RWA’s (7)      RWA density
(8=(7)/(6))
 
Central governments or central banks      122,404        (48)        122,356        135,156        15,397        150,553        135,914        29,759        21.9%  
Regional governments or local authorities      10,140        (8)        10,133        5,978        821        6,799        6,516        1,252        19.2%  
Public sector entities      1,556        (4)        1,552        1,635        854        2,490        1,701        654        38.4%  
Multilateral development banks      93        (1)        93        191        21        212        191        14        7.2%  
International organisations      1               1        1                 1        1                
Institutions      22,176        (17)        22,159        14,875        3,088        17,963        16,289        5,793        35.6%  
Corporates      132,075        (1,613)        130,461        77,564        42,493        120,057        93,319        91,600        98.2%  
Retail      92,773        (1,246)        91,527        53,441        33,393        86,834        55,645        39,177        70.4%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      49,883        (339)        49,545        48,416        511        48,927        48,740        19,609        40.2%  
Exposures in default      9,753        (4,645)        5,108        4,384        536        4,920        4,684        5,248        112.1%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      2,557        (68)        2,489        2,463        1        2,464        2,463        3,694        150.0%  
Covered bonds                                                               
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      25               25        25               25        25        5        20.0%  
Collective investments undertakings      34        ()        34        9        26        34        24        24        100.0%  
Other exposures      21,200        (34)        21,166        27,897        2,574        30,471        29,274        11,725        40.1%  
Securitisation exposures      4,314               4,314        4,314               4,314        4,314        924        21.4%  
Total standardised approach      468,985        (8,023)        460,963        376,350        99,714        476,064        399,100        209,478        52.5%  
Central governments or central banks      6,817        (4)                 7,801        660        8,461        8,131        1,172        14.4%  
Institutions      97,127        (71)                 72,271        5,446        77,717        75,314        5,931        7.9%  
Corporates      134,011        (3,447)                 73,875        58,182        132,057        103,323        56,643        54.8%  

Corporates (SMEs)

     18,015        (1,821)                 14,089        3,555        17,644        15,651        10,056        64.3%  

Corporates: Specialised lending

     9,325        (109)                 8,370        955        9,325        9,111        8,077        88.6%  

Corporates: Others

     106,670        (1,518)                 51,416        53,672        105,088        78,561        38,510        49.0%  
Retail      117,747        (2,339)                 97,721        19,922        117,643        101,576        19,662        19.4%  

Of which: secured by immovable property

     84,366        (1,192)                 79,848        4,497        84,345        80,073        8,268        10.3%  

Of which: Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     20,625        (527)                 6,023        14,603        20,625        9,154        6,764        73.9%  

Of which: Others

     12,756        (620)                 11,851        823        12,674        12,350        4,629        37.5%  

Retail: Other SMEs

     3,857        (198)                 2,975        805        3,780        3, 464        1,612        46.5%  

Retail: Other Non-SMEs

     8,899        (421)                 8,876        18        8,894        8, 885        3,017        34.0%  
Securitisation exposures      757                        757               757        757        827        109.2%  
Total IRB approach      356,459        (5,861)                 252,425        84,211        336,636        289,101        84,235        29.1%  
Total credit risk dilution and delivery      825,445        (13,884)        460,963        628,775        183,925        812,700        688,201        293,713        42.7%  
Equity (7)      7,798                        7,798               7,798        7,798        16,775        215.1%  
Simple Approach      3,881                        3,881               3,881        3,881        9,562        246.4%  
Not listed instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios      3,705                        3,705               3,705        3,705        8,989        242.6%  
Listed in exchange-traded markets      176                        176               176        176        573        326.5%  
PD/LGD Approach      3,390                        3,390               3,390        3,390        4,953        146.1%  
Intern Models      527                        527               527        527        2,261        429.0%  
Total credit risk      833,242        (13,884)        460,963        636,573        183,925        820,498        695,999        310,487        44.6%  

(1) Gross exposure of provisions before credit risk mitigation techniques, excluding contributions to the default of a CCP

(2) Includes provisions and adjustments due to impairment of financial assets and contingent risks and commitments.

(3) Exposures are only adjusted by provisions in those cases that are calculated by standardized approach. Equity exposure is presented net of accounting provisions.

(4a)(4b) Eligible credit mitigation techniques are included, either on-balance or off-balance, according to Chapter 4 of CRR. For securitization exposures, includes credit risk mitigation by personal warranties.

(5) It corresponds to the exposure in the adjusted value by eligible credit mitigation techniques.

(6) Exposure to credit risk at default, calculated as (4a)+((4b)*CCF)

(7) Equity exposure as of December, 31, 2017, includes the impairment of Telefónica, S.A. for an amount of 1,123 million euros

 

 

66


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

3.2.3.2.

    Average value of the exposures during 2018 and 2017

The table below shows the average value of exposure to credit risk in 2018 and 2017, for both the advanced measurement and standardized approaches for each one of the exposure categories:

TABLE 12: EU CRB-B - Total and average net amount of exposures (includes counterparty credit risk)

 

                   Million euros  
Exposure Class    12/31/2018      12/31/2017  
   Net value of exposures at the
end of the period (4Q) (1)
     Average net exposures
over the period
    

Net value of exposures at the

end of the period (4Q) (1)

     Average net exposures
over the period
 
Central governments or central banks      10,693        7,461        6,813        5,591  
Institutions      100,271        96,062        97,056        88,605  
Corporates      133,440        131,251        130,564        131,251  

Of which: Specialised lending

     7,633        8,305        9,216        10,075  

Of which: SMEs

     18,790        15,952        16,195        16,367  
Retail      115,551        115,232        115,408        116,630  

Secured by real estate property

     80,142        81,180        83,174        84,417  

Qualifying revolving

     21,583        21,248        20,098        21,090  

Other retail

     13,826        12,804        12,136        11,123  

SMEs

     3,851        3,648        3,659        3,325  

Non–SMEs

     9,975        9,156        8,477        7,797  
Equity      6,822        7,068        7,798        8,217  
Total IRB approach      366,777        357,074        357,639        350,294  
Central governments or central banks      122,440        115,638        122,356        122,111  
Regional governments or local authorities      10,184        10,289        10,133        7,718  
Public sector entities      982        953        1,552        2,849  
Multilateral development banks      265        131        93        101  
International organisations      0        1        1        2  
Institutions      35,859        32,090        22,159        25,831  
Corporates      124,133        125,610        130,461        130,715  

Of which: SMEs

     21,890        20,285        21,002        22,061  
Retail      85,217        90,028        91,527        87,309  

Of which: SMEs

     26,558        29,031        24,258        26,000  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      40,615        44,530        49,545        52,696  

Of which: SMEs

     3,495        5,983        9,009        9,161  
Exposures in default      3,960        3,911        5,108        4,973  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      1,117        2,041        2,489        2,602  
Covered bonds                            
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      3        8        25        197  
Collective investments undertakings      75        72        34        86  
Equity exposures                            
Other exposures      18,064        19,844        21,166        22,492  
Total standardised approach      442,917        445,143        456,649        459,681  
Total      809,694        802,217        814,288        809,976  

(1) The table above shows the original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitization exposures

 

3.2.3.3.

    Distribution by geographic area

The following chart shows the distribution by geographic areas of the original exposure net of provisions, by the obligor’s country. The distribution includes exposure to credit and counterparty risk, as well as the equity exposures.

 

 

67


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 13: EU CRB-C –Geographical breakdown of exposures (including counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

12/31/2018    Net EO of provisions (2)          
Exposure Class (1)    Spain              Turkey          Eurasia          Mexico          USA         

South

America    

    

Other

areas    

     Total      
Central governments or central banks      11        0        (0)        130        4,958        447        5,146        10,693  
Institutions      41,262        12        51,824        458        3,100        719        2,896        100,271  
Corporates      59,773        508        32,082        20,429        12,889        2,008        5,752        133,440  
Retail      99,329        2        431        15,526        40        72        152        115,551  
Equity      4,804        56        381        800        292        361        127        6, 822  
Total IRB approach      205,177        577        84,718        37,344        21,280        3,607        14,073        366,777  
Central governments or central banks      64,761        14,408        9, 621        18,078        6,968        8,519        85        122,440  
Regional governments or local authorities      53        33        103        2,342        7,486        168               10,184  
Public sector entities      0        35        0        200        0        747               982  
Multilateral development banks                    169                      96               265  
International organisations      0        0        0                                    0  
Institutions      11,694        2,446        7,718        7,576        2,157        3,580        689        35,859  
Corporates      7,259        26,299        5, 813        14,024        50,243        19,172        1,323        124,133  
Retail      12,989        22,005        2,063        14,197        17,036        16,895        32        85,217  
        Secured by mortgages on immovable property      3,586        4,738        2,386        9, 555        10,719        9,525        107        40,615  
Exposures in default      662        1,449        218        342        585        699        5        3, 960  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      113        110        0        363        199        332               1,117  
Covered bonds                                                        
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term      0                      0               3               3  
Collective investments undertakings      8               24        0        32               12        75  
Equity exposures                                                        
Other exposures      5,990        2,002        383        4,722        2,089        2,879        (0)        18,064  
Total standardised approach      107,115        73,525        28,499        71,399        97,513        62,614        2,253        442,917  
Total      312,292        74,102        113,217        108,743        118,793        66,221        16,326        809,694  

(1) Geographical areas have been determined based on the country of the counterparty.

(2) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

Million euros

12/31/2017    Net EO of provisions (2)          
Exposure Class (1)    Spain              Turkey          Eurasia          Mexico          USA         

South    

America    

    

Other    

areas    

     Total      
Central governments or central banks      594               431        135        4,231        974        448        6, 813  
Institutions      44,341        26        48,044        505        2,543        540        1,056        97,056  
Corporates      61,137        499        36,571        18,512        10,291        2,246        1,307        130,564  
Retail      101,320        1        576        13,371        41        65        34        115,408  
Equity      5,771        157        263        811        201        468        126        7,798  
Total IRB approach      213,164        683        85,886        33,333        17,308        4,294        2,972        357,639  
Central governments or central banks      63,669        16,533        11,186        14,475        6,037        10,456               122,356  
Regional governments or local authorities      687        31        84        2,030        7,135        166               10,133  
Public sector entities      2        75        29        756               689               1, 552  
Multilateral development banks             5        36               3        48               93  
International organisations                    1                                    1  
Institutions      1,265        2,467        6, 867        6,033        1,826        3,509        193        22,159  
Corporates      3,326        31,413        8,300        15,076        46,746        24,941        660        130,461  
Retail      13,354        25,767        1, 928        12,008        14,656        23,790        23        91,527  
        Secured by mortgages on immovable property      4,751        8,506        2,332        10,685        9,360        13,851        60        49,545  
Exposures in default      1,401        1, 583        516        471        296        839        2        5, 108  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      170        147               418        1,055        700               2,489  
Covered bonds                                                        
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment                    16        8                             25  
Collective investments undertakings      1               26               8                      34  
Equity exposures                                                        
Other exposures      9,227        1,988        350        4,846        1,718        3,037               21,166  
Total standardised approach      97,853        88,516        31,670        66,807        88,840        82,026        937        456,649  
Total      311,017        89,199        117,556        100,140        106,147        86,320        3,909        814,288  

(1) Geographical areas have been determined based on the country of the counterparty.

(2) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

 

 

68


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

It also shows graphically the distribution of original exposure by geographic area, revealing the Group’s high level of geographical diversification, which constitutes one of the key levers for its strategic growth.

CHART 7: Distribution by geographical area of credit risk exposure

 

LOGO

The next table shows the distribution by geographical area of the defaulted and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent risks, as well as the adjustments for credit risk:

TABLE 14: EU CR1-C - Credit quality of exposure by geography (including counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

     Gross Original exposure (1)                       
12/31/2018   

Defaulted

exposures        

    

Non-defaulted        

exposures

     Credit risk
adjustment        
    

Accumulated

write-offs

    

Credit risk adjustment

charges of the period

     Net values  
Spain      10,280        307,956        (5,943)        24,328        3,019        312,292  
Turkey      2, 556        73,473        (1,928)        377        (718)        74,102  
Eurasia      817        113,179        (779)        304        (96)        113,217  
Mexico      1, 162        109,226        (1,645)        2,272        (631)        108,743  
USA      883        118,455        (545)        3,857        55        118,793  
South America      1, 885        66,392        (2,056)        1, 169        (653)        66,221  
Other areas      86        16,263        (23)        49        (11)        16,326  
Total      17,670        804,943        (12,920)        32,355        964        809,694  

 

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

 

Million euros

 

     Gross Original exposure (1)                       
12/31/2017   

Defaulted

exposures        

    

Non-defaulted        

exposures

     Credit risk
adjustment        
    

Accumulated

write-offs

    

Credit risk adjustment

charges of the period

     Net values  
Spain      14,074        305,906        (8,963)        23,133        837        311,017  
Turkey      2,341        88,067        (1,209)        40        842        89,199  
Eurasia      1,079        117,159        (682)        288        232        117,556  
Mexico      1,125        100,029        (1,014)        2,065        473        100,140  
USA      958        105,790        (601)        3, 408        395        106,147  
South America      2,039        85,684        (1,403)        1,171        388        86,320  
Other areas      68        3, 852        (12)        51        73        3,909  
Total      21,685        806,487        (13,884)        30,156        3,240        814,288  

(*) CCR is included, whose corrections for impairment as of December, 31, 2017 amounted to 10 million euros

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

 

3.2.3.4.

    Credit quality of exposure by exposure class and instrument

Below is the value of the exposures by exposure class, broken down into defaulted and non-defaulted exposures as of December 31, 2018: This table excludes exposures subject to the Counterparty Risk framework under Part 3, Title II, Chapter IV of the CRR, as well as

 

 

69


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

exposures subject to the Securitisation framework as defined in Part 3, Title II, chapter V of the CRR.

TABLE 15: EU CR1-A - Credit quality of exposures by exposure class and instrument (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

     Gross Original exposure (4)                              
12/31/2018   

Defaulted    

exposures    

    

Non-defaulted  

exposures

     Credit risk
adjustment
    

Accumulated

write-offs

    

Credit risk adjustment

charges of the period

     Net values (3)  
Central governments or central banks      80        5,786        5        10        1        5,862  
Institutions      161        32,477        58        19        (5)        32,581  
Corporates      4,017        128,116        2,176        5,402        (1,271)        129,957  

Of which: Specialised lending

     161        6,510        73        1,635        (36)        6,597  

Of which: SMEs

     2,006        17,774        1,103        -        (717)        18,677  

Of which: Others

     1,851        103,832        999        3,767        (518)        104,683  
Retail      4,778        113,425        2,660        2, 056        321        115,544  

Secured by real estate property

     3,672        77,800        1,330        1,170        138        80,142  

Qualifying revolving

     199        21,968        584        51        57        21,583  

Other retail

     907        13,657        745        835        126        13,819  

SMEs

     418        3,707        281        142        83        3,844  

Non-SMEs

     489        9,950        464        692        43        9,975  
Equity      -        6,822        -        -        -        6,822  
Total IRB approach      9,037        286,627        4,898        7,487        (954)        290,765  
Central governments or central banks      8        114,627        33        9        (15)        114,593  
Regional governments or local authorities      -        10,203        23        21        16        10,180  
Public sector entities      0        990        9        20        4        981  
Multilateral development banks      -        265        0        -        (1)        265  
International organisations      0        0        -        -        -        0  
Institutions      25        28,139        14        11        (2)        28,124  
Corporates      3,484        122,816        1,181        16,315        (432)        121,635  
Retail      3,486        86,916        1,722        3, 596        476        85,194  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      1, 416        40,917        302        2,733        (37)        40,615  
Exposures in default (1)      8,588        -        4,649        -        4        3, 939  

Exposures associated with particularly

high risk(2)

     30        1,138        51        147        (17)        1,117  
Covered bonds      -        -        -        -        -        -  
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      -        3        0        -        0        3  
Collective investments undertakings      -        69        1        9        0        69  
Equity exposures      -        -        -        -        -        -  
Other exposures      170        18,100        36        2, 009        3        18,064  
Total standardised approach      8,618        424,184        8,022        24,869        (1)        424,781  
Total      17,655        710,810        12,920        32,355        (955)        715,546  
Of which: Loans      16,882        376,575        12,201        32,355        (1,355)        381,256  
Of which: Debt securities      21        70,260        44        -        (3)        70,237  
Of which: Off-balance sheet exposures      752        179,296        639        -        366        179,409  
Of which: Others      -        84,679        36        -        37        84,644  

(1) Exposures in default are additionally broken down by their respective original categories.

(2) Exposures associated with particularly high risk that are in default are reported in the column Exposures in default, since they are not included in the total amount of the exposures in default of the COREP of Credit Risk by standardised approach.

(3) Net exposure is calculated as follows:

- Net exposure by standardised approach = Non-defaulted exposures - Credit risk adjustment; except Exposures in default and Items associated with particularly high risk that are calculated as exposures by IRB approach do;

- Net exposure by IRB approach = Exposures in default + Non-defaulted exposures - Credit risk adjustment

(4) The table above shows gross original exposure of COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity exposures by standardised and IRB approach.

 

 

70


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

                   Million euros  

12/31/2017

   Gross Original exposure (4)                              
  

Defaulted    

exposures    

    

Non-defaulted  

exposures    

     Credit risk
adjustment
     Accumulated  
write-offs    
     Credit risk adjustment
charges of the period
     Net values (3)  
Central governments or central banks      96        5,567        4               (74)        5,660  
Institutions      194        33,965        62        15        3        34,097  
Corporates      6,207        124,490        3, 447        5,087        (1,831)        127,250  

Of which: Specialised lending

     331        7,814        109        3,497        (57)        8,036  

Of which: SMEs

     3,485        14,382        1,821        6        (924)        16,046  

Of which: Others

     2,392        102,294        1,518        1,583        (850)        103,168  
Retail      5, 397        112,342        2, 339        1, 609        (238)        115,400  

Secured by real estate property

     4, 479        79,887        1,192        772        (403)        83,174  

Qualifying revolving

     168        20,457        527        51        15        20,098  

Other retail

     750        11,998        620        785        150        12,128  

SMEs

     367        3,483        199        100        61        3, 651  

Non-SMEs

     383        8, 515        421        685        89        8,477  
Equity             7,798                             7,798  
Total IRB approach      11,894        284,163        5,852        6,711        (2,140)        290,204  
Central governments or central banks      141        116,594        48        9        13        116,546  
Regional governments or local authorities      9        10,108        8        13        4        10,100  
Public sector entities             1, 551        4        19        (27)        1,547  
Multilateral development banks             93        1                      93  
International organisations             1                             1  
Institutions      79        15,048        17        23        (32)        15,031  
Corporates      4,033        126,707        1,613        15,303        (1,259)        125,094  
Retail      2,917        92,709        1,246        3, 565        592        91,463  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      2,107        49,883        339        2,466        29        49,545  
Exposures in default (1)      9,753               4,645               (261)        5,107  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk (2)      40        2, 518        67        153        (74)        2,490  
Covered bonds                                          
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment             24                      (2)        24  
Collective investments undertakings      2        34               9               34  
Equity exposures                                          
Other exposures      465        21,200        34        1,856        (91)        21,166  
Total standardised approach      9,792        436,472        8,022        23,445        (1,107)        438,242  
Total      21,685        720,635        13,875        30,156        3,247        728,446  
Of which: Loans      20,333        393,252        13,565        30,156        (2,415)        400,020  
Of which: Debt securities      76        73,498        47               (146)        73,527  
Of which: Off-balance sheet exposures      1,276        184,129        263               (686)        185,142  
Of which: Others             69,756                             69,756  

(1) Exposures in default are additionally broken down by their respective categories of origin.

(2) Exposures associated with particularly high risk that are in default are reported in the column Exposures in default, since they are not included in the total amount of the exposures in default of the COREP of Credit Risk by standardised approach.

(3) Net exposure is calculated as follows:

- Net exposure by standardised approach = Non-defaulted exposures - Credit risk adjustment; except Exposures in default and Items associated with particularly high risk that are calculated as exposures by IRB approach do;

- Net exposure by IRB approach = Exposures in default + Non-defaulted exposures - Credit risk adjustment

(4) The table above shows gross original exposure of COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity exposures by standardised and IRB approach.

 

3.2.3.5.

    Distribution by sector

The following table shows the distribution of original exposure by economic sector (standardised and advanced measurement approach) of original exposure net of provisions for financial assets and contingency risks, excluding counterparty risk, and including equity:

 

 

71


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 16: EU CRB-D - Concentration of exposures by industry or counterparty types (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

12/31/2018   

Farming,

forestry
and fishing

     Mining and
quarrying
    

Manufacturing

Industry

    

Energy

supply

     Water
supply
     Construction     

Wholesale
and

retail
trade

     Transport
and storage
     Accommodation
and food
service
activities
    

Information

and

communication

    

Financial
activities
and

insurance

    

Real

estate

activities

     Professional,
scientific
and technical
activities
     Administrative
and support
service
activities
    

Public
administration and

defense, compulsory
social security

     Education      Human health
Services and
social work
activities
    

Arts,

entertainment
and

recreation

     Other
services
     Household activities as employers
of domestic staff; Activities of
households as products of goods
and services for own use
    

Extraterritorial
organizations

activities

    

Individuals
without business

activity

     Total (1)  
Central governments or central banks                    0                                                         2,315                             3,547        0                                    0               5,862  
Institutions      2               259        486        284        731        18        1,716        8        27        10,781        425        189        29        17,488        1        79        28        5               26               32,581  
Corporates      1,045        5,249        39,078        15,269        1,426        10,245        15,779        4,342        3,956        5,450        9,049        6,109        5,713        2,813        1,869        250        1,024        693        595        3        0               129,957  
Retail      616        44        1,970        121        57        1,946        4,033        1,455        1,451        465        231        468        1,721        641        1        234        684        305        6,395        7               92,698        115,544  
Equity                                         809        0                      2,981        2,329        5        0               26                             672                             6,822  
Total IRB approach      1,663        5,294        41,307        15,876        1,767        13,731        19,830        7,512        5,415        8,922        24,704        7,006        7,623        3,483        22,932        486        1,787        1,025        7,667        11        26        92,698        290,765  
Central governments or central banks      0               0        0               0        5        0        0        0        39,188        0        0        0        74,387        0        1        0        1,011               0               114,593  
Regional governments or local authorities      (0)               7        32        74        48        4        139        (0)        0        69        36        0        19        7,769        545        1,167        3        267               0               10,180  
Public sector entities                    288        350        25        0        1        2        0               78               0        0        218        16        0        0        1                             981  
Multilateral development banks                                                                            222                             44                                                         265  
International organisations                                                                                                                      0               0     

 

 

     0               0  
Institutions      2        0        728        0               1,732        92        5,280        2        18        19,073        56        195        46        154        0        176        0        571                             28,124  
Corporates      3,078        2,624        31,037        7,032        645        4,152        14,993        6, 506        3,450        3.416        11,538        13,878        3,038        2,210        204        743        5,085        733        7,229        42        0               121,635  
Retail      4,166        281        4,729        304        57        2,737        10,539        1,900        1,235        486        738        860        2,434        1,151        299        1,197        1,428        287        4,786        9               45,571        85,194  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      801        229        1,970        658        10        941        3,147        541        1,192        200        325        17,649        1,562        944        258        1,072        1,084        120        3,810        2               4,101        40,615  
Exposures in default      111        58        91        301        7        492        657        183        165        32        41        287        134        70        26        32        63        24        584        0        0        582        3,939  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      1        0        1        0        0        292        14        0        32        0        118        494        3        4               0        1        0        25        0               131        1,117  
Covered bonds                                                                                  

 
                                                                            
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment                                                                            3                                                                                     3  
Collective investments undertakings                                                                            69                                                                                     69  
Equity exposures                                                                                                                                                                 
Other exposures      0               0        0               0        0        0               1        10,104        922        56               0        0        0               6,981              

 
            18,064  
Total standardised approach      8,158        3,192        38,853        8, 677        818        10,394        29,453        14,551        6,076        4,153        81,565        34,182        7,422        4,445        83,359        3,605        9, 005        1,167        25,264        53        0        50,385        424,781  
Total      9,822        8,486        80,160        24,554        2,585        24,125        49,283        22,064        11,491        13,075        106,269        41,189        15,045        7,929        106,291        4,091        10,792        2,192        32,931        64        26        143,083        715,546  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

Million euros

12/31/2017   

Farming,

forestry
and fishing

     Mining and
quarrying
    

Manufacturing

Industry

    

Energy

supply

     Water
supply
     Construction     

Wholesale
and

retail
trade

     Transport
and storage
     Accommodation
and food
service
activities
    

Information

and

communication

    

Financial
activities
and

insurance

    

Real

estate

activities

    

Professional,
scientific
and technical

activities

     Administrative
and support
service
activities
    

Public
administration and

defense, compulsory
social security

     Education      Human health
Services and
social work
activities
    

Arts,

entertainment
and

recreation

     Other
services
     Household activities as employers
of domestic staff; Activities of
households as products of goods
and services for own use
    

Extraterritorial
organizations

activities

    

Individuals
without business

activity

     Total (1)  
Central governments or central banks                                                                            4,281                             1,378        0                                    0     

 

 

     5,660  
Institutions      9        1        382        481        221        413        23        1,784        6        6        10,486        222        95        42        19,713        4        83        3        107               15               34,097  
Corporates      1,755        4,873        34,298        13,210        924        12,469        16,070        4, 744        5,270        6,614        10, 024        5,347        6,105        2,695        63        185        882        937        687        2        94               127,250  
Retail      624        47        1,833        119        54        1,881        3,809        1,412        1,464        462        231        460        1,658        662               224        660        300        5,510        9               93,983        115,400  
Equity      0               68        46        3        309                             3,548        2, 974        279        7        (84)        28                      5        614                             7,798  
Total IRB approach      2,388        4,921        36,582        13,856        1,202        15,073        19,902        7,939        6,740        10,630        27,996        6,309        7,865        3,314        21,182        413        1,626        1,246        6,918        11        109        93,983        290,204  
central governments or central banks      0               1        8        18               1                             40, 793               0               74,648        0        1               1,076               0               116,546  
Regional governments or local authorities      0        0        50        33        65        49        7        266        0        0        114        48        30        1        7,463        595        1,297        17        65               0               10,100  
Public sector entities      1        65        310        148        51        0        2        13        0                      1        7        0        895        22        1        0        30                             1,547  
Multilateral development banks                                                                            44                             48                                                         93  
International Organisations                                                                                                                      0               0               1               1  
institutions      9               6        7               13        31        0               21        12,078        254        163        15        1,601        3        48               784                             15,031  
corporates      1.558        5,764        31,176        7,951        698        4,071        15,417        7,559        3,248        3,269        7,037        10,497        3,141        2,144        6,938        853        4,829        701        8,205        37        0               125,094  
Retail      1,523        444        5,338        328        76        2,883        11,815        2,159        1,229        540        1,344        1,372        2,858        660               634        1,919        381        5,108        14               50,839        91,463  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      509        548        2,378        1,054        27        1,553        3,871        929        1,396        382        2,372        18,644        2,154        269               779        1,696        210        3,664        3               7,105        49,545  
Exposures in default      79        141        249        42        16        448        347        135        123        20        11        250        274        38        14        18        51        32        1,324        0        0        1,495        5,107  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      1        0        2        0        0        2,158        9        2        2        0        166        88        4        6        0        0        1        0        5                      47        2,489  
Covered bonds                                                                                                                                                                 
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short- term credit assesment                                                                            25                                                                                     25  
Collective investments undertakings                                                                            34                      0                                                                34  
Equity exposures                                                                                                                                                        

 
      
Other exposures      1        0        11               0        1        10        6        0        0        14,522        1        0        3        0        0        0               6,609              

 
            21,166  
Total standardised approach      3,680        6,962        39,520        9, 573        950        11,176        31,511        11,069        5,998        4,232        78,541        31,155        8,632        3,137        91,608        2,904        9,843        1,340        26,869        54        2        59,486        438,242  
Total      6,069        11,883        76,102        23,429        2,152        26,248        51,413        19,008        12,738        14,862        106,537        37,464        16,496        6,451        112,789        3,318        11,469        2,587        33,787        65        111        153,468        728,446  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

 

72


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The next table shows the distribution by counterparty of the defaulted and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent risks, as well as their corresponding adjustments for credit risk:

TABLE 17: EU CR1-B - Credit quality of exposures by industry or counterparty types (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

    

 

Gross Original Exposure (1)

           

Credit risk
adjustment
charges

of the period

     Net values  
12/31/2018   

Defaulted    

exposures    

    

Non-defaulted

exposures    

     Credit risk
adjustment
 
Agriculture, forestry and fishing      288        9,837        303        119        9,822  
Mining and quarrying      140        8,427        81        (54)        8,486  
Manufacturing      1,429        80,167        1,437        (78)        80,160  
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply      565        24,433        444        181        24,554  
Water supply      27        2,595        37        10        2,585  
Construction      1,871        23,509        1,255        (1,127)        24,125  
Wholesale and retail trade      2,464        48,416        1,597        106        49,283  
Transport and storage      664        21,879        480        29        22,064  
Accommodation and food service activities      538        11,267        313        (2)        11,491  
Information and communication      985        12,326        235        63        13,075  
Financial activities and insurance      338        106,181        250        27        106,269  
Real estate activities      960        40,898        669        (149)        41,189  
Professional, scientific and technical activities      467        14,926        347        (132)        15,045  
Administrative and support service activities      262        7,882        215        35        7,929  
Public administration and defence, compulsory social security      259        106,150        118        56        106,291  
Education      111        4,141        161        100        4,091  
Human health services and social work activities      159        10,809        176        20        10,792  
Arts, entertainment and recreation      102        2,148        58        (3)        2,192  
Other services      843        32,793        705        (305)        32,931  
Household activities as employers of domestic staff; Activities of households as products of goods and services for own use      1        64        1        (0)        64  
Extraterritorial organizations activities      0        26        0        0        26  
Individuals without business activity      5,183        141,937        4,037        149        143,083  
Total      17,655        710,810        12,920        (955)        715,546  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures..

 

                 Million euros  
     Gross Original Exposure (1)      Credit risk
adjustment
    

Credit risk

adjustment

charges

     Net values  

12/31/2017

 

  

Defaulted    

exposures    

    

Non-defaulted

exposures    

 
Agriculture, forestry and fishing      252        6,001        184        (150)        6,069  
Mining and quarrying      247        11,770        135        132        11,883  
Manufacturing      1,561        76,056        1,515        112        76,102  
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply      251        23,441        263        (294)        23,429  
Water supply      50        2,128        27        (13)        2,152  
Construction      5,870        22,761        2,382        65        26,248  
Wholesale and retail trade      2,133        50,771        1,491        (572)        51,413  
Transport and storage      587        18,872        451        (107)        19,008  
Accommodation and food service activities      587        12,466        315        (318)        12,738  
Information and communication      133        14,901        172        (189)        14,862  
Financial activities and insurance      182        106,578        223        (236)        106,537  
Real estate activities      1,158        37,124        818        (462)        37,464  
Professional, scientific and technical activities      768        16,207        479        (331)        16,496  
Administrative and support service activities      265        6,367        180        (139)        6,451  
Public administration and defence, compulsory social security      217        112,635        62        3        112,789  
Education      65        3,313        61        (29)        3,318  
Human health services and social work activities      156        11,469        156        (102)        11,469  
Arts, entertainment and recreation      122        2,526        61        (41)        2,587  
Other services      640        34,157        1,010        147        33,787  
Household activities as employers of domestic staff; Activities of households as products of goods and services for own use      2        64        1        (2)        65  
Extraterritorial organizations activities      1        111               (1)        111  
Individuals without business activity      6,439        150,918        3,888        (722)        153,468  
Total      21,686        720,635        13,875        (3,247)        728,446  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures..

 

3.2.3.6.

    Distribution by residual maturity

The following table shows the distribution of original exposure net of credit risk adjustments by residual maturity of financial assets and contingency risks, broken down by exposure

 

 

73


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

class under the standardised and advanced measurement approaches, excluding counterparty risk and including equity positions:

TABLE 18: EU CRB-E - Maturity of exposures (excluding counterparty credit risk)

Million euros

 

     Net exposure value(1)  
12/31/2018    On
demand
     < 1 year          > 1 year < 5 years      > 5 years     

No stated

maturity

     Total  
Central governments or central banks      9        319        2,886        303        2,345        5,862  
Institutions      205        7,219        8,707        11,098        5,353        32,581  
Corporates      246        42,572        55,537        21,199        10,403        129,957  
Retail      12        2,200        6,174        85,153        22,005        115,544  
Equity                                  6,822        6,822  
Total IRB approach      471        52,309        73,305        117,752        46,927        290,765  
Central governments or central banks      11,308        37,868        16,741        47,789        887        114,593  
Regional governments or local authorities      0        805        1,737        7,631        6        10,180  
Public sector entities      7        770        144        17        43        981  
Multilateral development banks      211        38        16                      265  
International organisations                           0        0        0  
Institutions      5,113        12,757        5,261        754        4,240        28,124  
Corporates      10,635        37,301        50,879        20,520        2,300        121,635  
Retail      2,611        28,222        30,134        15,993        8,233        85,194  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      304        4,689        4,517        31,094        12        40,615  
Exposures in default      24        893        21        1,877        1,126        3,939  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk             273        222        622        0        1,117  
Covered bonds                                          
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      1        1                      1        3  
Collective investments undertakings             47        20        1        1        69  
Equity exposures                                          
Other exposures      1,467        4,654        30        8        11,906        18,064  
Total standardised approach      31,681        128,319        109,722        126,305        28,753        424,781  
Total      32,151        180,628        183,027        244,058        75,681        715,546  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

Million euros

 

     Net exposure value(1)  

12/31/2017

 

   On
demand
     < 1 year          > 1 year < 5 years      > 5 years      No stated
maturity
     Total  
Central governments or central banks      5        569        423        504        4,159        5,660  
Institutions      394        9,657        8,704        10,839        4,504        34,097  
Corporates      351        45,794        47,627        23,922        9,555        127,250  
Retail      18        1,801        6,041        86,998        20,541        115,400  
Equity                                  7,798        7,798  
Total IRB approach      768        57,821        62,795        122,263        46,557        290,204  
Central governments or central banks      19,933        45,409        12,628        38,286        289        116,546  
Regional governments or local authorities      97        484        1,505        7,990        25        10,100  
Public sector entities      706        630        168        42        1        1,547  
Multilateral development banks             55        37                      93  
International organisations             1                             1  
Institutions      4,707        5,479        3,852        769        224        15,031  
Corporates      10,478        39,071        52,262        21,850        1,433        125,094  
Retail      3,505        37,647        25,214        15,956        9,141        91,463  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      2,080        6,073        8,785        32,604        2        49,545  
Exposures in default      70        578        450        2,025        1,985        5,107  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk             1,227        1,080        182        1        2,489  
Covered bonds                                          
Claims on institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assesment      1        24                               25  
Collective investments undertakings                    20        8        6        34  
Equity exposures                                          
Other exposures      1,821        5,328        38               13,978        21,166  
Total standardised approach      43,398        142,006        106,039        119,713        27,086        438,242  
Total      44,166        199,827        168,834        241,976        73,643        728,446  

(1) The table above shows original exposure net of credit risk adjustments reported in COREP statements of Credit Risk and Equity excluding securitisation exposures.

The following table shows the distribution by gross carrying amount of the loans and debt securities by residual maturity

TABLE 19: EU CR1-D - Ageing of past-due exposures

 

 

74


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Million euros

 

12/31/2018    Gross carrying values (1)  
          < 30 days      > 30 days
< 60 days
    

> 60 days <

90 days

     > 90 days<
180 days
     >180 days
< 1 year
     > 1 year  
Loans (2)      9,737        5,556               1,347        1,876        4,207  
Debt securities                           8                
Total exposures      9,737        5,556               1,355        1,876        4,207  

(1) Accounting gross carrying values.

(2) Includes gross carrying value of reverse repo transactions.

Million euros

 

12/31/2017    Gross carrying values (1)  
          < 30 days      > 30 days
< 60 days
    

> 60 days <

90 days

     > 90 days <
180 days
     > 180 days
< 1 year
     > 1 year  
Loans (2)      3,432        759        503                       
Debt securities                                          
Total exposures      3,432        759        503                       

(1) Accounting gross carrying values.

(2) Includes gross carrying value of reverse repo transactions.

 

3.2.3.7.

    Total impairment losses for the period

The following table shows details of impairment losses and allowances on financial assets and contingent risks and commitments, as well as derecognition of losses recognised previously in asset write-offs recorded directly in the income statement in 2018 and 2017:

TABLE 20: EU CR2-A - Changes in the stock of general and specific credit risk adjustments

Million euros

Accumulated credit

risk adjustment (1)

Opening balance      13,884  
Increases due to amounts set aside for estimated loan losses during the period      7,040  
Decreases due to amounts reversed for estimated loan losses during the period      (4,105)  
Decreases due to amounts taken against accumulated credit risk adjustments      (4,461)  
Transfers between credit risk adjustments      1,527  
Impact of exchange rate differences      (481)  
Business combinations, including acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries      (340)  
IFRS9 Impact      1,288  
Other adjustments      (1,432)  
Closing balance      12,920  
Recoveries on credit risk adjustments recorded directly to the statement of profit or loss      (573)  
Specific credit risk adjustments directly recorded to the statement of profit or loss      3,107  

(1) Credit risk adjustments of on balance sheet items (including CCR) and credit risk adjustments of contingent commitments (off balance sheet items)

In addition, a movement in the stock of non-performing exposures in the balance sheet between December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is shown below:

TABLE 21: EU CR2-B - Changes in the stock of defaulted and impaired loans and debt securities

Million euros

Gross carrying value

defaulted exposures (2)

Opening balance (1)      19,783  
Loans and debt securities that have defaulted or impaired since the last reporting period      5,569  
Returned to non-defaulted status      (3,427)  
Amounts written off      (5,076)  
Other changes      469  
Closing balance      17,319  

(1) Counterparty credit risk is included, but securitization exposures are excluded

(2) Accounting gross carrying values

 

 

75


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

3.2.3.8.

    Non-performing exposures and restructured and refinanced exposures

Below is a table with a general overview of the non-performing exposures and restructured and refinanced exposures:

TABLE 22: EU CR1-E - Non-performing exposures and forborne exposures

Million euros

 

            Gross carrying values of performing
and non-performing  exposures(1)
            

Accumulated impairment and provisions
and negative fair value adjustments

due to credit risk

     Collaterals and financial
guarantees received
 
           

Of which:
performing

but past

due > 30

days y < 90
days

    

Of which:

performing

forborne

             Of which: non-performing     

On performing

exposures

    

On non-

performing
exposures

    

On non

performing
exposures

    

Of which:

forborne
exposures

 
12/31/2018    Total              Of which:
defaulted
    

Of which:

impaired

     Of which:
forborne
             Of which:
forborne
             Of
which:
forborne
 
Debt Securities      67,757                      36        36        36               (48)               (16)                       
Loans and advance      451,810        4,227        7,165        16,357        16,357        16,357        10.003        (4,451)        (683)        (7,760)        (4.202)        5,570        8,427  
Off-Balance Sheet Exposures        170,070               138        987        987               87        (419)        (5)        (217)        (21)        113         

(1) Accounting gross carrying values

Million euros

 

           

Gross carrying values of performing

and non-performing exposures(1)

            

Accumulated impairment and provisions
and negative fair value adjustments

due to credit risk

    

Collaterals and

financial

guarantees received

 
           

Of which:
performing

but past
due > 30

days y < 90

days

    

Of which:

performing

forborne

            Of which: non-performing     

On performing

exposures

    

On non-

performing
exposures

    

On non

performing
exposures

    

Of which:

forborne
exposures

 
12/31/2017    Total              Of which:
defaulted
    

Of which:

impaired

     Of which:
forborne
     Of which:
forborne
     Of which:
forborne
 
Debt Securities      70,701                      66        66        66               (21)               28                       
Loans and advance      470,040        1,262        9,193        19,396        19,396        19,396        12,127        (4,097)        (378)        (8,670)        (4,616)        7,478        11,253  
Off-Balance Sheet Exposures        185,405               110        1,276        1,276               142        (327)               (251)        (29)        128        18  

(1) Accounting gross carrying values

 

3.2.4.

Information on the standardized approach

 

3.2.4.1.

    Identification of external rating agencies

The external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) appointed by the Group to determine the risk weightings applicable to its exposures are the following: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS.

The exposures for which the ratings of each ECAI are used are those corresponding to the wholesale portfolios, involving “Sovereigns and central banks” in developed countries, and “Financial Institutions”.

In cases where a counterparty has ratings from different ECAIs, the Group follows the procedure laid down in Article 138 of the Solvency Regulations, which specifies the order of priority to be used in the assignment of ratings.

When two different credit ratings made by designated ECAIs are available for a rated exposure, the higher risk weighting will be applied. However, when there are more than two credit ratings for the same rated exposure, use is to be made of the two credit ratings that provide the lowest risk weightings. If the two lowest risk weightings coincide, then that weighting will be applied; if they do not coincide, the higher of the two will be applied.

The correspondence between the alphanumeric scale of each agency used and the risk categories used by the Group are defined in the Final Draft Implementing Technical Standards on the mapping of ECAIs’ credit assessment under Article 136(1) and (3) of Regulation (UE) No. 575/2013; complying with the provisions of Article 136 of the CRR.

 

 

76


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.2.4.2.

    Assignment of the credit ratings of public share issues

The number of cases and the amount of these assignments are not relevant for the Group in terms of admission and management of issuer credit risk.

 

3.2.4.3.

    Exposure values before and after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

The original net exposure amounts for provisions and value adjustments, exposure after risk mitigation techniques, and RWA density for each exposure category by the standardized approach, are shown below, excluding securitisation and counterparty risk exposure which is presented in section 3.2.6 of this Report.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 23: EU CR4 –standardized approach: credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation effects

Million euros

 

12/31/2018    Exposures before CCF and CRM (1)      Exposures post-CCF and CRM (2)      RWA (3) and RWA Density  
Exposure Class   

On-balance sheet

amount

    

Off-balance        

sheet amount    

     On-balance sheet
amount
    

Off-balance

sheet amount    

     RWA             

RWA

Density    

 
Central governments or central banks      111,247        3,346        137,615        549        30,247        22%  
Regional governments or local authorities      9, 683        497        6, 414        230        1,415        21%  
Public sector entities      824        157        1,757        51        714        39%  
Multilateral development banks      242        24        453               10        2%  
International Organizations      0        0        0        0        _        _  
Institutions      14,236        13,888        14,236        1 874        4,991        31%  
Corporates      78,195        43,440        74,105        15,,851        88,046        98%  
Retail      54,130        31,064        50,039        2,403        36,753        70%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      40,470        146        40,389        68        15,466        38%  
Exposures in default      3, 487        453        3,346        245        4,127        115%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      1,116        1        1,101        0        1,652        150%  
Covered bonds                                          
Institutions and corporates with a short term credit assessment      3               3               2        66%  
Collective Investment Undertakings      44        24        44        12        57        100%  
Equity                                          
Other Items      18,064        _        17,959        950        11,229        59%  
Total      331,743        93,038        347,461        22,236        194,707        53%  

(1) Net OE: Original Exposure net of credit risk adjustments

(2) EAD: Net Original Exposure of provisions, value adjustments after CRM and CCF

(3) RWAs: EAD after applying risk-weights.

Million euros

 

12/31/2017    Exposures before CCF and CRM (1)      Exposures post-CCF and CRM  (2)      RAW (3) and RWA Density  
Exposure Class   

On-balance sheet

amount

    

Off-balance        

sheet amount    

     On-balance sheet
amount
    

Off-balance

sheet amount    

     RWA             

RWA

Density    

 
Central governments or central banks      102,533        14,013        130,796        758        29,571        22%  
Regional governments or local authorities      9,257        843        5,948        538        1,246        19%  
Public sector entities      723        824        1,631        66        653        38%  
Multilateral development banks      72        21        191               14        7%  
International Organizations      1               1                       
Institutions      11,541        3,490        10,793        1,414        4,440        36%  
Corporates      80,252        44,841        76,054        15,755        90,120        98%  
Retail      57,755        33,708        53,391        2,204        39,146        70%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      49,031        513        48,416        324        19,609        40%  
Exposures in default      4,571        536        4,384        299        5,247        112%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      2,488        1        2,463               3,694        150%  
Covered bonds                                          
Institutions and corporates with a short term credit assessment      25               25               5        20%  
Collective Investment Undertakings      9        26        9        15        24        100%  
Equity                                          
Other Items      21,166               20,979        1,376        11,725        52%  
Total      339,425        98,817        355,080        22,750        205,493        54%  

(1) Net OE: Original Exposure net of credit risk adjustments

(2) EAD: Net Original Exposure of provisions, value adjustments after CRM and CCF

(3) RWAs: EAD after applying risk-weights.

In addition, the following tables present the amounts of net exposure, before and after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques, for different risk weightings and for the different exposure categories that correspond to the standardized approach for each exposure class for credit, counterparty and securitisation risk. method, excluding securitisation positions and counterparty credit risk exposure.

Exposure net of provisions and after applying CCF and CRM corresponding to counterparty risk are shown in table EU-CCR3 of section 3.2.6 of this report.

 

 

78


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 24: Standardized approach: exposure values before the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

 

12/31/2018

Exposure Class

   Risk Weight      Total credit exposures amount
(pre CCF and  pre-CRM
    

Million Euros

of which:

unrated (1)

 
   0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      35%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      250%      370%      1250%      Others      Deducted  
Central Government or central banks      82,586                             4,318               4,652                      19,977        56        3,004                                    114,593        48,775  
Regional government or local authorities      204                             9,836               49                      91                                                  10,180        10,180  
Public sector entities      1                             200               454                      325        0                                           981        588  
Multilateral development banks      222                                           20                      24                                                  265        265  
International Organizations      0                                                                                                                 0         
Institutions             3,192                      19,808               2,551                      2,574        0                                           28,124        26,702  
Corporates                                  102               1,237                      119,909        386                                           121,635        120,975  
Retail                                                              85,194                                                             85,194        77,678  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                         33,035        6,178               493        909                                                  40,615        38,246  
Exposures in default                                                                     2,725        1,215                                           3,939        3,400  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                            1,117                                           1,117        632  
Covered bonds                                                                                                                              
Institutions and corporates with a short-term                                                                                                                              
credit assessment                                  1                                    2                                                  3        1  
Collective investment undertakings                                                                     69                                                  69        69  
Other Items      5,595                                                                12,469        0                                           18,064        17,926  
Equity                                                                                                                                
Total      88,608        3,192                      34,265        33,035        15,142               85,687        159,074        2,774        3,004                                    424,781        345,456  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from designated ECAIs is available

 

12/31/2017

Exposure Class

   Risk Weight      Total credit exposures amount
(pre CCF and  pre-CRM
    

Million Euros

of which:

unrated (1)

 
   0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      35%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      250%      370%      1250%      Others      Deducted  
Central Government or central banks      74,193                             14,826               4, 865                      19,361        590        2,711                                    116,546        48,926  
Regional government or local authorities      803                             9,157               67                      73                                                  10,100        10,093  
Public sector entities      2                             918               254                      343        30                                           1,547        1,344  
Multilateral development banks      44                                           27                      21                                                  93        93  
International Organizations      1                                                                                                                 1        0  
Institutions             497                      9,250               2, 926                      2,359                                                  15,031        13,755  
Corporates                                  358               309                      124,134        293                                           125,094        124,690  
Retail                                                              91,463        91, 463                                                  91,463        91,309  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                         38,149        7,596               642        3,158                                                  49,545        49,536  
Exposures in default                                                                     3,751        1,356                                           5,107        5,103  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                            2,489                                           2, 489        2, 489  
Covered bonds                                                                                                                              
Institutions and corporates with a short–term                                  25                                    0                                                  25        25  
Collective investment undertakings                                                                     34                                                  34        34  
Other Items      5,371                             5                                    15,783                                    6               21,166        21,060  
Equity                                                                                                                              
Total      80,415        497                      34,539        38,149        16,043               92,105        169,018        4,758        2,711                      6               438,242        368,457  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from designated ECAIs is available

 

79


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 25: EU CR5 –Standardised approach: Exposure values after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

 

12/31/2018

Exposure Class

   Risk Weight     

Total

    

Million Euros

of which:

unrated (1)

 
   0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      35%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      250%      370%      1250%      Others      Deducted  
Central Government or central banks      108,890                             1,462               4,783                      19,969        56        3,004                                    138,164        52,283  
Regional government or local authorities      7                             6,497               49                      91                                                  6,644        6,644  
Public sector entities      47                             1,084               362                      316                                                    1,809        570  
Multilateral development banks      433                                           20                                                                       453        242  
International Organizations      0                                                                                                                 0         
Institutions             3,123                      8,782               2,066                      2,139                                                  16,110        15,183  
Corporates                                  66               1,149                      88,359        381                                           89,956        89,294  
Retail                                                              52,442                                                         52,442        45,361  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                         33,013        6,077               469        899                                                  40,458        38,107  
Exposures in default                                                                     2,519        1,072                                           3,591        3,111  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                            1,101                                           1,101        631  
Covered bonds                                                                                                                              
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment                                  1                                    2                                                  3        1  
Collective investment undertakings                                                                     57                                                  57        57  
Other Items      7,680                                                                11,228                                                  18,909        18,772  
Equity                                                                                                                              
Total      117,057        3,123                      17,892        33,013        14,506               52,911        125,578        2,612        3,004                                    369,696        270,283  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from designated ECAIs is available

 

12/31/2017

Exposure Class

   Risk Weight      Total     

Million Euros

Of which:
unrated (1)

 
   0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      35%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      250%      370%      1250%      Others      Deducted  
Central Government or central banks      102,481                             2,197               4,214                      19,361        590        2,711                                    131,554        53,518  
Regional government or local authorities      651                             5,695               67                      73                                                  6,486        6,486  
Public sector entities      75                             1,097               211                      283        30                                           1,697        635  
Multilateral development banks      163                                           27                                                                       191        72  
International Organizations      1                                                                                                                 1         
Institutions             356                      8,630               1,027                      2,193                                                  12,207        11,561  
Corporates                                          351                 298                          90,870        290                                                     91,808        91,427  
Retail                                                              55,595                                                         55,595        55,435  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                         37,695        7,427               630        2,989                                                  48,740        48,732  
Exposures in default                                                                     3,555        1,128                                           4,683        4,681  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                            2,463                                           2,463        2,463  
Covered bonds                                                                                                                              
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment                                  25                                                                                     25        24  
Collective investment undertakings                                                                     24                                                  24        24  
Other Items      10,630                             5                                    11,714                                    6               22,356        22,241  
Equity                                                                                                                              
Total      114,002        356                      18,000        37,695        13,272               56,225        131,062        4,501        2,711                      6               377,830        297,297  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from designated ECAIs is available

 

80


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The following table presents the main variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the credit and counterparty credit risk standardised approach:

TABLE 26: RWA flow statement of credit risk exposures under the Standardized Approach

 

                   Million Euros  
      Credit Risk      Counterparty Credit Risk  
      RWA amounts      Capital Requirements      RWA amounts      Capital Requirements  
RWAs as of December 31, 2017      205,493           16,439        3,060        245  
Asset size      11,278                 902        620        50  
Asset quality      454                 36        (11)        (1)  
Model updates                                     
Methodology and policy                                     
Acquisitions and disposals      (12,822)                 (1,026)        (565)        (45)  
Foreign exchange movements      (9,859)                 (789)        (97)        (8)  
Other      164                 13                
RWAs as of December 31, 2018      194,707           15,577        3,008        241  

Throughout 2018, risk-weighted assets of credit risk measured using the standard method decreased by approximately EUR 10.79 billion, predominantly due to the sale of the Group’s stake in BBVA Chile, which was closed in the third quarter of 2018; and the depreciation of various currencies against the euro, primarily, the Turkish lira. Besides, the amount included in the asset size is affected by the inflationary impact on the Group’s exposures in Argentina and Venezuela.

 

3.2.5.

Information on the IRB approach

 

3.2.5.1.

General information

 

3.2.5.1.1.

Authorization by the supervisor to use the IRB model

The following is a list of the models authorized by the supervisor for use in the calculation of capital requirements.

TABLE 27: Models authorized by the supervisor for use in the calculation of capital requirements

 

Institution Portfolio   Portfolio    Number of models    Model description
  Financial institutions    4    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 1 LGD model, 1 EAD model
  Public institutions    5    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model
  Specialized finance    2   

1 Slotting criteria, 1 EAD model

  Developers    4    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 1 LGD model, 1 EAD model
  Small Corporates    5    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model

BBVA S.A.

  Medium-sized Corporates    5   

1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model

  Large Corporates    5    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model
  Mortgages    6    2 Scorings, 2 PD models, 1 LGD model, 1 EAD model
  Consumer finance    5   

2 Scorings, 2 PD models, 1 LGD model

  Credit cards    10    2 Scorings, 2 PD models, 3 LGD models, 3 EAD models
    Automobiles    4    2 Scorings, 1 PD model, 1 LGD model

BBVA Ireland

  Financial institutions    4   

1 Rating, 1 PD model, 1 LGD model, 1 EAD model

  Large Corporates    5    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model
  Retail Revolving (Credit Cards)    11    4 Scorings, 5 PD models, 1 LGD model, 1 EAD model

BBVA Bancomer

  Large Corporates    5   

1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model

    Medium-sized Corporates    5    1 Rating, 1 PD model, 2 LGD models, 1 EAD model
BBVA Group   Equity    1    1 capital model

The main types of rating models used in the IRB portfolios are ratings for wholesale portfolios and proactive and reactive scorings in the case of retail portfolios.

The rating models give contracts/customers a score that orders customers according to their credit quality. This score is determined by the characteristics of the transactions, economic and financial conditions of the customer, information on payment behaviour, credit bureau, etc.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The approval of the models by the supervisor includes both own estimations of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and the internal estimation of credit conversion factors (CCFs).

The Group maintains its calendar established for receiving approval for additional Advanced Internal Models in different risk classes and geographical areas.

 

3.2.5.1.2.

Structure of internal rating systems and relationship between internal and external ratings

The Group has rating tools for each one of the exposure categories listed in the Basel Accord.

The retail portfolio has scoring tools for determining the credit quality of transactions on the basis of information on the transaction itself and on the customer. The scoring models are algorithms calculated using statistical methods that score each transaction. This score reflects the transaction’s level of risk and is in direct relation to its probability of default (PD).

These decision models are the basic tool for deciding who should receive a loan and the amount to be granted, thereby contributing to both the arrangement and management of retail-type loans.

For the wholesale portfolio, the Group has rating tools that, unlike scorings, do not assess transactions but rather customers. The Group has different tools for rating the various customer segments: small companies, corporates, government and other government agencies, etc. In those wholesale portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risks, corporates, financial institutions) the internal information is supplemented by the benchmarks of external rating agencies.

The PD estimates made by the Group are transferred to the Master Scale that is shown below, enabling a comparison to be made with the scales used by external agencies. This is shown below.

TABLE 28: Master Scale of BBVA’s rating

 

        External rating                Internal rating    Probability of default (basic points)   
Standard & Poor’s List    Reduced List (23 groups)    Average            Minimum from >= Maximum       
AAA    AAA      1               2  
AA+    AA+      2        2        3  
AA    AA      3        3        4  
AA–    AA–      4        4        5  
A+    A+      5        5        6  
A    A      8        6        9  
A–    A–      10        9        11  
BBB+    BBB+      14        11        17  
BBB    BBB      20        17        24  
BBB–    BBB–      31        24        39  
BB+    BB+      51        39        67  
BB    BB      88        67        116  
BB–    BB–      150        116        194  
B+    B+      255        194        335  
B    B      441        335        581  
B–    B–      785        581        1,061  
CCC+    CCC+      1,191        1,061        1,336  
CCC    CCC      1,500        1,336        1,684  
CCC–    CCC–      1,890        1,684        2,121  
CC+    CC+      2,381        2,121        2,673  
CC    CC      3,000        2,673        3,367  
CC–    CC–      3,780        3,367        4,243  
 

 

82


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

3.2.5.1.3.

Use of internal estimations for purposes other than the calculation of capital requirements

The Group’s internal estimations are a vital component of management based on value creation, giving rise to criteria for assessing the risk-return trade-off.

These measures have a broad range of uses, from the adoption of strategic business decisions through to the individual admission of transactions.

Specifically, internal estimates are used in everyday business in support of credit-risk management through their inclusion in admission and monitoring processes, as well as in the pricing of transactions.

The management use of performance metrics that consider expected loss, economic capital and risk-adjusted return enables the monitoring of portfolios and the assessment of non-performing positions, among others.

 

3.2.5.1.4.

Process for managing and recognizing the effects of credit risk mitigation

Mitigation is an iterative process whose purpose is to recognize the benefits of the existence of collateral and guarantees, ordering them from the highest to the lowest credit quality.

The Group uses risk mitigation techniques for exposures pertaining to the wholesale portfolio by replacing the obligor’s PD with that of the guarantor, in those cases in which the latter is eligible and its PD is lower than the obligor’s. In retail admission processes, the scoring contains the effect of the guarantor, and the recovery flows that are forthcoming throughout the cycle reflect the recoveries related to the guarantees associated with the contracts. This means that the effect of the guarantees is taken into account in the actual estimation of the loss given default for retail portfolios.

 

3.2.5.1.5.

Control mechanisms for internal rating systems

The Group has a management framework for rating systems that includes all the phases of its life cycle: from the time when a need that triggers the construction or modification of a model is identified, until its use and monitoring.

An appropriate monitoring allows detection of unexpected behaviour, identification of incorrect use and even anticipation when changes in the risk profile of the portfolios or products require corrective action to be taken. The monitoring of the risk rating systems is made with a frequency that is appropriate to the nature of the model, the availability of new data, modelling techniques and the importance of its use in management. This is analysed from a twofold perspective: performance and use.

The monitoring of the performance has the aim of detecting deficiencies in the performance of the rating systems for risk anticipating its deterioration over time. It permits the determination whether they operate correctly, helping to verify that the components of the model operate as expected. The framework for monitoring performance can identify weaknesses and identify plans of action needed to ensure correct operation. This analytic framework, a fundamental component of the planning of risk models, establishes the minimum criteria that must be taken into account, as well as the metrics and thresholds to alert undesired behaviour.

The monitoring of the use aims to check that the model is used generally, for the planned uses, and appropriately. This control mechanism allows continued detection of deviations from the planned use of models, as well as the establishment of action plans for their correction.

 

 

83


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Additionally, the Group has an independent area of the developers of the rating systems and the departments responsible for its monitoring, whose main function is to carry effective contrasts to the internal models, in order to guarantee their accuracy, robustness and stability.

This review process is not restricted at the time of approval, or when updating the models, but rather is framed within such a plan that allows for a periodic evaluation of them, resulting in the issuance of recommendations and mitigating actions for the identified deficiencies.

The various aspects to be improved are detected during the review process are reflected in the validation reports by setting recommendations. These reports are presented to the established Risk Committees, together with the state of the action plans associated with the recommendations, to ensure their resolution and the proper operation of the rating systems at any time.

 

3.2.5.1.6.

Description of the internal rating process

There follows a description of the internal classification processes according to each customer category:

 

 

Central Banks and Central Governments: for this segment, the assignment of ratings is made by the Risk units appointed for this purpose, which periodically analyse this type of customers, rating them according to the parameters included in the corresponding rating model. There are 3 different methods currently in use for assigning country ratings: (i) ratings from external agencies, used for developed nations, emerging countries with elevated incomes and emerging countries where the Group has little risk; (ii) internal rating based on a proprietary tool used for emerging countries where the Group has an appreciable risk; and lastly (iii) the country risk ratings published by the Belgian export credit agency (which manages the quantitative model used by the OECD to assign its country risk ratings) for countries of marginal importance for the Group that have no external ratings. Sovereign ratings are generated in local and foreign currency for all the tools, as well as a transfer rating, which evaluates the risk of inconvertibility/transfer restrictions.

In the case of emerging countries with presence of BBVA subsidiaries or branches, the rating in local currency is adjusted to that obtained by the emerging countries tool under the authorization of the Risk Committee assigned for this purpose.

 

 

Institutions: the rating of Public Institutions is generally provided by the risk units responsible for their approval, on a yearly basis, coinciding with the review of customer risk or with the reporting of their accounts.

In the case of financial institutions, the Risk unit responsible makes a regular classification of these customers, continuously monitoring them on domestic and international markets. External ratings are a key factor in assigning ratings for financial institutions.

 

 

Large Companies: includes the rating of exposures with corporate business groups. The result is affected both by indicators of business risk (evaluation of the competitive environment, business positioning, regulation, etc.) and financial risk indicators (size of the group by sales, cash generation, levels of debt, financial flexibility, etc.).

In accordance with the characteristics of the large companies segment, the rating model is global in nature, with specific algorithms by sector of activity and geographical adaptations. The rating of these customers is generally calculated

 

 

84


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

within the framework of the annual risk review process, or the admission of new operations.

The responsibility for the assessment lies with the units originating the risk, while those approving it validate it when the decision is taken.

 

 

Medium-sized companies: this segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information, and qualitative factors that are related to the age of the company, the sector, management quality, etc. and alert factors derived from risk monitoring.

As in the Corporate segment, the rating tends to run parallel to the admission process, so the responsibility for rating lies with the unit proposing the risk, while the decision-making level is in charge of validating it.

 

 

Small Businesses: as in the case of medium-sized companies, this segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information, and qualitative factors that are related to the age of the company, the sector, management quality, etc. and alert factors derived from risk monitoring. Similarly, the rating tends run parallel with the admission process, so the responsibility for rating is with the unit proposing the risk, while the decision-making level is in charge of validating it.

 

 

Specialised Lending: for classifying this segment, the Group has chosen to apply the supervisory slotting criteria approach, as included in the Basel Accord of June 2004 and in the Solvency Regulation (CRR article 153.5).

 

 

Developers: The rating of real-estate developers covers the rating of both the customers who are developers and the individual real-estate projects. Its use makes it easier to monitor and rate projects during their execution phase, as well as enriching the admission processes.

 

 

BBVA Bancomer companies: this segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information and bureau information, as well as qualitative factors related to the age of the company, the sector, the quality of its management, etc. The rating tends to run parallel to the admission process, so that responsibility for the rating is with the unit originating the risk, while the decision-making body validates it.

In general in the wholesale area, the rating of customers is not limited to admission, as the ratings are updated according to new information available at any time (economic and financial data, changes in the company, external factors, etc.)

 

 

Retail: this has been broken down into each one of the exposure categories referred to by the correlations provided for in the sections defined in the Solvency Regulation.

One of the most important processes in which scoring is fully integrated at the highest level and in all decision-making areas is the Group’s process for approving retail transactions. Scoring is an important factor for the analysis and resolution of transactions and it is a mandatory requirement to include it in decision-making on risk in those segments for which it has been designed. In the process of marketing and approving retail transactions, the manager is responsible for marketing management, the credit quality and the profitability, in other words, the customer’s integrated management, attending to the processes of admission, monitoring and control.

The rating process is as follows for each specific category of retail exposure:

 

  a.

Mortgages, consumer finance and retail credit cards - Spain: the manager collects data on the customer (personal, financial, banking

 

 

85


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

relationship information) and on the transaction (LTV, amount, maturity, destination etc.) and calculates the rating of the transaction with the scoring. The decision of whether it is approved is made based on the results of applying the model.

 

  b.

Consumer Finance Autos Spain: the financing request may enter through the call centre or be directly recorded in web application by our authorized dealers. The necessary information on the customer (personal, financial information, authorization of the consultation to the external bureau of credit) and on the transaction (maturity, amount, etc.) is recorded to rate the transaction with the scoring. Once the validity of the information provided is obtained, the decision of whether to approve it is made based on the results of applying the model.

 

  c.

Retail Revolving (BBVA Bancomer credit cards): the manager or specialist party gathers the necessary information on the customer (personal, financial information and authorization of the consult from the external bureau of credit) and on the transaction (limit requested) to rate the transaction with the scoring. There are additional processes for validating and checking this information through the back office or operational support areas. The decision of whether it is approved is made based on the results of applying the model.

 

      

Behavioural: every month all the active cards are rated according to their transactional behaviour and payment status.

 

      

Proactive: each month all the customers who have asset positions in credit cards, consumer finance or mortgages and liabilities positions are rated, based on information on internal behaviour and flows.

 

  d.

Proactive - Spain: each month all the customers who have asset positions in credit cards, consumer finance or mortgages and first and second in liability seniority, are rated according to information on their behaviour.

 

 

Equity: for its portfolio position registered as equity, the Group is applying the rating obtained for customers as a result of their rating in the lending process.

 

3.2.5.1.7.

Definitions, methods and data for estimating and validating risk parameters

The estimation of the parameters is based on the uniform definition of default established at Group level. Specifically, for a contract or customer to be considered in a situation of default, the provisions of current regulations must be met.

Specifically, there are two approaches within the Group for considering default and estimating parameters:

 

 

The contract-level approach is applied within the sphere of retail risk. Each customer transaction is dealt with as an independent unit in terms of credit risk. Therefore, non-compliance with credit obligations to the bank is handled at the transaction level, regardless of the behaviour of the customer with respect to other obligations.

 

 

The customer-level approach is applied to the remainder of the portfolio. The significant unit for defining default is the customer’s sum of contracts, which become defaulted jointly when the customer defaults.

In addition, to avoid including defaults for small amounts in the estimations, defaulted volumes are to pass through a materiality filter that depends on the type of customer and transaction.

 

 

86


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Estimating parameters

In the case of Spain and Mexico, the Group has an RAR information system that reflects exposure to credit risk in the Group’s different portfolios included in advanced internal models.

This information system guarantees the availability of historical data recorded by the Group, which are used to estimate the parameters of Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Credit Conversion Factors (CCF). These are then used to calculate the regulatory capital using the advanced measurement approach, economic capital and expected loss by credit risk.

Other sources of information for the Bank may be used in addition, depending on any new needs detected in the estimation process. Internal estimations of the PD, LGD and CCF parameters are made for all the Group’s portfolios.

In the case of low default portfolios (LDP), in which the number of defaults tends to be insufficient for obtaining empirical estimates, use is made of data from external agencies that are merged with the internal information available and expert criteria.

The following shows the estimation methodologies used for the PD, LGD and CCF risk parameters, for the purpose of calculating the capital requirements.

 

   

Probability of default (PD)

The methodology used for estimating the PD in those cases that have a mass of internal data of sufficient size is based on the creation of pools of exposures. The pools proposed with a view to calibration are defined by pooling contracts together seeking to achieve intra-group uniformity in terms of credit quality and differentiation with all the other risk groups. The largest possible number of pools is defined in order to allow a suitable discrimination of risk.

The fundamental metric used for making these groupings is the score, being supplemented by other metrics relevant to PD that are proven to be sufficiently discriminating depending on the portfolio.

Once the pools of exposures have been defined, the average empirical PD recorded for each one is obtained and adjusted to the cycle. This metric provides stable estimates over the course of the economic cycle, referred to as PD-TTC (through the cycle). This calculation considers the portfolio’s track record and provides long-term levels of PD.

In low default portfolios the empirical PDs observed by external credit assessment institutions are used to obtain the PD of internal risk groups.

Finally, in customer-focused portfolios there is a Master Scale, which is simply a standard and uniform rule for credit levels that makes it possible to make comparisons of credit quality in the Group’s different portfolios.

 

   

Loss given default (LGD)

As a general rule, the method used to estimate LGD in portfolios with a sufficient number of defaults is Workout LGD. Here, the LGD of a contract is obtained as a quotient of the sum of all the financial flows recorded during the recovery process that takes place when a transaction defaults and the transaction’s exposure at the time of default.

This estimate is made by considering all the historical data recorded in internal systems. When making the estimates, there are transactions that have already defaulted but for which the recovery process is still ongoing. The loss given default recorded at the time of the estimate is therefore higher than it will ultimately be. The necessary adjustments are made in these cases so as not to distort the estimate.

 

 

87


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

These estimates are made by defining uniform risk groups in terms of the nature of the operations that determine loss given default. They are made in such a way that there are enough groups for each one to be distinguishable and receive a different estimate.

In keeping with the guidelines set out by the regulation, the estimates are made by distinguishing between wholesale and retail exposures.

There is insufficient historical experience to make a robust estimate in low default portfolios using the Workout LGD method, so external sources of information are used, combined with internal data to provide the portfolio with a representative rate of loss given default.

The loss given default rates estimated according to the internal databases the Group holds are conditioned to the moment of the cycle of the data window used, since loss given default varies over the economic cycle. Hence, the following concepts can be defined: long-run loss given default (LRLGD), downturn loss given default (DLGD), and best-estimate loss given default (LGD BE).

LRLGD is calculated by making an adjustment to capture the difference between the loss given default obtained empirically with the available sample and the average loss given default observed throughout the economic cycle if the observation of the cycle is complete.

In addition, the LGD observed in a period of stress in the economic cycle, the downturn loss given default (DLGD) is determined.

These estimates are made for those portfolios whose loss given default is noticeably sensitive to the cycle. The different ways in which the recovery cycles can conclude are determined for each portfolio where this LGD in conditions of stress has not yet been observed, and the level these parameters would have in a downturn situation are estimated.

Finally, LGD BE is determined according to the LGD observed in the BE period, which aims to cover the defaults closest in time to the present, in other words those that have been produced at a time of the economic cycle that is similar to the present and that also correspond to a very similar portfolio to the present one.

However, for defaulted transactions, the LGD at the worst time will be the LGD BE plus a stress, which is measured based on the own volatility of the LGD.

Credit conversion factor (CCF)

As with the two preceding parameters, the exposure at the moment of default is another of the necessary inputs for calculating expected loss and regulatory capital. A contract’s exposure usually coincides with its balance. However, this does not hold true in all cases.

For example, for those products with explicit limits, such as credit cards or credit lines, the exposure should incorporate the potential increase in the balance that may be recorded up to the time of default.

In observance of regulatory requirements, exposure is calculated as the drawn balance, which is the real risk at any specific moment, plus a percentage (CCF) of the undrawn balance, which is the part that the customer can still use until the available limit is reached. Therefore, the CCF is defined as the percentage of the undrawn balance that is expected to be used before default occurs.

CCF is estimated by using the cohort approach1, analysing how the exposure varies from a pre-established reference date through to the moment of default, obtaining the average performance according to the relevant metrics.

 

 

1 

A cohort is a twelve-month window that has a reference date (end of each month) and contains all delinquent transactions whose date of noncompliance occurs within said cohort. All operations must have a contract date prior to the reference date.

 

 

88


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Different approaches are used for wholesale and retail type exposures. The contract approach analyses the exposure’s evolution until the contract’s moment of breach of contract, whereas the customer approach analyses changes in the exposure through to the time of default by the customer.

Once again, in low default portfolios there is insufficient historical experience to make a reliable calculation with the Workout LGD method defined. In this case, too, use is made of external sources that are combined with internal data to provide a representative CCF of the portfolio.

 

3.2.5.2.

Exposure values by category and PD range

The following table presents the information on credit risk as of December 31, 2018 (excluding counterparty risk, which is set out in detail in Table CCR4 in section 3.2.6.2.2) using the internal ratings-based (IRB) approach, by obligor grade for the different categories of exposure:

 

 

89


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 29: EU CR6 - IRB approach: Credit risk exposure by exposure class and PD range

 

PD Scale as of 12-31-18(1)   

Original on-balance

sheet gross exposure

    

Off-balance sheet

exposures pre CCF

     Average CCF(2)     

EAD post CRM

and post-CCF

     Average PD(3)     

Number of

obligors

    

Average

LGD(4)

    

Average Maturity

(days)(5)

     RWAs      RWA Density      EL      Value adjustments
and provisions
 
Prudential portfolios for FIRB approach (6)      6,268        403        97.4%        6,500               427                  5,421        83.4%        140        (73)  
Corporate - Specialized lending      6,268        403        97.4%        6,500               427                      5,421        83.4%        140        (73)  
Prudential portfolios for AIRB approach      198,988        86,385        42.3%        218,321        4.7%        11,541,170        36.0%           77,733        35.6%        3,101        (4,825)  
Central governments or central banks      5,729        137        49.6%        7,627        0.3%        106        27.3%        61        451        5.9%        5        (5)  
0,00<0,15      5,294        19        49.4%        7,350        0.0%        29        26.7%        64        354        4.8%        1        ()  
0,15<0,25      12        13        50.0%        136        0.2%        9        43.6%        62        3        2.2%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      8        0        50.1%        33        0.3%        5        44.0%        41        2        7.3%        0        (1)  
0,50<0,75             0        43.1%        0        0.5%        1        12.4%        58        0        18.2%        -         
0,75<2,50      128        2        49.1%        5        1.1%        16        34.1%        40        3        62.4%        0        ()  
2,50<10,00      213        88        50.1%        83        4.9%        34        49.9%        65        83        100.1%        2        (2)  
10,00<100,00      1        7        50.6%        4        21.2%        2        18.9%        5        4        97.4%        0        ()  
100,00 (Default)      73        8        50.0%        16        100.0%        10        10.2%        89        2        13.0%        2        (1)  
Institutions      25,687        6,952        58.9%        12,482        0.5%        1,890        40.6%        38        3,576        28.6%        26        (58)  
0,00<0,15      18,715        5,100        60.6%        9,886        0.1%        1,033        41.2%        40        1,967        19.9%        3        (17)  
0,15<0,25      2,292        785        50.6%        853        0.2%        185        40.7%        48        327        38.3%        1        (8)  
0,25<0,50      3,180        707        56.5%        643        0.3%        194        30.5%        33        251        39.1%        1        (3)  
0,50<0,75      431        125        51.1%        278        0.5%        107        36.3%        25        171        61.5%        1        (1)  
0,75<2,50      719        176        53.6%        653        1.4%        168        42.6%        36        623        95.3%        4        (2)  
2,50<10,00      149        52        75.9%        95        3.2%        138        42.6%        27        129        135.7%        1        (4)  
10,00<100,00      42        6        56.8%        41        20.1%        34        43.9%        44        102        245.7%        4        (3)  
100,00 (Default)      160        2        89.8%        32        100.0%        31        38.1%        49        7        20.3%        12        (19)  
Corporate SMEs      15,964        3,816        45.2%        16,117        13.5%        43,270        47.1%        48        11,781        73.1%        869        (1,103)  
0,00<0,15      1,240        711        44.1%        1,897        0.1%        5,312        51.7%        57        526        27.7%        1        (5)  
0,15<0,25      628        251        43.8%        893        0.2%        2,380        53.6%        47        352        39.4%        1        (3)  
0,25<0,50      1,268        354        45.8%        1,528        0.3%        4,170        51.8%        50        753        49.3%        2        (5)  
0,50<0,75      2,832        591        42.1%        2,845        0.5%        6,032        48.7%        44        2,019        71.0%        7        (16)  
0,75<2,50      3,815        955        47.5%        3,552        1.2%        9, 977        46.8%        44        3,067        86.3%        19        (41)  
2,50<10,00      3,769        850        45.4%        3,124        4.3%        10,420        44.5%        44        3,858        123.5%        59        (179)  
10,00<100,00      473        36        46.5%        354        15.3%        1, 408        42.8%        55        692        195.5%        23        (25)  
100,00 (Default)      1,938        68        50.1%        1,924        100.0%        3,571        39.3%        51        514        26.7%        756        (830)  
Corporate Non-SMEs      51,288        54,395        49.5%        77,891        2.6%        14,120        44.4%        57        36,273        46.6%        455        (999)  
0,00<0,15      21,005        30,232        49.1%        36,913        0.1%        3,137        44.9%        56        10,353        28.0%        18        (20)  
0,15<0,25      5,722        8,093        48.3%        9,854        0.2%        1, 611        45.5%        64        4,342        44.1%        9        (10)  
0,25<0,50      10,836        8,875        52.1%        15,947        0.3%        2,509        45.3%        64        9,016        56.5%        23        (22)  
0,50<0,75      4,438        3,331        48.6%        5,866        0.5%        1,595        46.1%        53        4,152        70.8%        14        (33)  
0,75<2,50      4,897        2,157        48.1%        4,985        1.1%        2,210        42.6%        53        4,500        90.3%        24        (30)  
2,50<10,00      2,612        1,474        51.8%        2,556        3.8%        2, 335        45.1%        47        3,545        138.7%        44        (122)  
10,00<100,00      109        51        53.3%        44        15.7%        106        46.3%        43        90        206.0%        3        (3)  
100,00 (Default)      1,669        181        46.8%        1,726        100.0%        617        18.6%        66        275        15.9%        320        (760)  

 

90


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

PD Scale as of 12-31-18(1)   

Original on-balance

sheet gross exposure

    

Off-balance sheet

exposures pre CCF

     Average CCF(2)     

EAD post CRM

and post-CCF

     Average PD(3)     

Number of

obligors

    

Average

LGD(4)

    

Average Maturity

(days)(5)

     RWAs      RWA Density      EL      Value adjustments
and provisions
 
Retail - Mortgage exposures      76,986        4,487        5.0%        77,186        5.2%        1,081,481        17.1%               7,385        9.6%        579        (1,330)  
0,00<0,15      57,198        3,197        5.0%        57,345        0.0%        847,236        15.7%               1,290        2.2%        5        (9)  
0,15<0,25      3,448        41        5.0%        3,448        0.2%        40,743        22.0%               323        9.4%        2        (2)  
0,25<0,50      2,865        416        5.0%        2,885        0.3%        39,782        26.2%               460        15.9%        2        (3)  
0,50<0,75      2,086        251        5.0%        2,098        0.5%        27,413        25.8%               450        21.5%        3        (3)  
0,75<2,50      3,762        330        5.0%        3,777        1.1%        45,962        23.0%               1, 195        31.7%        9        (53)  
2,50<10,00      3,402        209        5.0%        3,409        4.7%        39,564        20.3%               2,222        65.2%        32        (317)  
10,00<100,00      553        42        5.0%        555        18.2%        6,854        22.6%               703        126.8%        23        (47)  
100,00 (Default)      3,672        0        5.2%        3,670        100.0%        33,927        13.7%               742        20.2%        504        (896)  
Retail - Other exposures SMEs      3,278        847        60.3%        3,739        13.9%        139,374        55.8%               1,749        46.8%        297        (281)  
0,00<0,15      216        197        58.8%        332        0.1%        19,029        56.1%               42        12.6%        0        ()  
0,15<0,25      109        53        60.0%        141        0.2%        5,659        56.3%               27        18.9%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      199        89        59.3%        251        0.3%        9,560        56.9%               63        25.3%        0        ()  
0,50<0,75      314        117        59.7%        381        0.5%        14,012        55.6%               127        33.4%        1        (1)  
0,75<2,50      786        208        61.4%        902        1.2%        29,712        55.5%               448        49.6%        6        (5)  
2,50<10,00      1,031        146        63.7%        1,101        4.6%        40,657        55.9%               740        67.2%        28        (32)  
10,00<100,00      216        27        56.9%        221        19.5%        8,724        51.2%               207        93.4%        22        (20)  
100,00 (Default)      408        10        47.3%        410        100.0%        12,021        58.1%               96        23.3%        238        (221)  
Retail - Other exposures Non-SMEs      10,331        109        68.6%        10,396        6.0%        903,183        54.2%               3,592        34.6%        303        (464)  
0,00<0,15      4,563        5        38.2%        4,565        0.1%        349,519        53.6%               415        9.1%        1        (2)  
0,15<0,25      513        7        22.0%        514        0.2%        55,419        58.4%               126        24.4%        1        (1)  
0,25<0,50      895        20        23.2%        899        0.3%        89,487        58.5%               313        34.8%        2        (2)  
0,50<0,75      841        25        26.0%        845        0.5%        69,829        56.2%               380        44.9%        3        (3)  
0,75<2,50      1,204        8        33.9%        1,206        1.2%        120,718        55.4%               751        62.3%        8        (9)  
2,50<10,00      1,678        41        129.1%        1,729        4.5%        156,305        52.6%               1,394        80.6%        41        (89)  
10,00<100,00      149        2        23.6%        149        21.8%        15,943        52.8%               182        122.6%        17        (15)  
100,00 (Default)      489        0               489        100.0%        45,963        47.1%               32        6.5%        230        (344)  
Retail - qualifying revolving (QRRE)      6,525        15,642        20.2%        9,682        6.7%        9,357,746        73.3%               6,938        71.7%        537        (584)  
0,00<0,15      1,037        4,630        27.1%        2,292        0.0%        3,013,540        47.7%               32        1.4%        0        (1)  
0,15<0,25      15        36        31.2%        26        0.2%        48,972        51.2%               2        5.8%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      109        143        28.2%        149        0.3%        191,439        50.6%               12        8.0%        0        ()  
0,50<0,75      399        1,449        13.3%        591        0.5%        458,275        77.3%               108        18.2%        2        (5)  
0,75<2,50      1,323        4,355        14.7%        1,965        1.2%        1,406,510        81.2%               719        36.6%        19        (32)  
2,50<10,00      2,450        4,507        18.9%        3,303        5.3%        3,074,446        82.9%               3,561        107.8%        146        (173)  
10,00<100,00      994        522        31.4%        1,157        21.3%        1,013,184        83.0%               2,495        215.6%        205        (215)  
100,00 (Default)      199        0        19.9%        199        100.0%        151,380        82.6%               10        5.2%        164        (159)  
Equity      3,201                      3,201        1.1%               88.8%               5,989        187.1%        30         
0,00<0,15      1,966                      1,966        0.1%               89.8%               2,354        119.7%        2         
0,15<0,25      118                      118        0.2%               65.0%               124        105.0%        0         
0,25<0,50      0                      0        0.3%               65.0%               0        123.8%        0         
0,50<0,75                                  0.0%               0.0%                                     
0,75<2,50      508                      508        0.9%               90.0%               1,287        253.4%        4         
2,50<10,00      608                      608        4.4%               89.3%               2,222        365.6%        24         
10,00<100,00                                  0.0%               0.0%                      0.0%        0         
100,00 (Default)                                  0.0%               0.0%                      0.0%                
Total standardized Approach      205,256        86,788        46.3%        224,822        4.7%        11,541,597        36.0%           83,154        37.0%        3,241        (4,898)  

(1) PD intervals recommended by EBA guidelines on Pillar III disclosure requirements (Eighth Part of CRR).

(2) Calculated as EAD after CCF for off-balance exposures over total off-balance exposure before CCF.

(3) Corresponds to PD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(4) Corresponds to LGD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(5) Corresponds to the EAD-weighted debtor expiration in days.

(6) Exposures under the FIRB method correspond to Specialized Lending, for which the Group has opted for the method of supervisory slotting criteria, in line with article 153.5 of CRR.

 

91


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

PD Scale as of 12-31-17(1)   

Original on-balance

sheet gross exposure

    

Off-balance sheet

exposures pre CCF

     Average CCF(2)     

EAD post CRM

and post-CCF

     Average PD(3)     

Number of

obligors

    

Average

LGD(4)

    

Average Maturity

(days)(5)

     RWAs      RWA Density      EL      Value adjustments
and provisions
 
Prudential portfolios for FIRB approach(6)      7,190        955        77.6%        7,931               500                  7,021        88.5%        234        (109)  
Corporate - Specialized lending      7,190        955        77.6%        7,931               500                      7,021        88.5%        234        (109)  
Prudential portfolios for AIRB approach      206,089        85,560        42.5%        224,504        6.0%        11,479,545        34.8%           83,577        37.2%        4,635        (6,975)  
Central governments or central banks      5,288        376        49.9%        6,977        0.4%        134        27.9%        67        409        5.9%        5        (4)  
0,00<0,15      4,543        136        49.9%        6,466        0.0%        37        26.9%        69        179        2.8%        1        (2)  
0,15<0,25      96        72        50.0%        183        0.2%        20        42.7%        59        18        9.8%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      77        1        39.0%        121        0.3%        6        48.8%        60        48        40.1%        0        ()  
0,50<0,75      117        0        0.0%        88        0.6%        6        38.0%        94        35        39.4%        0        ()  
0,75<2,50      9        25        50.0%        4        1.5%        9        35.5%        50        3        73.8%        0        ()  
2,50<10,00      356        125        50.1%        89        4.7%        40        40.2%        74        121        136.4%        2        (1)  
10,00<100,00      1        9        50.2%        5        21.2%        2        20.0%        5        5        103.1%        0        ()  
100,00 (Default)      88        8        50.0%        21        100.0%        14        9.9%        59        0        0.7%        2        (1)  
Institutions      27,398        6,761        55.9%        12,560        1.0%        1,869        40.8%        44        3,988        31.8%        55        (62)  
0,00<0,15      18,770        4,486        55.5%        9,991        0.1%        948        41.4%        47        2,262        22.6%        3        (7)  
0,15<0,25      3,506        908        62.8%        752        0.2%        196        37.0%        44        291        38.6%        1        (1)  
0,25<0,50      3,587        816        54.0%        743        0.3%        200        33.6%        39        324        43.6%        1        (1)  
0,50<0,75      510        158        62.9%        336        0.5%        121        36.6%        33        214        63.8%        1        ()  
0,75<2,50      466        346        50.8%        461        1.2%        183        44.2%        40        515        111.7%        2        (1)  
2,50<10,00      326        43        53.2%        147        3.7%        146        48.0%        42        250        170.0%        3        (4)  
10,00<100,00      40        3        50.8%        42        19.7%        28        45.5%        40        107        255.0%        4        (2)  
100,00 (Default)      193        1        86.5%        88        100.0%        47        47.0%        42        26        29.2%        41        (46)  
Corporate SMEs      14,260        3,606        43.9%        15,502        22.7%        43,278        47.7%        48        9,935        64.1%        1,666        (1,821)  
0,00<0,15      1,147        621        43.5%        1,835        0.1%        5,134        51.9%        56        520        28.3%        1        (4)  
0,15<0,25      566        274        42.9%        1,015        0.2%        2,308        47.8%        43        381        37.5%        1        (2)  
0,25<0,50      1,031        362        43.3%        1,402        0.3%        4,106        51.8%        47        704        50.2%        2        (6)  
0,50<0,75      1,331        373        45.2%        1,505        0.5%        5,310        49.7%        46        896        59.5%        4        (6)  
0,75<2,50      3,132        974        45.3%        3,201        1.2%        10,460        47.2%        46        2,623        81.9%        18        (18)  
2,50<10,00      3,344        764        43.5%        2,943        4.2%        10,329        43.5%        42        3,369        114.5%        53        (194)  
10,00<100,00      413        63        42.5%        309        16.1%        1,523        39.9%        62        501        162.1%        20        (14)  
100,00 (Default)      3,296        174        41.0%        3,291        100.0%        4,108        47.6%        63        942        28.6%        1,568        (1,577)  
Corporate Non-SMEs      50,757        53,929        50.6%        76,577        3.5%        13,759        42.1%        55        37,614        49.1%        800        (1,518)  
0,00<0,15      17,194        26,765        49.2%        30,981        0.1%        2,647        43.3%        59        8,885        28.7%        15        (34)  
0,15<0,25      5,071        7,709        48.5%        9,200        0.2%        1,432        43.4%        56        3,687        40.1%        8        (12)  
0,25<0,50      8,859        8,240        51.0%        13,089        0.3%        2,277        43.2%        62        6,927        52.9%        18        (28)  
0,50<0,75      7,693        7,907        57.8%        11,311        0.5%        2,280        41.7%        54        7,395        65.4%        23        (18)  
0,75<2,50      5,567        1,872        45.4%        5,420        1.0%        2,548        40.3%        45        4,806        88.7%        22        (19)  
2,50<10,00      3,539        1,157        55.8%        3,650        3.4%        1,721        40.3%        44        4,486        122.9%        50        (93)  
10,00<100,00      596        126        50.0%        646        13.1%        105        31.4%        23        957        148.1%        28        (17)  
100,00 (Default)      2,239        153        44.5%        2,279        100.0%        749        27.9%        49        470        20.6%        635        (1,297)  

 

92


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

PD Scale as of 12-31-17(1)   

Original on-balance

sheet gross exposure

    

Off-balance sheet

exposures pre CCF

     Average CCF(2)     

EAD post CRM

and post-CCF

     Average PD(3)     

Number of

obligors

    

Average

LGD(4)

    

Average Maturity

(days)(5)

     RWAs      RWA Density      EL      Value adjustments
and provisions
 
Retail - Mortgage exposures      79,867        4,499        5.0%        80,073        6.1%        1,102,494        17.7%               8,268        10.3%        907        (1,192)  
0,00<0,15      58,258        3,219        5.0%        58,412        0.0%        852,045        16.2%               1,333        2.3%        5        (6)  
0,15<0,25      3,609        49        5.0%        3,611        0.2%        41,780        22.6%               347        9.6%        2        (2)  
0,25<0,50      2,740        410        5.0%        2,760        0.3%        38,939        25.2%               423        15.3%        2        (3)  
0,50<0,75      2,097        242        5.0%        2,108        0.5%        28,012        25.3%               443        21.0%        3        (3)  
0,75<2,50      4,066        333        5.0%        4,081        1.1%        49,623        23.0%               1,305        32.0%        10        (15)  
2,50<10,00      3,981        205        5.0%        3,988        4.8%        45,473        20.6%               2,642        66.3%        38        (240)  
10,00<100,00      637        41        5.0%        639        17.9%        7,550        23.1%               826        129.3%        26        (26)  
100,00 (Default)      4,478        0        5.1%        4,474        100.0%        39,072        18.4%               949        21.2%        821        (898)  
Retail - Other exposures SMEs      3,037        812        60.8%        3,456        13.4%        121,952        54.4%               1,608        46.5%        241        (198)  
0,00<0,15      196        175        58.9%        299        0.1%        16,665        54.8%               37        12.3%        0        ()  
0,15<0,25      90        53        61.1%        122        0.2%        5,308        55.9%               23        18.6%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      186        80        60.9%        234        0.3%        9, 094        56.1%               58        25.0%        0        ()  
0,50<0,75      284        116        60.4%        350        0.5%        12,120        54.7%               116        33.2%        1        (1)  
0,75<2,50      702        200        63.3%        811        1.2%        26,454        54.2%               394        48.6%        5        (3)  
2,50<10,00      1,019        151        61.1%        1,073        4.6%        36,181        55.1%               713        66.4%        27        (16)  
10,00<100,00      207        25        57.6%        209        19.8%        7,592        51.5%               197        94.5%        21        (13)  
100,00 (Default)      354        12        52.5%        359        100.0%        8,538        52.0%               70        19.6%        186        (165)  
Retail - Other exposures Non-SMEs      8,879        19        53.5%        8,885        5.7%        821,034        53.1%               3,017        34.0%        209        (421)  
0,00<0,15      3,981        10        57.5%        3,987        0.1%        306,838        53.5%               358        9.0%        1        (3)  
0,15<0,25      435        1        53.5%        436        0.2%        47,482        56.7%               103        23.7%        0        (1)  
0,25<0,50      727        1        57.4%        728        0.3%        76,924        58.6%               254        34.9%        1        (2)  
0,50<0,75      581        1        66.5%        581        0.6%        60,010        58.3%               273        47.0%        2        (3)  
0,75<2,50      1,039        2        60.1%        1,038        1.2%        115,016        54.8%               640        61.7%        7        (9)  
2,50<10,00      1,596        4        44.7%        1,597        4.3%        160,905        49.5%               1,204        75.4%        34        (101)  
10,00<100,00      138        0        56.9%        136        21.6%        17,374        50.9%               161        117.8%        15        (14)  
100,00 (Default)      383        1               383        100.0%        36,485        38.8%               25        6.5%        149        (288)  
Retail - qualifying revolving (QRRE)      6,023        14,603        21.4%        9,154        6.6%        9,374,525        72.9%               6,764        73.9%        505        (527)  
0,00<0,15      942        4,804        29.3%        2,348        0.0%        3,132,253        48.1%               33        1.4%        0        (1)  
0,15<0,25      16        48        34.0%        32        0.2%        67,924        51.6%               2        5.9%        0        ()  
0,25<0,50      160        355        20.9%        234        0.3%        247,187        63.4%               26        11.0%        1        ()  
0,50<0,75      376        1,745        11.6%        578        0.5%        542,379        76.8%               108        18.7%        2        (2)  
0,75<2,50      989        3,059        15.0%        1,449        1.2%        1,234,690        80.0%               540        37.3%        14        (12)  
2,50<10,00      2,414        4,057        20.0%        3,224        5.4%        2,872,090        83.7%               3,549        110.1%        147        (137)  
10,00<100,00      959        533        30.3%        1,120        21.6%        1,131,749        83.5%               2,498        222.9%        203        (233)  
100,00 (Default)      168        0        17.8%        168        100.0%        146,253        82.0%               9        5.3%        137        (142)  
Equity      3,390                      3,390        0.5%               80.9%               4,953        146.1%        12        (1,123)  
0,00<0,15      2,174                      2,174        0.1%               89.9%               2,604        119.8%        3         
0,15<0,25      86                      86        0.2%               65.0%               88        103.0%        0         
0,25<0,50      1                      1        0.3%               65.0%               1        123.8%        0         
0,50<0,75      4                      4        0.5%               65.0%               5        152.2%        0         
0,75<2,50      1,108                      1,108        1.3%               65.0%               2,212        199.6%        9         
2,50<10,00      18                      18        2.6%               65.0%               41        236.0%        0         
10,00<100,00                                  0.0%                                                   
100,00 (Default)                                  0.0%                                                   
Total Standardized Approach      213,278        86,515        43.7%        232,435        6.0%        11,480,045        34.8%           90,598        39.0%        4,869        (7,084)  

(1) PD intervals recommended by EBA guidelines on Pillar III disclosure requirements (Eighth Part of CRR).

(2) Calculated as EAD after CCF for off-balance exposures over total off-balance exposure before CCF.

(3) Corresponds to PD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(4) Corresponds to LGD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(5) Corresponds to the EAD-weighted debtor expiration in days.

(6) Exposures under the FIRB method correspond to Specialized Lending, for which the Group has opted for the method of supervisory slotting criteria, in line with article 153.5 of CRR.

(7) Equity exposure as of December, 31, 2017, includes the impairment of Telefónica, S.A. for an amount of 1,123 million euros

 

93


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The information contained in the above tables is set out below in graphic format (including counterparty risk):

CHART 8: Advanced measurement approach: EAD by obligor category

 

LOGO

CHART 9: Advanced measurement approach: Average weighted PD by EAD

 

LOGO

 

 

94


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

CHART 10: Advanced measurement approach: Average weighted LGD by EAD

 

LOGO

CHART 11: Advanced measurement approach: RWAs by obligor category

 

LOGO

 

 

95


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The table below shows a comparison of the PDs used in IRB models with the effective default rates of the Group’s obligors for credit and counterparty risks. The table aims to provide backtesting data to validate the reliability of PD calculations.

Specifically, the table compares the PD used in advanced approach models with the effective default rates of obligors.

Backtesting data is provided in the tables separately by geographies with advanced model approaches and the following are the criteria adopted in order to comply with the EBA standard template:

 

·  

Portfolio: the breakdown of the portfolios corresponds to that recommended by the supervisor, excluding the equity positions.

 

·  

PD scale: corresponds to the master rating scale in section 3.2.5.1.2 (Table 28).

 

·  

External rating equivalent: uses the equivalence between the PDs and the external ratings described in section 3.2.5.1.2.

 

·  

Weighted PD and arithmetic average PD by obligors: uses the PD after mitigation, i.e. which associated with guarantors.

 

·  

Number of obligors: presents the obligors at the close of the year and at the close of the previous year.

 

·  

Defaulted obligors: for the purpose of guaranteeing the traceability of the table, columns “g” and “h” of the standard table have been combined to report the information on transactions/customers that defaulted at some time in the last 12 months, so that the defaulted obligors in the last year are shown for each PD range.

 

·  

Average historical annual default rate: this presents the annual default rate of the last five years.

 

 

96


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 30: EU CR9 - IRB approach: Backtesting of PD per exposure class

 

BBVA S.A.

 

PD Range

  

External rating

equivalent

   Weighted
average PD
     Arithmetic average
PD by obligors
     Number of
12-31-2018
     obligors
12-31-2017
     Defaulted
obligors in
the year
    

Average

historical annual

default rate

 
Central governments or central banks

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        3        4               0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        2        2               0.0%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%                             0.0%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        1        9               0.0%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        5        6               0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        1                      0.0%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        2        8               0.0%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        5        9               0.0%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        3        20               0.0%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        4        7               0.0%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        1        7               0.0%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        3        2               0.0%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        5        7               50.0%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.5%        2.5%        3        13               14.3%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.4%        7        20               0.0%  
5.81<11.61    B–      6.7%        7.6%        4        8        2        20.0%  
11.61<100.00    C      21.2%        21.2%        3        2               0.0%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        5        14               0.0%  
Institutions

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        8        9        1        0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        11        9               0.0%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        29        22               0.0%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        90        78               0.0%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        274        244               0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        245        238               0.0%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        532        479        8        0.1%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1,178        1,190        10        0.3%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        634        754        9        0.1%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        336        360        5        0.5%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        209        226               0.9%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        88        107               2.6%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        186        170               0.0%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.5%        2.5%        74        76        2        1.7%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.4%        36        31        1        4.1%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.9%        7.9%        35        42        2        0.0%  
11.61<100.00    C      20.1%        21.0%        24        22               0.0%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        91        91               0.0%  

 

98


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BBVA S.A.

 

PD Range

   External rating
equivalent
  

Weighted

average PD

    

Arithmetic average

PD by obligors

    

Number of

12-31-2018

    

obligors

12-31-2017

    

Defaulted

obligors in
the year

    

Average

historical annual

default rate

 
Corporate - SMEs

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        85        104               0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        24        18               0.0%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        17        12               0.0%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        33        40               0.0%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        11        13               0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        25        26               0.0%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        2,361        2,814        5        0.1%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1,919        2,469        4        0.2%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        1,812        2,342        3        0.1%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        2,798        4,029        10        0.3%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        3,427        5,146        18        0.6%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        3,253        5,420        49        1.1%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        2,828        4,910        60        1.7%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        2,849        4,469        81        2.6%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.4%        1,807        2,979        91        5.7%  
5.81<11.61    B–      8.3%        9.3%        2,330        2,961        102        8.1%  
11.61<100.00    C      15.7%        21.7%        1,028        1,553        130        18.1%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        2,495        4,191               0.0%  
Corporate - Non-SMEs

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        1                      0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        24        26               0.0%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        23        30               0.0%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.1%        21        21               0.0%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        41        43               0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        258        296        2        1.0%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        797        977        4        0.2%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1,121        1,570        5        0.5%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        1,103        1,504        6        0.3%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        1,465        2,218        5        0.5%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      1.0%        0.5%        875        1,991        11        1.2%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        647        1,190        4        1.1%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.6%        434        711        11        1.9%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.7%        481        678        8        3.3%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.7%        190        369        17        9.2%  
5.81<11.61    B–      8.0%        9.5%        135        185        11        10.3%  
11.61<100.00    C      15.9%        17.2%        55        72        10        24.7%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        360        551               0.0%  

 

99


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BBVA S.A.

 

PD Range

   External rating
equivalent
  

Weighted

average PD

     Arithmetic average
PD by obligors
     Number of
12-31-2018
    

obligors

12-31-2017

    

Defaulted

obligors in
the year

    

Average

historical annual

default rate

 
Retail - Mortgage exposures

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        424,862        425,773        98        0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        85,594        91,467        82        0.1%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        15,557        15,066        25        0.1%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        134,256        137,763        110        0.1%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        11,754        12,625        3        0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        83,183        79,387        135        0.2%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        32,424        32,317        63        0.1%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        59,594        57,647        136        0.2%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        40,742        41,780        168        0.4%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        39,778        38,939        141        0.4%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        27,410        28,012        146        0.8%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.8%        0.8%        25,358        26,559        239        1.2%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.7%        1.4%        20,598        23,064        354        2.1%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.7%        2.7%        15,015        16,889        537        4.7%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.2%        4.2%        9,750        11,762        767        10.2%  
5.81<11.61    B-      7.2%        7.2%        14,798        16,822        1,579        13.6%  
11.61<100.00    C      18.2%        18.7%        6, 852        7,550        1,296        30.1%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        33,927        39,072               0.0%  
Retail - Other exposures SMEs

 

0.00<0.02    AAA                                          
0.02<0.03    AA+                                          
0.03<0.04    AA                                          
0.04<0.05    AA–                                          
0.05<0.06    A+                                          
0.06<0.09    A                                          
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        12,121        11,473        6        0.0%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        7,017        5,331        2        0.0%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        5,708        5,349        10        0.0%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        9,379        9,193        36        0.0%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        13,901        12,242        46        0.0%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        14,516        13,614        84        0.0%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        15,168        13,238        130        0.0%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        15,041        14,627        282        1.7%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.4%        13,639        12,355        336        0.0%  
5.81<11.61    B–      8.1%        8.1%        11,875        9,971        472        0.0%  
11.61<100.00    C      19.6%        19.9%        8,742        7,795        946        0.0%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        11,259        8,653               0.0%  

 

 

100


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BBVA S.A.

 

PD Range

   External rating
equivalent
   Weighted
average PD
     Arithmetic average
PD by obligors
     Number of
12-31-2018
     obligors
12-31-2017
    

Defaulted
obligors in
the year

     Average
historical annual
default rate
 
Retail - Other exposures Non-SMEs

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        127,422        109,370        41        0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        13,725        12,758        13        0.0%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        30,967        30,512        4        0.0%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        938        782        2        0.1%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        16,432        14,125        15        0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        58,448        52,443        49        0.1%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        23,608        20,076        39        0.1%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        77,990        66,777        235        0.2%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        55,305        47,482        246        0.4%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        86,456        76,925        495        0.4%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.6%        0.6%        65,409        60,011        614        0.7%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        62,770        60,232        867        0.7%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        54,836        54,792        1,113        1.7%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        57,172        58,578        1,432        1.1%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.5%        4.5%        65,823        72,510        2,622        3.6%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.4%        7.4%        25,615        29,825        1,682        7.5%  
11.61<100.00    C      22.0%        22.0%        15,842        17,376        4,107        26.1%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        45,874        36,485               0.0%  
Retail - qualifying revolving (QRRE)

 

0.00<0.02    AAA      0.0%        0.0%        2,247,434        2,329,553        662        0.0%  
0.02<0.03    AA+      0.0%        0.0%        192,205        200,306        211        0.1%  
0.03<0.04    AA      0.0%        0.0%        76,175        74,047        124        0.1%  
0.04<0.05    AA–      0.0%        0.0%        94,398        103,172        131        0.1%  
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.1%        58,936        62,530        113        0.1%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.1%        122,460        126,848        340        0.2%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        69,750        64,513        146        0.2%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        152,190        171,283        760        0.3%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        48,987        67,924        248        0.3%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        191,447        195,989        1,266        0.5%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        130,075        137,800        1,377        0.9%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        155,087        168,930        2,651        1.2%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.6%        1.5%        69,194        71,915        1,530        1.9%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        120,340        121,293        4,030        2.5%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.4%        4.4%        63,878        64,420        2,662        3.7%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.3%        7.3%        46,252        46,855        2,963        5.3%  
11.61<100.00    C      15.0%        15.5%        30,412        33,622        4,056        10.1%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        52,908        33,994               0.0%  
Corporate - Specialized lending

 

 

101


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BANCOMER

 

PD Range

   External rating
equivalent
  

Weighted

average PD

    

Arithmetic average

PD by obligors

    

Number of

12-31-2018

    

obligors

12-31-2017

    

Defaulted
obligors in

the year

    

Average

historical annual

default rate

 
Corporate - SMEs

 

        
0.00<0.02    AAA                    1                                
0.02<0.03    AA+                                                   
0.03<0.04    AA                                                   
0.04<0.05    AA–                                                   
0.05<0.06    A+                                                   
0.06<0.09    A                                                   
0.09<0.11    A–                                                   
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1                               0.0%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        35        138                        0.0%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        675        358                        0.0%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        1,448        517                        0.0%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        591        492                        0.0%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.4%        391        338                        0.0%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.5%        302        249                        0.0%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.2%        4.0%        192        111                        0.0%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.3%        8.1%        481        63                        0.0%  
11.61<100.00    C      14.8%        14.1%        135        30                        0.0%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        880                         0.0%  
Corporate - Non-SMEs

 

0.00<0.02    AAA                                                   
0.02<0.03    AA+                                                   
0.03<0.04    AA                                                   
0.04<0.05    AA–                                                   
0.05<0.06    A+      0.1%        0.0%        6        2                        0.0%  
0.06<0.09    A      0.1%        0.0%        29        15                        0.0%  
0.09<0.11    A–      0.1%        0.1%        16        14                        0.0%  
0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.0%        0.1%        87        66                        0.0%  
0.17<0.24    BBB      0.2%        0.2%        209        124                        0.0%  
0.29<0.39    BBB–      0.3%        0.3%        3,374        348                 3        0.0%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        4,683        513                 5        0.9%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        1,784        439                 10        2.0%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.5%        1.5%        1,808        393                 13        1.5%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        1,100        301                 12        1.2%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.3%        4.3%        431        172                 15        3.1%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.8%        8.0%        7,356        95                 17        1.2%  
11.61<100.00    C      17.2%        15.4%        135        36                 2        1.7%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        143        216                 14        47.1%  

 

102


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BANCOMER

 

PD Range

   External rating
equivalent
  

Weighted

average PD

    

Arithmetic average

PD by obligors

    

Number of

12-31-2018

    

obligors

12-31-2017

    

Defaulted

obligors in

the year

    

Average

historical annual

default rate

 
Retail - qualifying revolving (QRRE)

 

0.00<0.02    AAA                                          
0.02<0.03    AA+                                          
0.03<0.04    AA                                          
0.04<0.05    AA–                                          
0.05<0.06    A+                                          
0.06<0.09    A                                          
0.09<0.11    A–                                          
0.11<0.17    BBB+                           1                
0.17<0.24    BBB                                          
0.29<0.39    BBB–                           51,198               0.1%  
0.39<0.67    BB+      0.5%        0.5%        328,226        404,579        777        0.2%  
0.67<1.16    BB      0.9%        0.9%        684,538        452,764        2,292        0.4%  
1.16<1.94    BB–      1.6%        1.6%        497,696        541,081        4,149        0.8%  
1.94<3.35    B+      2.6%        2.6%        635,913        692,988        8,682        1.2%  
3.35<5.81    B      4.5%        4.5%        800,168        803,451        14,869        1.7%  
5.81<11.61    B–      7.9%        8.1%        1,408,862        1,143,083        25,300        1.9%  
11.61<100.00    C      21.4%        20.4%        982,794        1,098,127        42,675        3.4%  
100.00 (default)    D      100.0%        100.0%        98,562        112,259        13,610        1.7%  

BBVA IRELAND

 

PD Range

  

External rating

equivalent

  

Weighted

average PD

     Arithmetic average
PD by obligors
     Number of
12-31-2018
     obligors
12-31-2017
     Defaulted
obligors in
the year
     Average
historical annual
default rate
 
Institutions

 

0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1        –          0        0.0%  
Corporate - Non-SMEs

 

0.11<0.17    BBB+      0.1%        0.1%        1        5        0        0.0%  
0.24<0.39    BBB-      0.3%        0.3%        1        5        0        0.0%  

 

103


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The following table presents the main variations in the year in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk and Counterparty advanced measurement approach:

TABLE 31: EU CR8 - RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under the IRB approach

 

                          Million Euros  
     Credit Risk      Counterparty Credit Risk  
      RWA amounts      Capital Requirements      RWA amounts      Capital Requirements  
RWAs as of December 31, 2017      78,624        6,290        4,784        383  
Asset size      (999)        (80)        258        21  
Asset quality      (365)        (29)        (1,024)        (82)  
Model updates      (1,430)        (114)                
Methodology and policy                            
Acquisitions and disposals                            
Foreign exchange movements      1,319        105        38        3  
Other      17        1                
RWAs as of December 31, 2018      77,166        6,173        4,056        325  

Of particular note in the evolution of credit risk-weighted assets measured using internal models in 2018 were:

 

·  

The update to some of the model’s parameters. In this regard, the PD parameter was re-estimated in the BBVA SA Corporates portfolio (introducing three additional years of defaults in the historical series), reducing RWAs by EUR 2.16 billion.

 

 

In addition, a more restrictive downturn LGD was used for the Large Corporates portfolio at BBVA Bancomer, resulting in an increase of approximately EUR 1.20 billion in RWAs. By comparison, it improved the model’s discriminatory capacity in the ratings, which reduced RWAs by approximately EUR 470 million.

 

·  

The deleveraging occurring in the portfolios under the IRB model in Spain, and the effect of releasing RWAs—which caused the new securitizations that took place in 2018, and an improvement to the bank’s risk profile—reduced RWAs by EUR 1.36 billion.

 

·  

In regard to the exchange rate, it should be noted that exposures in US dollars and Mexican pesos increased due to the appreciation of these currencies against the euro.

 

3.2.5.3.

    Comparative analysis of the estimations made

The following charts compare the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated according to the Group’s internal estimates for the main portfolios approved by the European Central Bank, with the effective loss incurred between 2001 and 2018. They also present the average effective loss between 2001 and 2018 in accordance with the following:

 

  ·  

Expected loss: expected regulatory loss calculated with the internal estimates based on calibrations in force as of 2018, and adapted to the economic cycle, i.e. the annual average expected loss in an economic cycle.

 

  ·  

Observed loss: effective loss calculated as the ratio of gross additions to NPA over the average observed exposure multiplied by the estimated point in time severity2.

 

 

2 The LGD (PIT) methodology allows for a better measurement of observed losses. For more recent years, given that the recovery processes have not concluded, the best estimate of final LGD is included.

 

 

104


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  ·  

Average: effective average loss (2001-2018), which is the average of effective losses for each year (light blue solid line).

The effective loss is the annual loss incurred. It must be less than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle in the best years of an economic cycle and greater during years of crisis.

The comparison has been made for the portfolios of Mortgages, Consumer Finance, Credit Cards (2004-2018 window) and Autos (retail), and SMEs and Developers (2008-2018 window), all of them in Spain and Portugal. In Mexico, the comparison has been carried out for the Credit Card portfolio (2006-2018 window), SMEs, and Large Companies (2006-2018 window). Regarding the categories of Institutions (Public and Financial Institutions) and Corporates, historical experience shows that there is such a small number of defaulted exposures (Low Default Portfolios) that it is not statistically significant, and hence the reason the comparison is not shown.

The charts show that during the years of biggest economic growth, in general the effective loss was significantly lower than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models.

The contrary was the case after the start of the crisis. This is in line with the major economic slowdown and the financial difficulties of households and companies, above all in the case of developers and construction companies.

The fact that in some portfolios the average observed loss is greater than the estimated loss is consistent with the fact that the observed time window may be worse than what would be expected in a complete economic cycle. In fact, this window has fewer expansive years than crisis years. This is not representative of a complete economic cycle.

Retail Mortgages:

Starting in 2007, the effective losses are above the expected loss adjusted to the cycle, as they are losses incurred in years of crisis. The effective losses are in line with that adjusted to the cycle.

CHART 12: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Retail mortgages

 

LOGO

 

 

105


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Consumer finance:

The chart shows that during the years of biggest economic growth the effective loss was lower than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle. The contrary was the case starting in 2007. This is in line with the major economic slowdown and the financial difficulties of households. In any case, the comparison between the expected loss adjusted to the cycle and effective loss shows conservative levels.

CHART 13: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Consumer finance

 

LOGO

Credit cards:

As in the case of Mortgages and Consumer Finance, the observed loss is lower than the Expected Loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models at best periods of the cycle, and higher during its worst periods.

CHART 14: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Credit cards

 

LOGO

 

 

106


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Automobiles:

In the case of the Automobile portfolio, the expected loss adjusted to the cycle continues to be higher than the average effective losses for the last fifteen years, which suggests the conservative nature of the estimate.

CHART 15: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Automobiles

 

LOGO

SMEs and Developers:

Due to a methodological change in the estimate of LGD, only the expected loss for the 2008-2018 window is shown for the SME and Developer portfolios. It can be seen that since 2009 the observed losses are much higher than the average expected losses in the cycle. This is because the major difficulties suffered by companies in the years of crisis, particularly those in the Construction and Developer businesses. The chart also shows that the average expected loss of the cycle is below the average observed losses. The reason is the use of an observation window which is unrepresentative of a complete economic cycle (the estimate would include comparatively more years of crisis than of economic growth).

CHART 16: Comparative analysis of expected loss: SMEs and Developers

 

 

107


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

LOGO

Mexico Credit Cards:

In the case of the main Bancomer card portfolio the average Expected Loss of the cycle is slightly in line with the average of observed losses.

CHART 17: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Mexico Credit Cards

 

LOGO

Mexico Corporates:

As with the credit cards portfolio, the Mexico corporates portfolio shows conservative levels of expected loss adjusted to the cycle if it is compared with the average observed loss.

CHART 18: Comparative analysis of expected loss: Mexico Corporates

 

 

108


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

LOGO

3.2.5.4       Risk weightings of specialized lending exposures

The solvency regulation stipulates that the consideration of specialized lending companies is to apply to legal entities with the following characteristics:

 

·  

The exposure is to an entity created specifically to finance and/or operate physical assets.

 

·  

The contractual arrangements give the lender a substantial degree of control over the assets and income they generate.

 

·  

The primary source of repayment of the obligation is the income generated by the assets being financed, rather than the independent capacity of the borrower.

The following table presents the exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the specialised lending exposures (including counterparty risk) as of December 31, 2018:

TABLE 32: EU CR10 (1) - IRB: Specialised lending

 

     Million Euros  

Specialized lending

 

Regulatory

categories Remaining Maturity

  

On-balance sheet

amount (2)

    

Off-balance sheet

amount (2)

     RW     

Exposure

Amount (3)

     RWAs     

Expected

Losses

 
Category 1 Less than 2.5 years                    50%                       
Category 1 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      2,994        709        70%        3,664        2,565        15  
Category 2 Less than 2.5 years      315        52        70%        351        246        1  
Category 2 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      1,791        434        90%        2,128        1,915        17  
Category 3 Less than 2.5 years      243        15        115%        251        288        7  
Category 3 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      681        175        115%        851        979        24  
Category 4 Less than 2.5 years      12        1        250%        14        34        1  
Category 4 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      83        39        250%        122        304        10  
Category 5 Less than 2.5 years      110        6               113               57  
Category 5 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      39        8               44               22  
Total          Less than 2.5 years      680        74                 728        568        66  
Total          Equal to or more than 2.5 years      5,588        1,364           6,808        5,763        87  

(1) Corresponds to the amount of the exposures net of provisions.

(2) Corresponds to the value of off-balance sheet exposure, regardless of credit conversion factors (CCF), or the effect of the Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) techniques.

(3) Corresponds to exposure value after CRM and CCF.

 

 

109


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

              Million Euros  
Specialized lending  

Regulatory

categories Remaining Maturity

  

On-balance sheet

amount (2)

    

Off-balance sheet

amount (2)

     RW     

Exposure

Amount (3)

     RWAs     

Expected

Losses

 
Category 1 Less than 2.5 years                    50%                       
Category 1 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      2,966        842        70%        3,771        2,640        15  
Category 2 Less than 2.5 years      423        246        70%        567        397        2  
Category 2 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      2,050        497        90%        2,489        2,240        20  
Category 3 Less than 2.5 years      349        18        115%        380        437        11  
Category 3 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      904        312        115%        1,211        1,392        33  
Category 4 Less than 2.5 years      18        6        250%        24        61        2  
Category 4 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      227        137        250%        364        910        29  
Category 5 Less than 2.5 years      143        20               153               77  
Category 5 Equal to or more than 2.5 years      109        58               152               76  
Total          Less than 2.5 years      934        290                 1,125        895        91  
Total          Equal to or more than 2.5 years      6,256        1,846           7,986        7,181        173  

(1) Corresponds to the amount of the exposures net of provisions.

(2) Corresponds to the value of off-balance sheet exposure, regardless of credit conversion factors (CCF), or the effect of the Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) techniques.

(3) Corresponds to exposure value after CRM and CCF.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.2.5.5.

Equity exposures by calculation method

The following table presents equity exposures by internal, PD/LGD and simple method (in this case, broken down by risk weighting) methods as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

TABLE 33: EU CR10 (2) - IRB: Equity

Million Euros

12/31/2018           Equity under the IRB approach          
Categories   

On-balance

sheet amount (3)

   

Off-balance

sheet amount (2)

    

Exposure

RW Amount (3)

     RWAs     

Capital

Requirements

 
Simple method – Private Equity      343       –  190%        343        651        52  
Simple method – Exchange-traded equity      309       –  290%        309        8 97        72  
Simple method – Other Equity Exposures      61       –  370%        61        224        18  
Exposures subject to 261% risk weight      2,525       –  250%        2,525        6,314        505  
Internal model      383                                            383        1,172        94  
PD/LGD method      3,201       –                   3,201        5,989        479  
Total      6,822          6,822        15,246        1,220  

(1) Corresponds to the amount of the exposures net of provisions.

(2) Corresponds to the value of off-balance sheet exposure, regardless of credit conversion factors (CCF), or the effect of the Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) techniques.

(3) Corresponds to exposure value after CRM and CCF.

 

 

 

 

Million Euros

 

12/31/2017           Equity under the IRB approach          
Categories   

On-balance

sheet amount (3)

   

Off-balance

sheet amount (2)

    

Exposure

RW Amount (3)

     RWAs     

Capital

Requirements

 
Simple method – Private Equity      525       –  190%        525        998        80  
Simple method – Exchange-traded equity      170       –  290%        170        4 93        39  
Simple method – Other Equity Exposures      88       –  370%        88        324        26  
Exposures subject to 261% risk weight      3,098       –  250%        3,099        7,747        620  
Internal model      527                                            527        2,261        181  
PD/LGD method      3,390       –                   3,390        4,953        396  
Total      7,798          7,798        16,775        1,342  

(1) Corresponds to the amount of the exposures net of provisions.

(2) Corresponds to the value of off-balance sheet exposure, regardless of credit conversion factors (CCF), or the effect of the Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) techniques.

(3) Corresponds to exposure value after CRM and CCF.

In addition, section 3.4 shows detailed information on structural equity risk.

 

3.2.6.

Information on counterparty risk

Counterparty exposure involves that part of the original exposure corresponding to derivative instruments, repurchase and resale transactions, securities lending transactions and deferred settlement transactions.

 

3.2.6.1.

Policies for managing counterparty risk

 

3.2.6.1.1.

Methodology: allocation of internal capital and limits to exposures subject to counterparty risk

The Group has an economic model for calculating internal capital through exposure to counterparty risk in treasury operations. This model has been implemented in the Risk unit systems in Market areas. It is used to estimate the credit exposures for each of the counterparties for which the entity operates.

The generation of exposures is undertaken in a manner that is consistent with those used for the monitoring and control of credit risk limits. The time horizon is divided up into intervals, and the market risk factors (interest rates, exchange rates, etc.) underlying the instruments that determine their valuation are simulated for each interval.

 

 

111


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The exposures are generated from 500 different scenarios using the Monte Carlo method for risk factors (subject to counterparty risk) and applying the corresponding mitigating factors by counterparty (i.e. applying collateral and/or netting arrangements as applicable).

The correlations, loss given defaults, internal ratings and associated probabilities of default are consistent with the Group’s economic model for general credit risk.

The capital by counterparty is then calculated using the exposure profile and taking into account the analytical formula adopted by Basel. This figure is modified by an adjustment factor for the possible maturity subsequent to one year of the operations in a similar vein to the general approach adopted by Basel for the treatment of credit risk.

Counterparty limits are specified within the financial programs authorized for each subsidiary within the line item of treasury limits. It stipulates both the limit and the maximum maturity for the transaction.

The businesses that generate counterparty risk are subject to risk limits that control both bilateral risk and risk with CCPs. When setting these limits for each business area and segment, and to ensure their correct application, the corresponding capital consumption and revenue generated by this operation are taken into account.

There is also a risk committee that analyses individually the most significant transactions to assess (among other aspects) the relationship between profitability and risk.

The consumption of transactions within the limits is measured in terms of mark-to-market valuation plus the potential risk with Monte Carlo Simulation methodology (95% confidence level) and bearing in mind possible mitigating factors (such as netting, break clauses and collateral contracts).

Management of consumption by lines in the Markets area is carried out through a corporate platform that enables online monitoring of the limits and availabilities established for the different counterparties and customers. This control is completed by independent units of the business area to guarantee proper segregation of functions.

 

3.2.6.1.2.

Policies for ensuring the effectiveness of collateral and establishing the value adjustments for impairment to cover this risk

The Group negotiates agreements with its customers to mitigate counterparty risk within the legal frameworks applicable in each of the countries where it operates. These agreements regulate the exchange of guarantees as a mechanism to reduce exposure derived from transactions that generate counterparty risk.

The assets covered by these agreements include cash, as well as financial assets with a high asset quality. In addition, the agreements with customers include mechanisms that allow the immediate replacement of the collateral if its quality is impaired (for example, a reduction in the market value or adverse changes in the asset rating).

Mitigation by netting transactions and by collateral only reduces the consumption of limits and capital if there is a positive opinion on their immediate effectiveness in case of the counterparty’s default or insolvency.

The MENTOR tool has been specifically designed to store and process the collateral contracts concluded with counterparties. This application enables the existence of collateral to be taken into account at the transaction level (useful for controlling and monitoring the status of specific operations) as well as at the counterparty level. Furthermore, said tool feeds the applications responsible for estimating counterparty risk by providing all the necessary parameters for considering the impact of mitigation in the portfolio due to the agreements signed.

 

 

112


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Likewise, there is also an application that reconciles and adjusts the positions serving the Collateral and Risks units.

In order to guarantee the effectiveness of collateral contracts, the Group carries out a daily monitoring of the market values of the operations governed by such contracts and of the deposits made by the counterparties. Once the amount of the collateral to be delivered or received is obtained, the collateral demand (margin call), or the demand received, is carried out at the intervals established in the contract, usually daily.

If significant variations arise from the process of reconciliation between the counterparties, after reconciliation in economic terms, they are reported by the Collateral unit to the Risks unit for subsequent analysis and monitoring. Within the control process, the Collateral unit issues a daily report on the guarantees which includes a description by counterparty of the exposure and collateral, making special reference to those guarantee deficits at or beyond the set warning levels.

Financial assets and liabilities may be the object of netting, in other words presentation for a net amount in the balance sheet, only when the Group’s entities comply with the provisions of IAS 32 - Paragraph 42, and thus have the legally obliged right to offset the amounts recognized, and the intention to settle the net amount or to divest the asset and pay the liability at the same time.

In addition, the Group has assets and liabilities on the balance sheet that are not netted and for which there are master netting agreements, but for which there is neither the intention nor the right to settle. The most common types of events that trigger netting of reciprocal obligations include the bankruptcy of the credit institution in question, swiftly accumulating indebtedness, default, restructuring or the winding up of the entity.

In the current market context, derivatives are arranged under a variety of framework contracts, with the most general being those developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), and for the Spanish market the Framework Agreement for Financial Transactions (FAFT). Practically all portfolio derivative operations have been concluded under these master contracts, including in them the netting clauses referred to in the above point as Master Netting Agreements, considerably reducing the credit exposure in these instruments. In addition, in the contracts concluded with professional counterparties, annexes are included with collateral agreements called Credit Support Annexes (CSA), thus minimizing exposure to a possible counterparty insolvency.

At the same time, the Group has a high volume of assets bought and sold under repurchase agreements traded through clearing houses that use mechanisms to reduce counterparty risk, as well as through various master contracts in bilateral operations, the most common being the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), which is published by the International Capital Market Association (ICMA). This tends to have clauses added relating to the exchange of collateral within the main body of the master contract itself.

 

3.2.6.1.3.

Policies on the risk of adverse effects due to correlations

Derivatives contracts may give rise to potential adverse correlation effects between the exposure to the counterparty and its credit quality (wrong-way-exposures).

The Group has specific policies for treating these kinds of exposures, which establish:

 

  ·  

How to identify transactions subject to adverse correlation risk.

  ·  

A specific admission procedure transaction by transaction.

  ·  

Measurements appropriate to the risk profile with adverse correlation.

  ·  

Control and monitoring of the transaction.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.2.6.1.4.

Impact of collateral in the event of a downgrade in credit quality

In derivatives transactions, as a general policy the Group does not subscribe collateral contracts that involve an increase in the amount to be deposited in the event of the Group being downgraded.

The general criteria applied to date with banking counterparties is to establish a zero threshold within collateral contracts, irrespective of the mutual rating; provision will be made as collateral of any difference that arises through mark-to-market valuation.

During 2018, in addition, with the entry into force of the regulatory requirements for the exchange of margins for derivatives not offset in clearing house, all signed collateral annexes are adequate to the characteristics required by the regulation, including the establishment of a zero threshold.

 

3.2.6.2.

Amounts of counterparty risk

The original exposure for the counterparty risk of derivatives, according to Chapter 6 of the CRR, can be calculated using the following methods: original risk, mark-to-market valuation, standardized and internal models.

The Group calculates the value of exposure to risk through the mark-to-market method, obtained as the aggregate of the positive mark-to-market value after contractual netting agreements plus the potential future risk of each transaction or instrument.

Below is a breakdown of the amount in terms of original exposure, EAD and RWAs:

TABLE 34: Positions subject to counterparty credit risk in terms of OE, EAD and RWAs

Million Euros

Exposure Class and risk types   2018  
 

Securities

financing
transactions

    Derivatives and transactions
with deferred settlement
    From contractual
netting between
products
           Total         
  OE     EAD     RWAs     OE     EAD     RWAs     OE     EAD     RWAs     OE     EAD     RWAs  
Central governments or central banks     7,616       746       299       3       3       3       227       272       11       7,846       1,022       313  
Regional governments or local authorities                       3       3       1       1       1       0       5       5       1  
Public sector entities                       1       1                                 1       1       0  
Multilateral Development Banks                                                                        
Institutions     4,364       834       178       1,694       1,382       485       1,676       989       549       7,735       3,205       1,212  
Corporates     1,237       208       208       769       769       767       493       468       460       2,498       1, 444       1,435  
Retail     0       0       0       16       16       11       7       7       4       23       23       15  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                                                        
Exposures in default                       21       21       31       0       0       0       21       21       31  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                        
Covered bonds                                                                        

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

                                                                       
Collective investments undertakings     7       0       0       0       0       0                         7       0       0  
Other exposures           8,517                   312                   714                   9,543        
Total credit risk by standardised approach     13,224       10,306       685       2,508       2,508       1,298       2,404       2,451       1,025       18,136       15,265       3,008  
Central governments or central banks     4,814       4,814       217       18       18       9                         4,831       4,831       226  
Institutions     50,179       50,179       425       1,926       1,926       453       15,585       15,405       913       67,690       67,510       1,790  
Corporates     17       17       0       795       795       548       2,671       2,671       1,489       3,483       3,483       2,037  

Of which: SMEs

                      36       36       30       78       78       66       114       114       96  

Of which: companies of specialized finance

                      266       266       201       770       770       708       1,036       1,036       909  

Of which: other

    17       17       0       494       494       317       1,823       1,823       715       2,333       2,333       1.032  
Retail                       3       3       1       4       4       2       7       7       3  

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

                                                                       

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

                                                                       

Of which: Other retail assets

                      3       3       1       4       4       2       7       7       3  

Other corporates: SMEs

                      3       3       1       4       4       2       7       7       3  

Other corporates: No SMEs

                      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total credit risk by IRB approach     55,010       55,010       643       2,742       2,742       1,011       18,260       18,080       2,403       76,012       75,832       4,056  
Total credit risk     68,234       65,316       1,327       5,250       5,250       2,309       20,664       20,530       3,428       91,148       91,096       7,065  
 

 

114


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Million Euros

Exposure Class and risk
types
  

2017

         
  

Securities

financing transactions

     Derivatives and transactions
with deferred settlement
     From contractual netting
between products
             Total          
   OE      EAD      RWAs      OE      EAD      RWAs      OE      EAD      RWAs      OE      EAD      RWAs  
Central governments or central banks      5, 455        3,915        180        7        8        4        348        436        4        5,810        4,360        188  
Regional governments or local authorities      1                      1                      31        30        6        33        30        6  
Public sector entities                                                4        4        1        4        4        1  
Multilateral Development Banks                                                                                      
Institutions      2,681        470        249        2,173        2,173        339        2,275        1,440        765        7,128        4,082        1,353  
Corporates      4,038        212        202        791        791        785        538        508        494        5,367        1,511        1,480  
Retail      15        2        1        31        31        20        17        17        11        64        50        31  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property                                                                                    
Exposures in default                                                                                   1  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk                                                                                    
Covered bonds                                                                                    
Short-term claims on institutions and corporate                                                                                    
Collective investments undertakings                                                                                    
Other exposures             6,051                                           867                      6,918         
Total credit risk by standardised approach      12.190        10,649        632        3,003        3,003        1,147        3,214        3,304        1,282        18,407        16,956        3,060  
central governments or central banks      1,075        1,075        750        19        19        13        59        59               1,154        1,154        763  
Institutions      46,133        46,133        337        1,967        1,966        661        14,869        14,655        945        62,968        62,754        1,943  
Corporates      13        13               490        490        329        2,811        2,311        1,744        3,314        3,314        2,074  

Of which; SMEs

                          55        55        39        94        94        82        149        149        121  

Of which: companies of specialized finance

                          278        278        218        903        903        838        1,180        1,180        1,056  

Of which: other

     13        13               158        158        73        1,814        1,814        824        1,935        1,985        897  
Retail                           4        4        2        4        4        2        8        8         

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

                                                                                   

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

                                                                                   

Of which: Other retail assets

                          4        4        2        4        4        2        8        8        4  

Other corporates: SMEs

                          4        4        2        4        4        2        8        8        4  

Other corporates: No SMEs

                                                                                   
Total credit risk by IRB approach      47,221        47,221        1,087        2 . 480        2, 479        1,005        17,743        17,529        2,691        67,444        67,230        4,784  
Total credit risk      59,411        57,870        1,720        5,483        5,483        2,152        20,957        20,833        3,973        85,851        84,186        7,844  

From the amounts shown in the table above, those referring to the counterparty risk in the trading book are shown below:

TABLE 35: Amounts of counterparty risk in the trading book

Million Euros

Counterparty Risk

Trading Book Activities

   2018      2017  
   Mtm Method      Internal Models      (IMM) Mtm Method      Internal Models (IMM)  
Standardised Approach      193                 194           
Advanced Approach      323                 296           
Total      516                 490           

The Group currently has a totally residual amount of capital requirements for trading-book activity liquidation risk.

The following table presents the amounts in million euros involved in the counterparty risk of derivatives as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

TABLE 36: EU CCR5-A - Impact of netting and collateral held on exposure values (1)

Million Euros

12/31/2018  

Gross positive fair

value or net carrying

amount

  

Netting

benefits

    

Netted current

credit

exposure

    

Collateral

held

    

Net credit

exposure

 
Derivatives (2)   35,34 9      (23,940)        11,409        (6,219)        5,190  
SFTs (3)   27,758      (35)        27,723        (25,359)        2,364  
Cross-product netting                              
Total   63,108      (23,941)        39,167        (31,578)        7,554  

(1) SFTs include both relative amount of recognized financial instruments and collaterals that are not netted on balance sheet but reduce credit risk.

Collaterals of derivatives correspond only to those that mitigate for capital purpose.

(2) Positive mark to market of derivatives is included.

(3) Includes solely the amount of reverse repo transactions.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Million Euros

12/31/2017    Gross positive fair
value or net carrying
amount
    

Netting

benefits

     Netted current
credit
exposure
    

Collateral

held

     Net credit
exposure
 
Derivatives (2)      42,125        (29,327)        12,798        (6,028)        6,770  
SFTs (3)      25,979        (644)        25,335        (26,219)        (884)  
Cross-product netting                                   
Total      68,104        (29,972)        38,133        (32,247)        5,886  

(1) SFTs include both relative amount of recognized financial instruments and collaterals that are not netted on balance sheet but reduce credit risk.

Collaterals of derivatives correspond only to those that mitigate for capital purpose.

(2) Positive mark to market of derivatives is included.

(3) Includes solely the amount of reverse repo transactions

Below, there is a complete overview of the methods used to calculate the regulatory requirements for counterparty credit risk and the main parameters of each method (excluding requirements for CVA and exposures offset through a CCP, which are shown in tables CCR2 and CCR8, respectively).

TABLE 37: EU CCR1 - Analysis of counterparty credit risk exposure by approach

Million Euros

     12-31-2018      12-31-2017          
     

Replacement Cost

/ Current market

value

    

Potential future

credit exposure

     EAD post-
CRM
     RWAs     

Replacement Cost

/ Current market

value

    

Potential future

credit exposure

    

EAD post-

CRM

     RWAs  
Mark to market      11,082        11,020        20,278        5,569        12,514        10,254        21,213        6,001  
Internal Model Method (for derivatives and SFTs)                                                            
Simple Approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)                                                        
Comprehensive Approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)                    61,331        1,180                      56,937        1,643  
VaR for SFTs                                                        
Total      11,082        11,020        81,609        6,749        12,514        10,254        78,150        7,644  

 

3.2.6.2.1.

Counterparty risk by standardized approach

The following table presents a breakdown of exposure to counterparty credit risk (following mitigation and CCF techniques) calculated using the standardized method, by exposure class and risk weighting:

 

 

116


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

TABLE 38: EU CCR3 - Standardized approach: counterparty credit risk exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk

 

                                                                                         Million Euros  
     Risk weight            

Of

which:

unrated

 
Exposure Class    0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      Others      Total  
Central governments or central banks      649                             71        8                      295                      1,022        193  
Regional government or local authorities                                  4                                                    5        5  
Public sector entities                                  1                                                    1        1  
Multilateral development banks                                                                                           
International organisations                                                                                           
Institutions             275        98               1,622        664                      546                      3,205        3,170  
Corporates                                  1        12                      1,428        2               1,444        1,423  
Retail                                                       23                             23        23  
Institutions and corporates with a short term credit assessment                                                                                           
Other items      9,543                                                                  21               9,564        9,564  
Total      10,192        275        98               1,699        685               23        2,269        23               15,265        14,380  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from a designated ECAIs is available

 

                          
                                                                                         Million Euros  
     Risk weight            

Of

which:

unrated

 
Exposure Class    0%      2%      4%      10%      20%      50%      70%      75%      100%      150%      Others      Total  
Central governments or central banks      4,058                                    226                      75                      4,360        3,619  
Regional government or local authorities                                  30                                                  30        8  
Public sector entities                                  4                                                  4        4  
Multilateral development banks                                                                                           
International organisations                                                                                           
Institutions             1,099        72               1,778        322                      812                      4,082        3,937  
Corporates                                  3        46                      1,458        4               1,511        1,505  
Retail                                                       50                             50        50  
Institutions and corporates with a short term credit assessment                                                                                           
Other items      6,918                                                                              6,918        6,918  
Total      10,976        1,099        72               1,816        594               50        2,345        5               16,955        16,043  

(1) Of which: Unrated refers to exposures for which no credit rating from a designated ECAIs is available

 

118


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

3.2.6.2.2.

Counterparty risk by advanced measurement approach

The following table presents the relevant parameters used to calculate the capital requirements for counterparty credit risk in the IRB models as of December 31, 2018:

TABLE 39: EU CCR4 – IRB approach: counterparty credit risk exposure by portfolio and PD scale

Million Euros

 

PD scale as of 12-31-18 (1)   EAD post-CRM     Average PD (2)     Number of Obligors     Average LGD (3)     Average Maturity (days) (4)     RWAs     RWA Density  
Prudential Portfolio – FIRB method (5)     1,036             331               909       87.8%  
Corporate - Specialized lending     1,036             331                   909       87.8%  
Prudential Portfolio – AIRB method     74,796       0.2%       6,946       10.4%         3,147       4.2%  
Central governments or central banks     4,831       0.2%       6       3.8%       38       226       4.7%  
0,00 to <0,15     4,643       0.1%       2       2.3%       1       14       0.3%  
0,15 to <0,25     17       0.2%       1       40.0%       115       8       45.9%  
0,25 to <0,50                                          
0,50 to <0,75                                          
0,75 to <2,50                                          
2,50 a <10,00     172       4 .4%       3       40.0%       37       204       118.5%  
10,00 to <100,00                                          
100,00 (Default)                                          
Institutions     67,510       0.2%       2,362       9.8%       22       1,790       2.7%  
0,00 to <0,15     54,373       0.1%       1,879       11.5%       23       1,422       2.6%  
0,15 to <0,25     4,514       0.2%       184       2.8%       23       86       1.9%  
0,25 to <0,50     4,786       0.3%       90       2.0%       15       85       1.8%  
0,50 to <0,75     1175       0.5%       33       5.3%       29       74       6.3%  
0,75 to <2,50     2199       1.3%       157       2.4%       16       90       4.1%  
2,50 a <10,00     460       2.7%       14       3.1%       11       33       7.1%  
10,00 to <100,00     2       21.2%       5       20.0%       59       1       42.0%  
100,00 (Default)                                          
Corporate - SMEs     114       15.7%       1,814       41.2%       64       96       84 . 3%  
0,00 to <0,15     9       0.1%       313       40.1%       47       2       19.2%  
0,15 to <0,25     5       0.2%       139       42.4%       61       1       27.3%  
0,25 to <0,50     4       0.3%       190       40.6%       68       1       35.2%  
0,50 to <0,75     5       0.5%       276       40.5%       69       3       54.4%  
0,75 to <2,50     39       1.3%       444       41.4%       59       41       103.8%  
2,50 a <10,00     36       4.5%       340       41.2%       75       43       120.3%  
10,00 to <100,00     0       18.6%       33       40.3%       83       0       167.6%  
100,00 (Default)     16       100.0%       79       41.3%       79       5       30.5%  
Corporate - Non-SMEs     2,333       0.3%       1,591       40.2%       66       1,032       44.2%  
0,00 to <0,15     1,290       0.1%       589       38.8%       62       343       26.6%  
0,15 to <0,25     228       0.2%       259       41.0%       58       87       38.0%  
0,25 to <0,50     331       0.3%       357       43.9%       82       237       71.7%  
0,50 to <0,75     407       0.5%       139       40.8%       51       284       69.9%  
0,75 to <2,50     47       1.1%       166       43.0%       70       45       97.1%  
2,50 a <10,00     30       2.9%       60       43.9%       77       35       115.9%  
10,00 to <100,00     0       11.9%       3       42.7%       81       0       208.0%  
100,00 (Default)     1       100.0%       18       44.0%       84       0       13.5%  
Retail - Other SMEs     7       33.3%       1,135       40.4%             3       39.2%  
0,00 to <0,15     0       0.1%       116       40.0%                   9.2%  
0,15 to <0,25     0       0.2%       55       40.0%                   13.3%  
0,25 to <0,50     0       0.3%       57       40.0%                   18.4%  
0,50 to <0,75     0       0.5%       139       40.0%                   23.9%  
0,75 to <2,50     0       1.2%       232       40.0%             -       34.5%  
2,50 a <10,00     2       5.9%       345       40.0%             1       47.2%  
10,00 to <100,00     2       20.6%       104       40.0%             1       65.6%  
100,00 (Default)     2       100.0%       87       41.6%                   13.5%  
Retail - Other Non-SMEs     0       4.5%       38       40.0%                   56.5%  
0,00 to <0,15     0       0.1%       16       40.0%                   6.7%  
0,15 to <0,25                                          
0,25 to <0,50                                          
0,50 to <0,75                                          
0,75 to <2,50     0       0.9%       11       40.0%                   50.0%  
2,50 a <10,00     0       5.2%       9       40.0%                   62.7%  
10,00 to <100,00                 2                          
100,00 (Default)                                          
Total Advanced Approach     75,832       0.2%       7,277       10,4%         4,056       5.3%  

(1) PD intervals recommended by EBA guidelines on Pilar III disclosure requirements (Eighth Part of CRR).

(2) Corresponds to PD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(3) Corresponds to LGD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(4) Corresponds to the EAD-weighted debtor expiration in days.

(5) Exposures under the FIRB method correspond to Specialised Lending, for which the Group has opted for the method of supervisory slotting criteria, in line with article 153.5 of CRR.

 

 

119


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Million Euros

 

PD scale as of

12-31-17 (1)

  EAD0 post-CRM     Average PD (2)     Number of Obligors     Average LGD (3)     Average Maturity (days) (4)     RWAs     RWA Density  
Prudential Portfolio– FIRB method (5)     1,180             361               1,056       89.5%  
Corporate - Specialized lending     1,180             361                   1,056       89.5%  
Prudential Portfolio– AIRB method     66,049       0.2%       7,958       26.0%         3,728       5.6%  
Central governments or central banks     1,154       2.6%       4       15.3%       48       763       66.1%  
0,00 to <0,15     59       0.0%       1       1.2%       1       0       0.0%  
0,15 to <0,25                                          
0,25 to <0,50     19       0.3%       1       40.0%       150       13       65.9%  
0,50 to <0,75     446       0.5%       1       0.0%       37             0.0%  
0,75 to <2,50                       0.0%                   0.0%  
2,50 a <10,00     630       4.4%       1       26.7%       4       750       119.1%  
10,00 to <100,00                                          
100,00 (Default)                                          
Institutions     62,754       0.2%       2,082       26.2%       31       1,943       3.1%  
0,00 to <0,15     52,512       0.1%       1,651       26.6%       32       1,572       3.0%  
0,15 to <0,25     2,698       0.2%       145       24.4%       23       90       3.3%  
0,25 to <0,50     5,620       0.3%       77       25.4%       21       87       1.5%  
0,50 to <0,75     206       0.5%       28       16.4%       32       30       14.3%  
0,75 to <2,50     800       1.1%       154       23.7%       30       85       10.7%  
2,50 a <10,00     913       3.9%       22       22.1%       45       77       8.4%  
10,00 to <100,00     5       21.2%       4       22.3%       71       3       67.7%  
100,00 (Default)           100.0%       1                          
Corporate - SMEs     149       12.3%       2,514       39.6%       547       121       81.4%  
0,00 to <0,15     10       0.1%       362       36.1%       54       2       18.0%  
0,15 to <0,25     9       0.2%       172       40.3%       42       2       25.8%  
0,25 to <0,50     8       0.3%       281       40.4%       67       3       34.3%  
0,50 to <0,75     11       0.5%       353       40.4%       52       5       47.3%  
0,75 to <2,50     48       1.1%       700       38.9%       72       44       91.1%  
2,50 a <10,00     46       4.7%       503       40.4%       80       58       126.0%  
10,00 to <100,00     2       16.0%       60       35.2%       94       2       147.7%  
100,00 (Default)     15       100.0%       83       40.5%       85       5       33.3%  
Corporate - Non-SMEs     1,985       0.3%       1,444       41.3%       73       897       45.2%  
0,00 to <0,15     1,072       0.1%       434       40.1%       68       286       26.7%  
0,15 to <0,25     231       0.2%       199       39.8%       66       82       35.3%  
0,25 to <0,50     203       0.3%       301       44.0%       75       111       54.5%  
0,50 to <0,75     404       0.5%       225       43.9%       83       338       83.6%  
0,75 to <2,50     56       1.1%       185       43.5%       95       54       96.0%  
2,50 a <10,00     17       4.3%       79       41.4%       70       25       147.7%  
10,00 to <100,00     0       20.5%       3       44.0%       85       1       229.9%  
100,00 (Default)     1       100.0%       18       43.3%       66       0       37.2%  
Retail - Other SMEs     8       14.3%       1,889       38.1%             4       47.3%  
0,00 to <0,15     0       0.1%       139       36.0%             0       9.2%  
0,15 to <0,25     0       0.2%       41       40.0%             0       11.4%  
0,25 to <0,50     0       0.3%       99       40.0%             0       17.4%  
0,50 to <0,75     0       0.4%       122       28.6%             0       23.4%  
0,75 to <2,50     1       1.2%       398       40.0%             1       35.4%  
2,50 a <10,00     2       4.6%       772       37.8%             1       46.9%  
10,00 to <100,00     3       16.9%       203       40.0%             2       66.8%  
100,00 (Default)     1       100.0%       115       26.7%             0       13.2%  
Retail - Other Non-SMEs     0       1.6%       25       26.2%             0       55.4%  
0,00 to <0,15     0       0.1%       5       26.7%                    
0,15 to <0,25                                          
0,25 to <0,50                 1                          
0,50 to <0,75                 1                          
0,75 to <2,50     0       0.7%       8       20.0%             0       50.0%  
2,50 a <10,00     0       1.7%       8       26.7%             0       56.6%  
10,00 to <100,00                 2                          
100,00 (Default)                                          
Total Advance Approach     67,229       0.2%       8,319       26.0%         4,784       7.1%  

(1) PD intervals recommended by EBA guidelines on Pilar III disclosure requirements (Eighth Part of CRR).

(2) Corresponds to PD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(3) Corresponds to LGD by EAD-weighted debtor category.

(4) Corresponds to the EAD-weighted debtor expiration in days.

(5) Exposures under the FIRB method correspond to Specialised Lending, for which the Group has opted for the method of supervisory slotting criteria, in line with article 153.5 of CRR.

 

3.2.6.2.3.

Composition of collateral for counterparty risk exposures

A table with a breakdown of all the types of collateral contributed or received by the Group to strengthen or reduce exposure to counterparty credit risk related to derivate transactions and securities financing transactions as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is presented below:

 

 

120


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 40: EU CCR5-B - Composition of collateral for exposures to counterparty credit risk (1)

Million Euros

12/31/2018    Collateral used in derivative transactions      Collateral used in SFTs  
   Fair Value of Collateral received      Fair Value of posted Collateral     

Fair Value of

Collateral received

    

Fair Value of

posted Collateral

 
   Segregated (2)      Unsegregated (3)      Segregated (2)      Unsegregated (3)  
Cash– domestic currency      5        2,707        10        1        24,690        25,882  
Cash– other currencies      0        1,146        12        88        13,900        1,841  
Domestic sovereign debt                                  6,950        14,996  
Other sovereign debt             6                      8,760        16,301  
Government agency debt                                  267        162  
Corporate bonds             710                      2,106        4,647  
Equity securities                                         1,807  
Other collateral             1,645                      7,276        886  
Total      5        6,214        21        88        

(1) Credit risk mitigation techniques are considered eligible according to title II, chapter 4, section 2 of CRR

(2) Refers to collateral that is held in a bankruptcy-remote manner.

(3) Refers to collateral that is not held in a bankruptcy-remote manner.

Million Euros

12/31/2017    Collateral used in derivative transactions      Collateral used in SFTs  
   Fair Value of Collateral received      Fair Value of posted Collateral      Fair Value of      Fair Value of  
   Segregated (2)      Unsegregated (3)      Segregated (2)      Unsegregated (3)      Collateral received      posted Collateral  
Cash– domestic currency      4        2,353        7               29,053        24,244  
Cash– other currencies      0        1,549        6        160        11,025        1,735  
Domestic sovereign debt                                  10,852        17,000  
Other sovereign debt             12                      5,591        8,938  
Government agency debt             4               4        330        477  
Corporate bonds             468                      3,891        10,088  
Equity securities             0                             3,207  
Other collateral             1,638                      5,554        447  
Total      5        6,024        13        163        

(1) Credit risk mitigation techniques are considered eligible according to title II, chapter 4, section 2 of CRR

(2) Refers to collateral that is held in a bankruptcy-remote manner.

(3) Refers to collateral that is not held in a bankruptcy-remote manner.

 

3.2.6.2.4.

Credit derivative transactions

The table below shows the amounts corresponding to transactions with credit derivatives, broken down into purchased and sold derivatives:

TABLE 41: EU CCR6 - Credit derivatives exposures

Million Euros

12/31/2018    Credit derivative hedges      Other credit
derivatives
 
   Protection Bought      Protection Sold  
Notionals      11,248        14,204         
Single-name credit default swaps      4,925        5,622         
Index credit default swaps      5,824        6,421         
Total return swaps             2,161         
Credit options      500                
Other credit derivatives                     
Fair Values      (118)        (59)         
Positive fair value (asset)      68        164         
Negative fair value (liability)      (186)        (223)         

Million Euros

12/31/2017    Credit derivative hedges     

Other credit

derivatives

 
   Protection Bought      Protection Sold  
Notionals      13,848        16,333         
Single-name credit default swaps      5,374        5,929         
Index credit default swaps      8,374        8,265         
Total return swaps             2,039         
Credit options      100        100         
Other credit derivatives                     
Fair Values      (451)        423         
Positive fair value (asset)      48        441         
Negative fair value (liability)      (499)        (18)         

As of year-end 2018 and 2017, the Group did not use credit derivatives in brokerage activities as collateral.

 

 

121


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

3.2.6.3.

CVA charge requirements

The surcharge for CVA in Capital refers to the additional surcharge in capital on account of the unexpected CVA adjustment loss, for which there are two approaches:

 

 

Standardised Approach (Art. 384 CRR): application of a standard regulatory formula. The formula applied is an analytical approximation to the calculating of the CVA VaR by supposing that the counterparty spreads depend on a single systematic risk factor and on its own idiosyncratic factor, both variables distributed by independent normal distributions, assuming a 99% confidence level.

 

 

Advanced Approach (Art 383 CRR): based on the market risk VaR approach, which requires a calculation of the “CVA VaR”, assuming the same confidence level (99%) and time horizon (10 days), as well as a stressed scenario. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Group has no surcharge for CVA calculated under the advanced approach.

Procedures for calculating the valuation of adjustments and reserves

Credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and debit valuations adjustments (DVA) are incorporated into derivative valuations of both assets and liabilities, to reflect the impact on fair value of the counterparty credit risk and own credit risk, respectively. (See Note 8 of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

The amounts in million euros involved in the adjustments by credit risk as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are below:

TABLE 42: CCR2 - Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

Million Euros

12/31/2018    Exposure value      RWA  
Total portfolios subject to the advanced method              

(i) VaR component (included 3x multiplier)

             

(ii) SVaR component (included 3x multiplier)

             

All portfolios subject to the standardised method

     7,445        1,377  
Total subject to the CVA capital charge      7,445        1,377  

Million Euros

12/31/2017    Exposure value      RWA  

Total portfolios subject to the advanced method

             
(i) VaR component (included 3x multiplier)              
(ii) SVaR component (included 3x multiplier)              
All portfolios subject to the standardised method      7,865        1,566  
Total subject to the CVA capital charge      7,865        1,566  

The variations in terms of RWAs during the period are below:

TABLE 43: Variations in terms of RWAs of CVA

 

        Million Euros  
CVA      
RWAs as of December 31, 2017

 

     1,566  
Effects      Asset size        (189)  
RWAs as of December 31, 2018

 

     1,377  

As of December 2018, CVA’s risk-weighted assets remain stable compared to December 2017.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

3.2.6.4.

Exposures to central counterparty entities

The following table presents a complete overview of the exposures to central counterparty entities by type of exposure (arising from transactions, margins, contributions to the guarantee fund) and their corresponding capital requirements:

TABLE 44: CCR8 - Exposures to central counterparty clearing houses

Million Euros

     12-31- 2018      12-31-2017  
     EAD post CRM      RWA      EAD post CRM      RWA  
Exposures to QCCPs (total)         191           186  
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which      6,219        146        5,903        119  
    (i) OTC Derivatives      98        4        482        11  
    (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives      275        5        689        14  
    (iii) Securities financing transactions (SFTs)      754        15        824        16  
    (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved      5,092        122        3,909        78  
Segregated initial margin      959                 1,558           
Non-segregated initial margin      169        3        155        18  
Pre-funded default fund contributions      71        41        87        49  
Alternative calculation of own funds requirements for exposures                    
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)         174           84  
Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default to contributions; of which      484        169        132        80  
    (i) OTC Derivatives      30        30        17        17  
    (ii) Exchange-traded derivatives      7        7        6        3  
    (iii) Securities financing transactions (SFTs)      448        132        109        60  
    (iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved                            
Segregated initial margin      108                 110           
Non-segregated initial margin      100        4        4        4  
Pre-funded default fund contributions      0        0                
Unfunded default fund contributions                            

 

3.2.7.

Information on securitisations

 

3.2.7.1.

General characteristics of securitisations

 

3.2.7.1.1.

Purpose of securitisation

The Group’s current policy on securitisation considers a program of recurrent issuance, with a deliberate diversification of securitised assets that adjusts their volume to the Bank’s capital requirements and to market conditions.

This program is complemented by all the other finance and equity instruments, thereby diversifying the need to resort to wholesale markets.

The definition of the strategy and the execution of the operations, as with all other wholesale finance and capital management, are supervised by the Assets & Liabilities Committee, with the pertinent internal authorisations obtained directly from the Board of Directors or from the Executive Committee.

The main aim of securitisation is to serve as an instrument for the efficient management of the balance sheet, above all as a source of liquidity at an efficient cost, obtaining liquid assets through eligible collateral, as a complement to other financial instruments. In addition, there is another objectives associated with the use of securitisation instruments, such as freeing up of regulatory capital by transferring risks of a third party portfolio, as well as, freeing of potential excess over the expected loss, provided it is allowed by the volume of the first-loss tranche and risk transfer.

The main risks inherent to securitisation operations are detailed below.

 

 

123


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

1.

Default risk

Consists in the obligor not paying at the due date and in the correct way the contractual obligations assumed (for example, potential non-payment of instalments).

In the particular case of securitisations, the entities provide information to investors on the situation of the securitised loan portfolio. In this respect, it is worth noting that transactions transferred to the Securitisation Fund do not include defaults, or at most, if there is one, in no case do they exceed 30 days of non-payment, demonstrating the high quality of transactions that are securitised. The rating agencies take this element closely into account when analysing the credit risk of transactions.

BBVA monitors the changes in these indicators with the aim of establishing specific action plans in the different products, in order to correct any deviations that are leading to deterioration in credit quality.

Monthly information is available on all these indicators to monitor them, in some cases daily. It includes flows of additions, recoveries, irregular investment and the non-performing loan ratio. The information is obtained through different applications and reports prepared in the Risks area.

BBVA’s philosophy of recovery for unpaid loans consists of defining an operating system that allows a speedy and efficient correction of the irregular situation. It is based on a highly personalised management, with a key role being played by the Recovery Manager and his close and ongoing relationship with the debtor.

The main guarantee is always the mortgage on the asset that is the object of acquisition and finance, or on the primary residence. In addition, there are frequent personal guarantees issued by the holders of the loan or the guarantors, which reinforce the repayment of the debt and quality of the risk. The rights to collection before insurance companies are also subrogated in favour of the Bank in cases where there is damage to the mortgaged building due to fire or other duly stipulated causes.

 

2.

Early repayment risk

This derives from the potential total or partial prepayment by the obligor of the amounts corresponding to the securitised loans, which could imply that the maturity of the securitisation bonds calculated at the time of the issue is shorter than the maturity of the loans transferred to the Fund.

This risk is basically manifested due to the variations of market interest rates, but despite its importance it is not the only determining factor; to this have to be added other more personal elements, such as inheritance, divorce, change of residence, etc.

In the specific case of our securitisations, this risk is very limited, as the maturity date of the securitisation bond issue is set according to the maturity of the last loan of the portfolio used.

 

3.

Liquidity risk

At times it is noted that a possible limited liquidity of the markets in which the bonds are traded could constitute a risk derived from the securitisation processes.

Although it is true that an entity may not undertake to contract in the secondary market one of the bonds issued by the Securitisation Fund, and thus provide liquidity to the funds, the securitisation process itself consists of converting illiquid assets that form part of the Bank’s balance sheet into liquid assets in the form of securitisation bonds, which give the possibility for trading and transferring them in a regulated market. This would not be the case if they were not subject to the securitisation process.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In addition, understanding liquidity risk as the possible time mismatch between the maturities of the collections generated by the loans and the payments the bonds originate, BBVA has not so far made any securitisation issues in which there is a divergence between collections and payments. The entities that have programs for commercial paper issuance, in which this risk is typically present, mitigate it with the use of liquidity lines that are included in the structure of the Fund.

 

3.2.7.1.2.

Functions performed by the securitisation process and degree of involvement

The Group’s degree of involvement in its securitisation funds is not usually restricted to the mere role of assignor and administrator of the securitised portfolio.

CHART 19: Functions carried out in the securitisation process and degree of involvement of the Group

 

LOGO

As seen in the above chart, the Group has usually taken additional roles such as:

 

  ·  

Payment Agent.

 

  ·  

Provider of the treasury account.

 

  ·  

Provider of the subordinated loan and of the loan for start-up costs, with the former being the one that finances the first-loss tranche, and the latter financing the fund’s fixed expenditure.

 

  ·  

Administrative agent of the securitised portfolio

The Group has not assumed the role of sponsor of securitisations originated by third-party institutions.

It is worth noting that the Group has maintained a consistent line in the generation of securitisation operations since the credit crunch, which began in July 2007.

In addition, the Group has performed three Synthetic Securitisations to date, introducing this new operation as an additional source of regulatory capital release.

 

 

125


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.2.7.1.3.

Methods used for the calculation of risk-weighted exposures in its securitisation activity

The methods used to calculate risk-weighted exposures in securitisations are:

 

  ·  

The standard securitisation method: when this method is used for securitised exposures, in full or in a predominant manner if it involves a mixed portfolio.

 

  ·  

The IRB securitisation approach: when internal models are used for securitised exposures, in full or in a predominant manner. Within the alternatives of the IRB approach, the model based on external rating is used.

 

3.2.7.2.

Accounting treatment of traditional securitisation

 

3.2.7.2.1.

Criteria for removing or maintaining assets subject to securitisation on the balance sheet

The accounting procedure for the transfer of financial assets depends on the manner in which the risks and benefits associated with securitised assets are transferred to third parties.

Financial assets are only removed from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows they generate have dried up or when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred out to third parties.

The Group is considered to substantially transfer the risks and benefits when these account for the majority of the overall risks and benefits of the securitised assets.

When the risks and benefits of transferred assets are substantially conveyed to third parties, the financial asset transferred is deregistered from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognised.

In many situations, it is clear whether the entity has substantially transferred all the risks and benefits associated with the transfer of an asset or not. However, when it is not sufficiently clear if the transfer took place or not, the entity evaluates its exposure before and after the transfer by comparing the variation in the amounts and the calendar of the net cash flows of the transferred asset. Therefore, if the exposure to the variation in the current value of the net cash flows of the financial asset does not significantly change as a result of the transfer, it is understood that the entity has not substantially transferred all the risks and benefits associated with the ownership of the asset.

When the risks and/or benefits associated with the financial asset transferred are substantially retained, the asset transferred is not deregistered from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be valued according to the same criteria applied prior to the transfer.

In the specific case of securitisation funds to which Group institutions transfer their loan-books, existing contractual rights other than voting rights are to be considered with a view to analysing their possible consolidation. It is also necessary to consider the design and purpose of each fund, as well as the following factors (among others):

 

  ·  

Evidence of the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the funds according to the specific needs of the business (including the decisions that may arise in particular circumstances only).

 

 

126


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  ·  

Possible existence of special relations with the funds.

 

  ·  

The Group’s implicit or explicit commitments to back the funds.

 

  ·  

Whether the Group has the capacity to use its power over the funds to influence the amount of the returns to which it is exposed.

Thus, there are cases where the Group is highly exposed to the existing variable returns and retains decision-making powers over the institution, either directly or through an agent. In these cases, the securitisation funds are consolidated with the Group.

 

3.2.7.2.2.

Criteria for the recognition of earnings in the event of the removal of assets from the balance sheet

In order for the Group to recognize the result generated on the sale of financial instruments, the sale has to involve the corresponding removal from the accounts, which requires the fulfilment of the requirements governing the substantial transfer of risks and benefits as described in the preceding point.

The result will be reflected on the income statement, being calculated as the difference between the book value and the net value received including any new additional assets obtained minus any liabilities assumed.

When the amount of the financial asset transferred matches the total amount of the original financial asset, the new financial assets, financial liabilities and liabilities for the provision of services, as appropriate, that are generated as a result of the transfer will be recorded according to their fair value.

 

3.2.7.2.3.

Key hypothesis for valuing risks and benefits retained on securitised assets

The Group considers that a substantial withholding is made of the risks and benefits of securitisations when the subordinated bonds of issues are kept and/or it grants subordinated finance to the securitisation funds that mean substantially retaining the credit losses expected from the loans transferred.

 

3.2.7.3.

Risk transfer in securitisation activities

A securitisation fulfils the criterion of significant and effective transfer of risk, and therefore falls within the solvency framework of the securitisations, when it meets the conditions laid down in Articles 244.2 and 243.2 of the CRR.

 

3.2.7.4.

Accounting treatment of synthetic securitisation

Unlike traditional securitisations, synthetic securitisations are treated either as financial guarantees or as credit derivatives. Both instruments protect the holder against credit risk.

In the particular case of the synthetic securitisations performed by the Group to date, both of these meet the requirements of the accounting regulations for their recognition as collateral. These contracts require the issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder for any losses incurred when a specific debtor breaches its payment obligation, in accordance with the conditions of a debt instrument, either original or amended.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In this regard, it should be noted that there are three characteristics that are evaluated to determine whether a contract should be considered a financial guarantee; a) reference obligation is a debt instrument, b) the holder is compensated for a loss incurred and c) the holder is not compensated for an amount greater than the loss incurred.

The consideration as a financial guarantee entails accrual of the commission paid for it during the term of it.

 

3.2.7.5.

Securitisation exposure in the investment portfolio and financial instruments held for trading

The table below shows the amounts in terms of EAD of investment and trading book by type of exposure:

TABLE 45: SEC1 - Securitisation exposure in the investment portfolio

Million Euros

12/31/2018    Bank acts as originator     Bank acts as sponsor     Bank acts as investor  
      Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal     Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal     Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal  
Retail (total)- of which      789             789                         4,912             4,912  
Residential mortgage                                          4,748             4,748  
Credit card                                          165             165  
Other retail exposures      789             789                                      
Re-Securitisation                                                       
wholesale (total)- of which      95       3,917       4,012             291             291  
Loans to corporates      53       3,917       3,970                         49             49  
Commercial mortgage                                          1             1  
Lease and receivables      42             42                                      
Other wholesale                                          241             241  
Re-Securitisation                                                       

Million Euros

12/31/2017   Bank acts as originator     Bank acts as sponsor     Bank acts as investor  
    Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal     Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal     Traditional     Synthetic     Subtotal  
Retail (total)- of which                                         4,635             4,635  
Residential mortgage                                         4,447             4,447  
Credit card                                         188             188  
Other retail exposures                                                      
Re-Securitisation                                                      
wholesale (total)- of which     97       2,391       2,488             338         338  
Loans to corporates     56       2,391       2,447                         51             51  
Commercial mortgage                                         1             1  
Lease and receivables     42             42                                      
Other wholesale                                         285             285  
Re-Securitisation                                                      

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Group has no securitisation exposure in the held for trading portfolio.

 

3.2.7.6.

Investment securitisations

The table below shows the amounts in terms of EAD and RWAs of investment securitisation positions by type of exposure, tranches and weighting ranges corresponding to the securitisations and their corresponding capital requirements as of December 31,

2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

 

128


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

TABLE 46: SEC4 - Securitisation exposure in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (bank that acts as investor)

Million Euros

12/31/2018   Exposure values (by RW bands)     Exposure values (by
regulatory
    RWA (by regulatory approach)     Capital requirement after
cap
 
     £ 20%
RW
    >20% to
50% RW
    >50% to
100% RW
    >100% to
<1250% RW
    1250% RW     IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%     IRB RBA
(including IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%    

IRB RBA

(including
IAA)

    IRB
SFA
   

SA/
SSFA

   

1250%

 
Total Exposures     4.983       179       6       1       34       577             4,592       34       66             950             5             76        
Traditional Securitisation     4.983       179       6       1       34       577       0       4,592       34       66             950             5             76        
Of Which Securitisation     4,983       179       6       1       34       577             4,592       34       66             950             5             76        
Of which retail underlying     4,783       88       6       1       34       519             4,359       34       55             889             4             71        
Of which wholesale     200       91                         58             233             11             61             1             5        
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      
Synthetic securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which retail underlying                                                                                                      
Of which wholesale                                                                                                      
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      
                      Million Euros  
12/31/2017   Exposure values (by RW bands)     Exposure values (by
regulatory
    RWA (by regulatory approach)     Capital requirement after
cap
 
     £ 20%
RW
    >20% to
50% RW
    >50% to
100% RW
    >100% to
<1250% RW
    1250% RW     IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%     IRB RBA
(including IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%    

IRB RBA

(including
IAA)

    IRB
SFA
   

SA/
SSFA

   

1250%

 
Total Exposures     4,475       432       20       6       39       655             4,279       39       146             924             12             74        
Traditional Securitisation     4,475       432       20       6       39       655             4,279       39       146             924             12             74        
Of which Securitisation     4,475       432       20       6       39       655             4,279       39       146             924             12             74        
Of which retail underlying     4,247       328       15       6       39       574             4,022       39       124             856             10             68        
Of which wholesale     228       105       5             1       81             256       1       23             68             2             6        
Of which re-securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      
Synthetic Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which retail underlying                                                                                                      
Of which wholesale                                                                                                      
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      

 

3.2.7.7.

Originated securitisations

 

3.2.7.7.1.

Rating agencies used

The external credit assessment institutions (ECAI) that have been involved in the Group’s issues that fulfil the criteria of risk transfer and fall within the securitisations solvency framework are, generally, Fitch, Moody’s, S&P and DBRS. The types of securitisation exposure for which each agency is used are, with no differentiation between the different agencies, all the asset types that tend to be used as residential mortgage loans, loans to SMEs and small companies, consumer finance and autos and leasing.

In all the SSPEs, the agencies have assessed the risk of the entire issuance structure:

 

  ·  

Awarding ratings to all bond tranches.

 

  ·  

Establishing the volume of the credit enhancement.

 

  ·  

Establishing the necessary triggers (early termination of the restitution period, pro-rata amortisation of AAA classes, pro-rata amortisation of series subordinated to AAA and amortisation of the reserve fund, amongst others).

In each and every one of the issues, in addition to the initial rating, the agencies carry out regular quarterly monitoring.

 

3.2.7.7.2.

Positions on originated securitisations

The table below shows the amounts in terms of EAD and RWAs of investment securitisation positions originated by type of exposure, tranches and weighting ranges corresponding to the securitisations and their corresponding capital requirements as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

 

129


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 47: SEC3 - Securitisation exposure in the banking portfolio and associated regulatory capital requirements (bank that acts as originator or sponsor)

Million Euros

    Exposure values (by RW bands)     Exposure values (by
regulatory approach)
    RWA (by regulatory
approach)
    Capital requirement after
cap
 
     £ 20%
RW
    >20% to
50%
RW
    >50% to
100%
RW
    >100% to
<1250%
RW
    1250%
RW
    IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%     IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250% (1)    

IRB RBA

(including
IAA)

    IRB
SFA
   

SA/
SSFA

   

1250%

 
Total Exposures     4,573       33       0       1       195       785       3,821             195       86       267             1,253       7       21             100  
Traditional Securitisation     752       33       0       1       99       785                   99       86                   56       7                   4  
Of Which Securitisation     752       33       0       1       99       785                   99       86                   56       7                   4  
Of which retail underlying     752       33             1       4       785                   4       86                   10       7                   1  
Of which wholesale                 0             95       0                   95       0                   46                           4  
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      
Synthetic securitisation     3,821                         96             3,821             96             267             1,197             21             96  
Of which securitisation     3,821                         96             3,821             96             267             1,197             21             96  
Of which retail underlying                                                                                                      
Of which wholesale     3,821                         96             3,821             96             267             1,197             21             96  
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      

(1) As of December 31st, 2018, securitisation exposures with a RW of 1250% are calculated under the IRB RBA method.

 

                      Million Euros  
12/31/2017   Exposure values (by RW bands)     Exposure values (by
regulatory approach)
    RWA (by regulatory
approach)
    Capital requirement after
cap
 
     £ 20%
RW
    >20% to
50%
RW
    >50% to
100%
RW
    >100% to
<1250%
RW
    1250%
RW
    IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250%     IRB RBA
(including
IAA)
    IRB
SFA
    SA/
SSFA
    1250% (1)    

IRB RBA

(including
IAA)

    IRB
SFA
   

SA/
SSFA

   

1250%

 
Total Exposures     2,343             2             143       2,346                   143       132                   549             11             44  
Traditional Securitisation                 2             95       2                   95                         72                         6  
Of which Securitisation                 2             95       2                   95                         72                         6  
Of which retail underlying                                                                                                      
Of which wholesale                 2             95       2                       95                             72                         6  
Of which re-securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      
Synthetic Securitisation     2,343                         48             2,343             48             132             477             11             38  
Of which Securitisation     2,343                         48             2,343             48             132             477             11             38  
Of which retail underlying                                                                                                      
Of which wholesale     2,343                         48             2,343             48             132               477             11             38  
Of which re-Securitisation                                                                                                      
Of which senior                                                                                                      
Of which non-senior                                                                                                      

(1) As of December 31st, 2017, securitisation exposures with a RW of 1250% are calculated under the IRB RBA method.

The Group carried out three securitisations in 2018, including a traditional one in June, a portfolio of self-employed consumer finance for EUR 0.80 billion and two synthetic ones in March and December, amounting to EUR 1.95 billion and EUR 1 billion, respectively (in terms of exposure), in relation to which the European Investment Fund (EIF) granted a financial guarantee on the mezzanine tranche. These operations played a role in the risk-weighted asset release of EUR 0.97 million (+0.89 billion of assets weighted by securitisation risk net of -1.86 billion due to a reduction in consumption of the underlying loans).

 

3.2.7.7.3.

Breakdown of securitised balances by type of asset

The table below shows the outstanding exposure, impaired and past due exposures and impairment losses registered during the period, related to underlying assets of originated securitisations in which the risk transfer criteria are met, broken down by asset type as at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017.

TABLE 48. Breakdown of securitized balances by type of asset

Million Euros

12/31/2018

Type of asset

   Current balance      Of which: Non-
performing Exposures (1)
     Total impairment
losses for the period
 
Commercial and residential mortgages                     
Credit cards                     
Financial leasing      43        5        4  
Lending to corporates and SMEs      3,647        19        2  
Consumer finance      746        2        3  
Receivables                     
Securitisation balances                     
Others                     
Total      4,435        26        9  

(1) Includes the total amount of non-performing exposures

Million Euros

12/31/2017

Type of asset

   Current balance      Of which: Non-
performing Exposures (1)
     Total impairment
losses for the period
 
Commercial and residential mortgages      1                
Credit cards                     
Financial leasing      64        7        4  
Lending to corporates and SMEs      2,238        16        3  
Consumer finance                     
Receivables                     
Securitisation balances                     
Others                     
Total      2,304        23        7  

(1) Includes the total amount of non-performing exposures

 

 

130


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

BBVA structured all operations initiated since 2006 (not including the operations of the merged companies, Unnim and Catalunya Banc).

The following is the outstanding balance corresponding to the underlying assets of securitisations initiated by the Group, in which the risk transfer criteria are not met and which, therefore, do not fall within the solvency framework for securitisations, but rather for which the Capital calculation of the exposures is carried out as if it had not been securitised:

TABLE 49. Outstanding balance corresponding to the underlying assets of the Group’s originated Securitisations, in which risk transfer criteria are not fulfilled

Million Euros

     Current Balance  
Type of asset                2018                               2017               
Commercial and residential mortgages      26,277        28,576  
Credit cards              
Financial leasing             3  
Lending to corporates and SMEs      261        357  
Consumer finance      2, 356        3, 036  
Receivables              
securitisation balances              
Mortgage-covered bonds              
Others              
Total      28,894        31,971  

 

3.2.8.

Risk protection and reduction policies. Supervision strategies and processes

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions, which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy derived from an approach to the banking business focused on relationship banking.

The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires the verification of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore, organized into two different levels in BBVA Group:

 

·  

Analysis of the financial risk of the operation, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds.

 

·  

When applicable, analysis of the guarantees to determine its capacity to mitigate the risk and the constitution of adequate guarantees to mitigate the risks, in any of the generally accepted forms: monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees.

This is carried out through a prudent risk policy that consists in the analysis of the financial risk, based on the capacity of reimbursement or generation of resources of the borrower, the analysis of the guarantee assessing, among others, the efficiency, the robustness and the risk, the adequacy of the guarantee with the operation and other aspects such as the location, currency, concentration or the existence of limitations. Additionally, the necessary tasks for the constitution of guarantees must be carried out - in any of the generally accepted forms (collaterals, personal guarantees and financial hedge instruments) - appropriate to the risk assumed.

 

 

131


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The procedures for the management and valuation of collateral are set out in the Credit Risk Management Policies Retail and Wholesale, which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral arranged in transactions with customers. The criteria for the systematic, standardized and effective treatment of collateral in credit transaction procedures in BBVA Group’s wholesale and retail banking are included in the Specific Collateral Rules.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collateral assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register in the official formats and legal organizations.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

·  

Financial assets held for trading: the guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument (mainly personal guarantees).

 

·  

Derivatives and hedge accounting derivatives: in derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on the counterparty’s solvency and the nature of the transaction (mainly collaterals).

 

·  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale financial assets: guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument (mainly personal guarantees).

 

·  

Loans and receivables:

 

   

Loans and advances to credit institutions: these usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

   

Loans and advances to customers: most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

   

Debt securities: guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

 

·  

Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: these have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

3.2.9.

Information on credit risk mitigation techniques

 

3.2.9.1.

Hedging based on netting operations on and off the balance sheet

Within the limits established by the rules on netting in each one of its operating countries, the Group negotiates with its customers the assignment of the derivatives business to master agreements (e.g., ISDA or CMOF) that include the netting of off-balance-sheet transactions.

The clauses of each agreement determine in each case the transactions subject to netting.

 

 

132


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The mitigation of counterparty risk exposure stemming from the use of mitigation techniques (netting plus the use of collateral agreements) leads to a reduction in overall exposure (current market value plus potential risk).

As pointed out above, financial assets and liabilities may be the object of netting, in other words, presentation for a net amount on the balance sheet, only when the Group’s entities comply with the provisions of IAS 32 - Paragraph 42, and thus, have the legal right to offset the amounts recognized, and the intention to settle the net amount or to divest the asset and pay the liability at the same time.

 

3.2.9.2.

Hedging based on collateral

 

3.2.9.2.1.

Management and valuation policies and procedures

The procedures for management and valuation of collateral are included in the Collateral Rules, or in the Policies for Retail and Wholesale Credit Risk.

These Policies lay down the basic principles of credit-risk management, which includes the management of the collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

Accordingly, the risk management model jointly values the existence of a suitable cash flow generation by the obligor that enables them to service the debt, together with the existence of suitable and sufficient guarantees that ensure the recovery of the credit when the obligor’s circumstances render them unable to meet their obligations.

The valuation of the collateral is governed by prudential principles and thoroughness, carried out with the necessary information to determine it and prudential extreme in the use of appraisal valuation, assessments of independent experts, market price for shares, quoted value of shares in a mutual fund, etc.

The milestones, under which the valuations of the collaterals must be updated, in accordance with local regulation, are established under these prudential principles.

With respect to the entities that carry out the valuation of the collateral, principles are in place in accordance with local regulations that govern their level of relationship and dependence with the Group and some associated control processes. These valuations will be updated by statistical methods, indices or appraisals of goods, inquiries to internal or external sources, etc., which shall be carried out under the generally accepted standards in each market and in accordance with local regulations.

All collateral assigned must be recorded in the associated contracts, properly instrumented and recorded in the corresponding official register under the applicable formats.

 

3.2.9.2.2.

Types of collaterals

As collateral for the purpose of calculating equity, the Group uses the coverage established in the solvency regulations. The following are the main collaterals available in the Group:

 

·  

Mortgage collateral: the collateral is the property upon which the loan is arranged.

 

·  

Financial collateral: their object is any one of the following financial assets, as per articles 197 and 198 of the solvency regulation.

 

   

Cash deposits, deposit certificates or similar securities.

 

   

Debt securities issued for the different categories.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

   

Shares or convertible bonds.

 

·  

Other property and rights used as collateral: the following property and rights are considered acceptable as collateral as per article 200 of the solvency regulation.

 

   

Cash deposits, deposit certificates or similar instruments held in third-party institutions other than the lending credit institution, when these are pledged in favour of the latter.

 

   

Life insurance policies pledged in favour of the lending credit institution.

 

   

Debt securities issued by other institutions provided that these securities are to be repurchased at a pre-set price by the issuing institutions at the request of the holder of the securities.

The value of the exposure hedged with financial collateral and other collateral calculated using the standardized and advanced approaches, and the counterparty risk, is as follows:

TABLE 50: Exposure covered with financial guarantees and other collateral calculated using the standardized and advanced approaches

Million Euros

    2018     2017  
Exposures Classes   Exposure covered by
financial guarantees
    Exposure covered by other
elligible collateral
    Exposure covered by
financial guarantees
    Exposure covered by other
elligible collateral
 
Central governments or central banks     7,199             2,662        
Regional governments or local authorities     24             91        
Public sector entities     2             15       29  
Multilateral Development Banks                        
International Organizations                        
Institutions     4,594       114       4,097       106  
Corporates     3, 626       824       9,165       1,388  
Retail     880       1,157       870       1,287  
Secured by mortgages on inmovable property     29       26       518       58  
Exposures in default     19       1       16        
Exposures associated with particularly high risk     1             1        
Covered bonds                        
Short-term claims on institutions and corporate                        
Collective investments undertakins     6                    
Other exposures                        
Total guarantees value under standardised approach     16,382       2,121       17,435       2,867  
Central governments or central banks     4, 377             713        
Institutions     52,714       97       48,818       141  
Retail     71       822       77       854  
Corporates     997       6,789       1,296       8,397  
Total guarantees value under IRB approach     58,159       7,708       50,904       9,392  
Total     74,541       9,829       68,340       12,259  

 

3.2.9.3.

Hedging based on personal guarantees

According to the solvency regulations, unfunded credit protection consists of personal guarantees, including those arising from credit insurance, that have been granted by the providers of coverage defined in articles 201 and 202 of the solvency regulation.

In the category of Retail exposure under the advanced measurement approach, guarantees impact on the PD and do not reduce the amount of the credit risk in EAD.

The total value of the exposure covered with personal guarantees is as follows (including counterparty risk):

 

 

134


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 51: Exposure covered by personal guarantees. Standardized and advanced approach

Million Euros

     Exposure covered by personal guarantees  
Exposures Classes                2018                                2017               
Central governments or central banks              
Regional governments or local authorities      3,260        3,247  
Public sector entities      62        12  
Multilateral Development Banks              
International organizations              
Institutions      388        508  
Corporates      3,305        3,100  
Retail      2,394        2,537  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      26        42  
Exposures in default      124        172  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      14        24  
Covered bonds              
Short-term claims on institutions and corporate              
Collective investments undertakings              
Other exposures      1,242        4,069  
Total personal guarantees value under standardised approach      10,818        13,710  
Central governments or central banks      486        621  
Institutions      18,450        20,091  
Retail      93        106  
Corporates      10,726        8,058  
    Of which: SMEs      2,923        2,057  
    Of which: SMEs subject to corrector factor              
    Of which: others      7,803        6,002  
Total personal guarantees value under IRB approach      29,755        28,876  
Total      40,572        42,586  

An overview of the level of use of each of the credit risk mitigation techniques employed by the Group as of December 31, 2018 is presented below:

TABLE 52: EU CR3 - Credit risk mitigation techniques overview (1)

Million Euros

12/31/2018    Exposures unsecured -
carrying amount
     Exposures secured -
Carrying amount
     Exposures secured
by collateral
     Exposures secured by
financial guarantees
     Exposures secured by
credit derivatives
 
Total Loans      306,244        106,712        40,717        24,552         
Total debt securities      54,463        15,780        8,517        6,584         
Total exposures      360,707        122,492        49,234        31,137         
Of which: defaulted      6,964        1,613        850        349         

(1) Includes reverse repo transactions and excludes securitization exposures.

 

                 Million Euros  
12/31/2017    Exposures unsecured -
carrying amount
     Exposures secured -
Carrying amount
     Exposures secured
by collateral
     Exposures secured by
financial guarantees
     Exposures secured by
credit derivatives
 
Total Loans      344,164        87,537        37,616        27,161         
Total debt securities      56,288        17,239        6,051        7, 692         
Total exposures      400,451        104,777        43,666        34,853         
Of which: defaulted      8,842        2,221        1,376        374         

(1) Includes reverse repo transactions and excludes securitization exposures.

 

3.2.9.4.

Risk concentration

BBVA has established the measurement, monitoring and reporting criteria for the analysis of large credit exposures that could represent a risk of concentration, with the aim of guaranteeing their alignment with the risk appetite defined in the Group.

In particular, measurement and monitoring criteria are established for large exposures at the level of individual concentrations, concentrations of retail portfolios and wholesale sectors.

A quarterly measurement and monitoring process has been established for reviewing the risks of concentration.

The main measures to prevent risk concentration in BBVA are:

 

·  

At both BBVA Group level and the subsidiaries belonging to the banking group, there are details affecting the customers (groups) that present the biggest exposure (greater than 10% of fully-loaded CET1; in the subsidiaries the figure of

 

 

135


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

the banks’ own funds is used). If a customer presents a level of concentration that exceeds the thresholds, the maintenance of this exposure must be justified every year in writing, or the measures to reduce the exposure be explained (for example, cancellation of risks).

 

·  

As an additional support to management, the level of portfolio concentration is calculated using the Herfindahl index. The level of concentration at Group level is “very low”.

 

·  

The measures for reducing credit risk do not have a significant impact on the level of BBVA Group’s major exposure, and they are used solely as a mechanism for mitigating intra-group risk (standby letters of credit issued by BBVA in favour of the banking Group’s subsidiaries).

 

·  

The typical sector concentration is based on the grouping of risks according to the economic activity carried out. BBVA uses a classification that groups activities into 15 sectors. All of them are at BBVA Group level, under the acceptable thresholds.

 

·  

In retail portfolios, the analysis is carried out at sub-portfolio level (mortgages and non-mortgage retail). Both are under the acceptable thresholds at BBVA Group level.

3.2.10. RWA density by geographical area

A summary of the average weighting percentages by exposure category existing in the main geographical areas in which the Group operates is shown below for credit risk and counterparty exposure, for the purpose of obtaining an overview of the Group’s risk profile in terms of RWAs.

TABLE 53: Breakdown of RWA density by geographical area and approach

Million Euros

12/31/2018    RWA density (1) (2)  
Category of exposure    Total      Spain (3)      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      USA      South
America
     Rest of the
World
 
Central governments or central banks      22.0%        16.4%        53.1%        3.7%        13.8%        4.4%        65.5%         
Regional governments or local authorities      21.3%               69.6%        20.4%        25.6%        20.0%        55.5%         
Public sector entities      39.5%               39.2%               47.9%        19.7%        66.4%         
Multilateral Development Banks      2.2%                                           13.9%         
International organizations                                                        
Institutions      32.1%        19.7%        55.4%        24.2%        43.5%        17.3%        34.5%        70.0%  
Corporates      97.9%        92.4%        99.6%        94.7%        91.9%        99.1%        97.4%        100.0%  
Retail      70.1%        66.3%        67.5%        71.8%        70.2%        73.5%        72.2%        71. 4%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      38.2%        31.2%        42.7%        37.3%        37.8%        37.3%        40.5%        41.7%  
Exposures in default      115.1%        124.5%        110.4%        116.4%        100.1%        132.9%        104.2%        100.7%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%  
Covered bonds                                                        
Short-term claims on institutions and corporate      65.9%                             20.1%               68.1%         
Collective investments undertakings      100.0%        100.0%               100.0%        100.0%        100.0%               100.0%  
Other exposures      39.5%        70.4%        43.3%        135.8%        17.8%        54.9%        35.1%        1.0%  
Securitisation exposures      20.5%                             50.0%        20.4%                
Total credit risk by standardised approach      51.0%        28.3%        72.8%        42.8%        36.8%        64.4%        69.0%        73.7%  
Central governments or central banks      5.4%        5.1%        1.4%        2.7%        10.0%        2.5%        36.7%        24.2%  
Institutions      6.7%        9.8%        108.5%        4.6%        23.0%        10.8%        18.7%        21.5%  
Corporates      53.4%        54.2%        75.1%        43.0%        74.0%        34.7%        49.0%        51.8%  
Retail      19.5%        13.4%        28.8%        27.5%        96.4%        20.7%        24.9%        30.2%  
Securitisation exposures      31.1%        31.1%                                            
Total credit risk by IRB approach      27.4%        25.2%        55.4%        16.1%        78.8%        20.8%        37.3%        37.3%  
Total credit risk dilution and delivery      40.7%        26.4%        72.6%        22.5%        49.8%        57.3%        67.4%        46.2%  

(1) Does not include equity exposures.

(2) Calculated as RWAs/EAD.

(3) In Spain, Central Governments or Central Banks exposures includes deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities.

 

 

136


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Million Euros

12/31/2017    RWA density (1) (2)  
Category of exposure    Total      Spain (3)      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      USA      South
America
     Rest of the
World
 
Central governments or central banks      22.0%        18.0%        41.0%        3.0%        10.0%        5.0%        65.0%         
Regional governments or local authorities      19.0%        1.0%        22.0%        20.0%        10.0%        20.0%        63.0%         
Public sector entities      38.0%               55.0%        1.0%        20.0%        19.0%        67.0%         
Multilateral Development Banks      7.0%                                           50.0%         
International organizations                                                        
Institutions      36.0%        49.0%        47.0%        36.0%        29.0%        22.0%        35.0%        72.0%  
Corporates      98.0%        98.0%        99.0%        96.0%        77.0%        100.0%        97.0%        100.0%  
Retail      70.0%        67.0%        68.0%        72.0%        75.0%        71.0%        71.0%        75.0%  
Secured by mortgages on immovable property      40.0%        38.0%        46.0%        39.0%        43.0%        37.0%        38.0%        47.0%  
Exposures in default      112.0%        119.0%        100.0%        102.0%        106.0%        135.0%        102.0%        100.0%  
Exposures associated with particularly high risk      150.0%        150.0%        150.0%        151.0%        150.0%        150.0%        150.0%         
Covered bonds                                                        
Short-term claims on institutions and corporate      20.0%        20.0%               18.0%        25.0%                       
Collective investments undertakings      100.0%        100.0%               100.0%               100.0%                
Other exposures      40.0%        89.0%        30.0%        31.0%        17.0%        71.0%        29.0%        2.0%  
Securitisation exposures      21.0%                             50.0%        21.0%                
Total credit risk by standardised approach      52.0%        35.0%        67.0%        39.0%        33.0%        66.0%        68.0%        76.0%  
Central governments or central banks      14.0%        31.0%        2.0%        7.0%        11.0%        1.0%        55.0%        19.0%  
Institutions      8.0%        14.0%        58.0%        4.0%        16.0%        16.0%        20.0%        13.0%  
Corporates      55.0%        57.0%        51.0%        48.0%        64.0%        40.0%        58.0%        59.0%  
Retail      19.0%        14.0%        29.0%        25.0%        106.0%        19.0%        23.0%        17.0%  
Securitisation exposures      26.0%        26.0%                                            
Total credit risk by IRB approach      29.0%        27.0%        40.0%        20.0%        73.0%        23.0%        51.0%        34.0%  
Total credit risk dilution and delivery      43.0%        30.0%        67.0%        25.0%        45.0%        59.0%        67.0%        42.0%  

(1) Does not include equity exposures.

(2) Calculated as RWAs/EAD.

(3) In Spain, Central Governments or Central Banks exposures includes deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.3.

Market risk

 

3.3.1.

Scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems

Market risk originates in the possibility that there may be losses in the value of positions held due to movements in the market variables that affect the valuation of financial products and assets in trading activity.

The main risks generated may be classified into the following groups:

 

·  

Interest-rate risk: they arise as a result of exposure to the movement in the different interest-rate curves on which there is trading. Although the typical products generating sensitivity to movements in interest rates are money market products (deposits, futures on interest rates, call money swaps, etc.) and the traditional interest-rate derivatives (swaps, interest-rate options such as caps, floors, swaptions, etc.), practically all the financial products have some exposure to movements in interest rates due to the effect of the financial discount in valuing them.

 

·  

Equity Risk: arises as a result of movements in the price of shares. This risk is generated in spot positions in shares or any derivative products whose underlying asset is a share or an equity index. Dividend risk is a sub-risk of equity risk, as an input of any equity option. Its variability may affect the valuation of positions and thus it is a factor that generates risk on the books.

 

·  

Exchange-rate risk: it occurs due to a movement in the exchange rates of the currencies in which the position is held. As in the case of equity risk, this risk is generated in the spot foreign-currency positions, as well as any derivative product whose underlying is an exchange rate.

In addition, the quanto effect (transactions where the underlying and the nominal of the transaction are denominated in different currencies) means that in certain transactions where the underlying is not a currency an exchange-rate risk is generated that has to be measured and monitored.

 

·  

Credit spread risk: credit spread is an indicator of an issuer’s credit quality. The spread risk takes place due to variations in the levels of spread in corporate or government issuers and affects both bond and credit derivative positions.

 

·  

Volatility risk: this occurs as a result of variations in the levels of implied volatility in the price of different market instruments in which derivatives are traded. This risk, unlike the others, is exclusively a component of derivative transactions and is defined as a risk of first-order convexity that is generated in all the possible underlying transactions where there are products with an optionality that require a volatility input for their valuation.

The metrics developed to control and monitor market risk in BBVA Group are aligned with best practices in the market and are implemented consistently across all the local market risk units.

Measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions on the trading book of the Group’s Global Markets units, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of heightened risk factors.

The standard metric used to measure market risk is Value at Risk (VaR), which indicates the maximum losses that may be incurred in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day).

Chapter 3.3.4 explains in more detail the risk measurement models used in BBVA Group, focused on internal models approved by the supervisor for BBVA S.A. and BBVA

 

 

138


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Bancomer for the purpose of calculating the capital for positions in the trading book. For the rest of the geographic areas (South America and Compass), the calculation of capital for the risk positions in the trading book is carried out using the standard model.

Analysis of the Group’s RWA structure demonstrates that 4% corresponds to Market Risk (including the foreign-exchange risk).

 

3.3.2.

Differences in the trading book for the purposes of applying the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

According to the solvency regulation, the trading book shall be made up of all the positions in financial instruments and commodities that the credit institution holds for the purpose of trading or that act as hedging for other elements in this book.

With respect to this portfolio, the rule also refers to the need to establish clearly defined policies and procedures.

For this purpose, regulatory trading book activities defined by BBVA Group include the positions managed by the Group’s Trading units, for which market risk limits are set and then monitored daily. Moreover, they comply with the other requirements defined in the solvency regulations.

The definition of the accounting negotiation portfolio is included in Note 2.2.1. of the Group’s Consolidated Annual Accounts.

 

3.3.3.

Standardised approach

RWAs weighted for market risk under the standardised approach (excluding exchange-rate risk) account for 25% of the total of market risk weighted assets.

The amounts in terms of RWAs and capital requirements by market risk calculated under the standardized approach as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are presented below:

TABLE 54: EU MR1- Market risk under the standardised approach

 

            Million Euros  
12/31/2018        RWAs          Capital Requirements  
Outright Products                  
Interest Rate Risk      1,940        155  
Equity Risk      136        11  
Foreign Exchange Risk      2,271        182  
Commodity Risk      18        1  
Options                  
Simplified approach              
Delta-plus method              
Scenario approach              
Securitisation      13        1  
Correlation trading portfolio      670        54  
Total      5,048        404  
 

 

139


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

            Million Euros  
12/31/2017        RWAs          Capital Requirements  
Outright Products                  
Interest Rate Risk      2,461        197  
Equity Risk      197        16  
Foreign Exchange Risk      4,579        366  
Commodity Risk      9        1  
Options                  
Simplified approach              
Delta–plus method              
Scenario approach              
Securitisation      20        2  
Correlation trading portfolio      142        11  
Total      7,408        593  

 

3.3.4.

Internal models

 

3.3.4.1.

Scope of application

For the purposes of calculating capital as approved by the supervisor, the scope of application of the internal market risk model extends to BBVA S.A. and BBVA Bancomer Trading Floors.

As explained in Note 7.4 of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements, most of the items on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet subject to market risk are positions whose principal metric used to measure their market risk is VaR.

This Note specifies the accounting headings of the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and as of December 31, 2017 in the geographic areas with an Internal Model where there is market risk in the trading activity subject to this measurement.

 

3.3.4.2.

Characteristics of the models used

The measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of tension, on the trading book of the Group’s Global Markets units.

The standard metric used to measure market risk is Value at Risk (VaR), which indicates the maximum losses that may be incurred in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day).

This statistic is widely used in the market and has the advantage of summarizing in a single metric the risks inherent in trading activity, taking into account the relations between all of them, and providing the forecast of the losses that the trading book might incur as a result of price variations in equity markets, interest rates, exchange rates and credit. In addition, for certain positions, other risks also need to be considered, such as credit spread risk, basis risk, volatility and correlation risk.

With respect to the risk measurement models used in BBVA Group, the supervisor has authorised the use of the internal model for the calculation of capital for the risk positions in the trading book of BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer which, together, account for around 62% of the market risk of the Group’s trading book.

BBVA users a single model to calculate the regulatory requirements by risk, taking into account the correlation between the assets and thus recognizing the diversifying effect of the portfolios. The model used estimates the VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which involves estimating the losses and gains that would have

 

 

140


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

been incurred in the current portfolio if the changing market conditions that occurred over a given period of time were repeated. Based on this information, it infers the maximum foreseeable loss in the current portfolio with a given level of confidence.

Absolute and relative returns are used in simulating the potential variation of the risk factors, depending on the type of risk factor. Relative returns are used in the case of equity and foreign currency; while absolute returns are used in the case of spreads and interest rates.

The decision on the type of return to apply is made according to the risk factor metric subject to variation. The relative return is used in the case of price risk factors, while for interest-rate risk factors it is absolute returns.

The model has the advantage of accurately reflecting the historical distribution of the market variables and of not requiring any specific distribution assumption. The historical period used in this model is two years.

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

 

·  

VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the previous two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks for the purpose of monitoring compliance with risk limits.

 

·  

VaR with smoothing, which weighs more recent market information more heavily. This model adjusts the historical information of each market variable to reflect the differences between historical volatility and current volatility. This metric is supplementary to the one above.

VaR with smoothing adapts itself more swiftly to the changes in financial market conditions, whereas VaR without smoothing is, in general, a more stable metric that will tend to exceed VaR with smoothing when the markets show less volatile trends, but be lower when they present upturns in uncertainty.

Furthermore, and following the guidelines established by Spanish and European regulators, BBVA incorporates additional VaR metrics to fulfil the regulatory requirements issued by the supervisor for the purpose of calculating capital for the trading book. Specifically, the new measures incorporated in the Group since December 2011 (which follow the guidelines set out by Basel 2.5) are as follows:

 

·  

VaR: in regulatory terms, the charge for VaR Stress is added to the charge for VaR and the sum of both (VaR and VaR Stress) is calculated. This quantifies the losses associated with movements in the risk factors inherent in market operations (interest rate, FX, RV, credit, etc.).

Both VaR and VaR Stress are rescaled by a regulatory multiplier set at three and by the square root of ten to calculate the capital charge.

 

·  

Specific Risk: Incremental Risk Capital (IRC). Quantification of non-performing risk and downgrade risk in the rating of some positions held in the portfolio, such as bonds and credit derivatives. The specific risk capital IRC is a charge exclusively for those geographical areas with an approved internal model (BBVA S.A. and Bancomer).

 

  

The capital charge is determined based on the associated losses (at 99.9% over a time horizon of 1 year under the assumption of constant risk) resulting from the rating migration and/or default of the asset’s issuer. Also included is the price risk in sovereign positions for the indicated items.

The calculation methodology is based on the Monte Carlo simulation of the impact of defaults and rating transitions on the portfolio of positions subject to incremental

 

 

141


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

risk capital. The model defining the transition and default process of a counterparty is based on the changes in a counterparty’s credit quality. Under a Merton one-factor model, which underlies the Basel or Creditmetrics model, this credit quality will correspond to the value of the issuer’s assets, depending on a systemic factor that is common to all the issuers, and an idiosyncratic factor specific to each.

All that is needed to simulate the rating transition and default process of the issuers is to simulate the systemic factor and idiosyncratic component. Once the underlying variable is available, the final rating can be obtained. The simulation of the individual credit quality of the issuers allows the losses by systemic risk and idiosyncratic risk to be obtained.

Transition matrixes

The transition matrix used for calculation is estimated based on the external information of the rating transitions provided by the rating agencies. Specifically, the information provided by the Standard & Poor’s agency is used.

The appropriateness of using information on external transitions is justified by:

 

  ·  

The internal ratings for the Sovereign, Emerging Sovereign Country (ESC), Financial Institution (FI) and Corporate segments (which constitute the core positions subject to incremental risk capital) are aligned with the external ratings. By way of example, the internal rating system for financial institutions is based on an algorithm that uses external ratings.

 

  ·  

The rating agencies provide sufficient historical information to cover a complete economic cycle (rating transition information is available dating back to year 1981) and obtain a long-term transition matrix in the same way as the calculation of the regulatory capital for credit risk in the banking book long-term probabilities of default are required.

 

  

This historical depth is not available for the internal rating systems.

Although external data are used for determining the transitions between ratings, to establish the default, probabilities are used assigned by the BBVA master scale, which ensures consistency with the probabilities used for the calculations of capital in the Banking Book.

The transition matrix is recalibrated every year, based on information on transitions provided by Standard & Poor’s. A procedure has been defined to readjust the transitions in accordance with the probability of default assigned by the master scale.

Liquidity horizons

The calculation of incremental risk capital used by BBVA explicitly includes the use of positions with a hypothesis of a constant level of risk and liquidity horizons of less than one year.

The establishment of liquidity horizons follows the guidelines/criteria established by Basel in its guidelines for computing capital for incremental risk.

First, a criterion of management capacity for positions has been used for positions through liquid instruments that can hedge their inherent risks. The main instrument for hedging the price risk for rating transitions and defaults is the Credit Default Swap (CDS). The existence of this hedging instrument serves as a justification for considering a short liquidity horizon.

 

 

142


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

However, in addition to considering the existence of a liquid CDS, a distinction has to be made according to the issuer’s rating (this factor is also mentioned in the aforementioned guidelines). Specifically, between investment grade issuers or those with a rating equal to or above BBB-, and issuers below this limit.

According to these criteria, the issuers are mapped to standard liquidity horizons of 3, 6 or 12 months.

Correlation

The calculation methodology is based on a single-factor model, in which there is one factor common to all the counterparties. The coefficient of the model is determined by the correlation curves established by Basel for companies, financial institutions and sovereigns based on the probability of default.

The use of the Basel correlation curve ensures consistency with the calculation of regulatory capital under the IRB approach for the positions on the banking book.

 

·  

Specific Risk: Securitizations and Correlation Portfolios. Capital charge for the securitizations and the correlation portfolio for potential losses associated with the rating level of a given credit structure (rating). Both are calculated using the standardized approach. The perimeter of the correlation portfolios is referred to First-to-default (FTD) type market operations and/or market CDO tranches, and only for positions with an active market and hedging capacity.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions assessed with a given level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on the risk positions held (stress testing).

Backtesting is performed at the trading desk level as an additional control measure in order to carry out a more specific monitoring of the validity of the measurement models.

The current structure for managing market risk includes monitoring market risk limits, which consists of a system of limits based on Value at Risk (VaR), economic capital (based on VaR measurements) and VaR sub-limits, as well as stop-loss limits for each of the Group’s business units. The global limits are approved by the Executive Committee on an annual basis, once they have been analysed by the GRMC and the Risk Committee. This limits structure is developed by identifying specific risks by type, trading activity and trading desk. The market risk unit maintains consistency between the limits. The control structure in place is supplemented by limits on loss and a system of alert signals to anticipate the effects of adverse situations in terms of risk and/or result.

The review of the quality of the inputs used by the evaluation processes is based on checking the data against other sources of information accepted as standard. These checks detect errors in the historical series such as repetitions, data outside the range, missing data, etc. As well as these periodic checks of the historical data loaded, the daily data that feed these series are subject to a data quality process to guarantee their integrity.

The choice of proxies is based on the correlation detected between the performance of the factor to be entered and the proxy factor. A Simple Linear Regression model is used, selecting the proxy that best represents the determination coefficient (R2) within the whole period for which the performance of both series is available. Next, the performance of the factor on the necessary dates is reconstructed, using the beta parameter estimated in the simple linear regression.

 

 

143


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.3.4.2.1.

Methodology and valuation and description of the independent price verification process

The fair value is the price that would be received for selling an asset or paid for transferring a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. It is therefore a market-based measurement, and not specific to each entity.

The fair value is reached without making any deduction in transaction costs that might be incurred due to sale or disposal by other means.

The process of determining fair value established in the Group ensures that assets and liabilities are valued correctly. At level of geographic areas, BBVA has established a structure of New Product Committees responsible for validating and approving new products or classes of assets and liabilities before their contracting. The committee members are the local areas, independent of the business, who are responsible for their valuation (see Note 7 of the Group’s Consolidated Annual Report).

These areas are responsible for ensuring as a prior step to approval that the technical and human capacities are in place, and that sufficient sources of information are available to value the assets and liabilities, in accordance with the criteria established by the Global Valuation Area and using models validated and approved by the Risk Analytics Area, which answers to Global Risk Management.

In addition, for assets and liabilities in which significant elements of uncertainty are detected in the inputs or parameters of the models used, which may affect their valuation, criteria are established to measure this uncertainty and limits are set on activity based on them. Finally, valuations obtained in this way are, as far as possible, checked against other sources, such as the valuations obtained by the business teams or other market participants.

In the initial entry, the best evidence of fair value is the list price on an active market. When these prices are not available, recent transactions on the same instrument will be consulted or the valuation will be made using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. In subsequent valuations, fair value will be obtained by one of the following methods:

 

·  

Level 1: measurement using observable quoted prices for the financial instrument in question, referring to market assets (as defined by the Group’s internal policies), secured from independent sources.

 

·  

Level 2: measurement that applies techniques whose significant variables are observable market data.

 

·  

Level 3: measurement that applies techniques that use significant variables not obtained from market observable data. Model selection and validation was undertaken by control areas outside the market units.

Not all the financial assets and liabilities are accounted at fair value; when it is not possible to reliably estimate a capital instrument’s fair value, it will be valued at its cost.

In addition, for all instruments measured at a fair value, the Group calculates Prudent Valuation Adjustments, (PVAs). The table below shows a breakdown of elements for the calculation of PVA.

 

 

144


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 55. Prudent Valuation Adjustments (1)

Million Euros

      Equity     

Interest

Rates

     FX     

Credit

    

Commodities

    

Diversification

Adjustment

     Total      Of which:
in the
trading
book
     Of which:
in the
banking
book
 
Close-out uncertainty, of which:      130        349        29        7               (197)        317        174        143  
    Mid-market value      41        155        5        2               (104)        100        56        45  
    Close-out cost      41        104        23        5               93)        80        66        14  
    Concentration      48        90                                    137        53        85  
Early termination             1                                    1        1         
Model risk      11        5               2               (12)        6        12        (7)  
Operational risk             6                                    6               6  
Investing and funding costs                                                          18                
Unearned credit spreads                                                          6                
Future administrative costs             3                                    3        3        3  
Other                                                               
Total Adjustment      141        363        29        9               (210)        356        191        144  

(1) Template based on Technical Regulation EBA/RTS/2014/06, breaking down the composition of the Prudent Valuation Adjustments which is aligned with BCBS PV1 Template

 

3.3.4.2.2.

Market risk in 2018

During 2018, the average VaR was 21 million euros, lower than in 2017, with a peak during the year of 26 million euros on March 16.

The following values (maximum, minimum, average and at year end within the statement period) are given based on the different model types used for calculating the capital requirement:

TABLE 56: EU MR3 - IMA values for trading portfolios

 

Million Euros  

IMA values for trading portfolios (2018) (1)

 
VaR (10 day 99%)  
1    Maximum value      84  
2    Average value      55  
3    Minimum value      38  
4    Period value      56  

SVaR (10 day 99%)

 
5    Maximum value      202  
6    Average value      139  
7    Minimum value      87  
8    Period value      136  

Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%)

 
9    Maximum value      127  
10    Average value      92  
12    Minimum value      61  
13    Period value      91  

(1) Data as of second semester 2018

 

 

145


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

Millions euros  

IMA values for trading portfolios (2017) (1)

 

VaR (10 day 99%)

 
1    Maximum value      75  
2    Average value      55  
3    Minimum value      41  
4    Period value      57  

SVaR (10 day 99%)

 
5    Maximum value      180  
6    Average value      116  
7    Minimum value      80  
8    Period value      127  

Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%)

 
9    Maximum value      165  
10    Average value      116  
12    Minimum value      77  
13    Period value      92  

(1) Data as of second semester 2017

VaR without smoothing by risk factor for the Group is below:

CHART 20: Trading Book. VaR without smoothing

 

LOGO

TABLE 57: Trading Book. VaR without smoothing by risk factors

Million Euros

VaR by risk factors      Interest-rate
and spread
risk
     Exchange –
rate risk
    

Equity

risk

     Vega /
correlation
risk
    

Diversification

effect (1)

     Total
December 2018

 

Average VaR for the          20            6            4            9            (20)            21  
Maximum VaR for the          23            7            6            11            (21)            26  
Minimum VaR for the          17            6            4            7            (18)            16  
VaR at the end of the period          19            5            3            7            (17)            17  
December 2017

 

Average VaR for the          25            10            3            13            (23)            27  
Maximum VaR for the          27            11            2            12            (19)            34  
Minimum VaR for the          23            7            4            14            (26)            22  
VaR at the end of the period          23            7            4            14            (26)            22  

(1) The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the risk factors measured individually and the total VaR figure that reflects the implicit correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading portfolio, the main risk factor in the Group continues to be that linked to interest rates, with a weight of 55% of the total at the end of 2018 (this figure includes the spread risk), increasing the relative weight compared to the close of 2017 (48%). On the other hand, the foreign exchange risk represents 14%, maintaining the same proportion with respect to December 2017 (14%), while equity risk

 

 

146


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

and volatility and correlation risk decreased, with a weight of 31% at the end of 2018 (vs. 38% at the end of 2017).

In accordance with article 455 e) of the CRR, corresponding to the breakdown of information on internal market risk models, the elements comprising the shareholders’ equity requirements referred to in articles 364 and 365 of the CRR are presented below.

TABLE 58: EU MR2-A - Market risk under the internal model approach (IMA)

Million Euros

31/12/2018    RWAs      Capital
Requirements        
 
VaR      2,015        161  
Previous day’s VaR      705        56  
Average of the daily VaR on each of the preceding sixty business days (VaRavg) x multiplication factor      2,015        161  
SVaR      5,112        409  
Latest SVaR      1,704        136  
Average of the SVaR during the preceding sixty business days (sVaRavg) x multiplication factor (mc)      5,112        409  
Incremental risk charge – IRC      1,141        91  
Most recent IRC value      1,141        91  
Average of the IRC number over the preceding 13 weeks      1,121        90  
Comprehensive Risk Measure– CRM              
Most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 13 weeks              
Average of the risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 13 weeks              
8% of the own funds requirement in SA on most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio              
Others              
Total      8,268        661  
        Million Euros  
31/12/2017    RWAs      Capital
Requirements
 
VaR      2,232        179  
Previous day’s VaR      716        57  
Average of the daily VaR on each of the preceding sixty business days (VaRavg) x multiplication factor      2,232        179  
SVaR      5,138        411  
Latest SVaR      1,590        127  
Average of the SVaR during the preceding sixty business days (sVaRavg) x multiplication factor (mc)      5,138        411  
Incremental risk charge – IRC      1,240        99  
Most recent IRC value      1,147        92  
Average of the IRC number over the preceding 13 weeks      1,240        99  
Comprehensive Risk Measure – CRM              
Most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 13 weeks              
Average of the risk number for the correlation trading portfolio over the preceding 13 weeks              
8% of the own funds requirement in SA on most recent risk number for the correlation trading portfolio              
Others              
Total      8,611        689  
 

 

147


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Below are the main changes in the market RWAs, calculated using the method based on internal models:

TABLE 59: EU MR2-B - RWA flow statement of market risk exposure under the IMA

Million Euros

RWA flow statements of market risk exposure

under IMA

   VaR      SVaR      IRC      CRM      Other      Total
RWAs
    

Total

Capital

Requirements

 
RWAs as of December 31, 2017      2,232        5,138        1,240                      8,611        689  
Movement in risk levels      (254)        (152)        (116)                      (523)        (42)  
Model updates/changes                                                 
Methodology and policy                                                 
Acquisitions and disposals                                                 
Foreign Exchange movements      38        126        17                      180        14  
Other                                                 
RWAs as of December 31, 2018      2,015        5,112        1,141                      8,268        661  

Slight decrease in Market Risk Regulatory Capital in BBVA Group (-4% vs dec’17) with decrease in BBVA S.A. offset by increase in BBVA Bancomer S.A.:

 

·  

Decrease in Market Risk Regulatory Capital in BBVA S.A. (-18% vs dec’17) mainly driven by the drop in VaR and Stress VaR Capital, because of the reduction in equity and credit position.

 

·  

Increase in Market Risk Regulatory Capital in BBVA Bancomer S.A. (+17.5% vs dec’17) mainly in Stress VaR Capital, due to the increase in fixed income positions.

 

3.3.4.2.3.

Stress testing

All the tasks associated with stress, methodologies, scenarios of market variables or reports are undertaken in coordination with the Group’s Risk Areas.

Several different stress-test exercises are performed on BBVA Group’s trading portfolios. Both local and global historical scenarios are used, which replicate the behaviour of a past extreme event, for example, the collapse of Lehman Brothers or the “Tequila crisis”. These stress exercises are supplemented with simulated scenarios which aim to generate scenarios that have a significant impact on the different portfolios, but without being restricted to a specific historical scenario.

Lastly, for certain portfolios or positions, fixed stress test exercises are also prepared that have a significant impact on the market variables that affect those positions.

Historical scenarios

The baseline historical stress scenario in BBVA Group is that of Lehman Brothers, whose sudden collapse in September 2008 had a significant impact on the behaviour of financial markets at a global level. The following are the most relevant effects of this historical scenario:

 

1)

Credit shock: reflected mainly in the increase in credit spreads and downgrades of credit ratings.

 

2)

Increased volatility in most financial markets (giving rise to much variation in the prices of the different assets (currencies, equity, debt)).

 

3)

Liquidity shock in the financial systems, reflected in major fluctuations in interbank curves, particularly in the shortest sections of the euro and dollar curves.

 

 

148


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 60: Trading Book. Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario

 

Million Euros 
Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario 
            12-31-2018    12-31-2017 
GM    Europe, NY & Asia    (28)    (38)
GM    Bancomer    (2)    (5)
GM    Argentina    (1)    (6)
GM    Chile       (3)
GM    Colombia    (2)    (3)
GM    Peru    (4)    (2)
GM    Venezuela      

Simulated scenarios

Unlike the historical scenarios, which are fixed and, thus, do not adapt to the composition of portfolio risks at any given time, the scenario used to perform the economic stress exercises is based on the resampling method. This methodology uses dynamic scenarios that are recalculated regularly according to the main risks held in the trading portfolios. A simulation exercise is carried out in a data window that is sufficiently extensive to include different periods of stress (data are taken from January 1, 2008 until today), using a resampling of the historical observations. This generates a distribution of losses and gains that allows an analysis of the most extreme events occurring within the selected historical window.

The advantage of this methodology is that the stress period is not pre-established, but rather a function of the portfolio held at any given time; and the large number of simulations (10,000) means that the expected shortfall analysis can include richer information than that available in scenarios included in the VaR calculation.

The main characteristics of this methodology are the following:

 

a)

The simulations generated respect the data correlation structure.

 

b)

It provides flexibility in terms of including new risk factors.

 

c)

It enables a great deal of variability to be introduced (which is desirable for considering extreme events)

The impact of the stress tests by simulated scenarios (Stress VaR 95% at 20 days, Expected Shortfall 95% at 20 days and Stress VaR 99% at 1 day) is shown below.

TABLE 61: Trading Book. Stress resampling

Million Euros

      Europe    Bancomer    Peru    Venezuela    Argentina    Colombia    Compass    Turkey
Expected impact    (99)    (33)    (11)       (5)    (6)    (1)   

 

      Stress VaR     

Expected

Shortfall

     Stress Period      Stress VaR 1D  
2018      95 20 D        95 20 D           99% Resampling  
Total            
GM Europe, NY and Asia      (67)        (99)       
02/01/2008 -
02/12/2009
 
 
     (26)  
GM Bancomer      (33)        (22)       
09/05/2008 -
06/05/2010
 
 
     (8)  
 

 

149


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.3.4.2.4.

Backtesting

Introduction

The ex-post or Backtesting validation is based on the comparison of the periodic results of the portfolio with the market risk measures from the established measurement system. The validity of a VaR model is particularly dependent on whether the empirical reality of the results does not enter into direct contradiction with what is expected in the model. If the observed results were sufficiently adjusted to that predicted by the model, it would be rated as good, and if the discrepancy was notable, revisions would be required in order to correct possible errors or modifications and to improve quality.

In order to determine whether the results have been sufficiently adjusted to the risk measurements, it is necessary to establish objective criteria, which are specified in a series of validation tests performed with a given methodology. In establishing the most appropriate methodology, the criteria recommended by Basel have been largely followed as they are considered appropriate.

Validation test

In the comparison between results and risk measurements, a key element of interest is the confidence that the losses do not exceed the VaR risk measurements made more than a number of times determined by the level of confidence adopted in the model. The validation test presented below, which focuses on contrasting this aspect, emphasises on rejecting that the risk measurement model is underestimating the risk that is actually being borne.

For the establishment of a hypothesis test, we start from the observed results and try to infer whether there is enough evidence to reject the model (the null hypothesis that the trust of the model is established is not met).

In cases where the model functions properly, the VaR measurement indicates that a portfolio value variation in a given time horizon will not exceed the value obtained in a percentage of times determined by the level of confidence. In other words, the probability of having a loss that is higher than the VaR measurement – what we will call an exception – will be 1%, and the probability that the exception will not occur will be 99%.

 

GREEN Zone: model acceptance zone   

It is characterised as being an area where there is a high probability of accepting an appropriate model and a low probability of accepting an inappropriate model It is defined by the set for which the cumulative probability being true the null hypothesis is less than 95%. It covers a number between zero and four exceptions.

 

YELLOW zone: ambiguous zone

  

Possible results for both an appropriate and an inappropriate model. It begins from when the cumulative probability being true the null hypothesis is greater or equal to 95% (it must be less than 99.99%). It covers a number between five and nine exceptions.

 

RED zone: model rejection zone

  

High probability that the model is inappropriate and unlikely to reject if appropriate. It is defined by having the level of significance less than 0.1% or, in other words, the cumulative probability being true the null hypothesis is greater than or equal to 99.99%. It corresponds to a number of exceptions greater or equal than ten.

 

Having at least a one-year historical series of both results and risk estimates on a daily basis is advisable to perform this test.

The used criterion perfectly adapts to the supervisory authorities’ priority, which is avoiding situations where excessive risks for which the entity is not prepared would jeopardise its

 

 

150


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

survival. However, the use of risk measurements as a tool for managing positions entails a concern that the risk measurements are adjusted to the real risk from both sides: there is concern not only that the risk is being underestimated, but also that it may be overestimating.

At the close of December 31, 2018, the model is in the green zone of acceptance of the model.

Backtesting results

Regulatory backtesting is comprised of two types: Hypothetical Backtesting and Actual Backtesting:

 

   

Hypothetical Backtesting is defined as the contrast of the Hypothetical P&L on the estimated VaR, the day before the performance of said result. Actual Backtesting is defined as the contrast with the Actual P&L on the same estimated VaR, the day before the performance of said result.

 

   

Actual Backtesting was implemented and entered into force on January 1, 2013, as a result of the transposition in the national legal order through the CBE 4/2011 of November 30, of the CRD III that introduces Basel 2.5 in the European Union. The results that are used for the construction of both types of Backtesting are based on the actual results of the management tools.

According to Article 369 of the CRB of the ECB, the P&L used in Backtesting should have a sufficient level of granularity in order to be shown at the “top-of-house” level, differentiating between Hypothetical and Actual P&L. In addition to the above, the historical Backtesting series will include a minimum of one year.

Actual P&L

The Actual P&L contains the complete management results, including the intraday operation and the daily and non-daily valuation adjustments, discounting the results of the franchises and commissions of each day of each table.

The valuation functions and the parameters of the valuation models used in the calculation of the Actual P&L are the same as those used in the calculation of the Economic P&L.

At the close of December 31, 2018, the actual negative P&L of May/29/2018 exceeded the VaR within the last 250 top-of-house level observations in BBVA S.A., thus presenting an Exception in the BBVA S.A Actual Backtesting.

At the close of December 31, 2018, the actual negative P&L of Oct/04/2018 exceeded the VaR within the last 250 observations at the top-of-house level at BANCOMER, thus presenting an Exception in the Actual BANCOMER Backtesting.

Hypothetical P&L

The Hypothetical P&L contains the management results without the P&L of the daily activity, namely, excluding intraday operations, premiums, and commissions. The data is provided by the management systems and are broken down by table, in adherence with the Volcker Rule on table distribution.

The valuation functions and the parameters assigned to the valuation models used in the calculation of the Hypothetical P&L are the same as those used in the calculation of the Actual P & L.

The P&L figures used in both Backtesting types exclude Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA), Debt Valuation Adjustments (DVA) and Additional Valuation Adjustments (AVA). As well as any change in value resulting from migrations from rating to default, except those

 

 

151


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

reflected in prices by the market itself, since the changes in value due to migration from rating to default are included in the Counterparty Credit Risk metrics.

At the close of December 31, 2018, the Hypothetical P&L negative of May/29/2018 exceeded the VaR within the last 250 top-of-house level observations in BBVA SA, thereby presenting an Exception in the BBVA S.A. Hypothetical Backtesting.

At the close of December 31, 2018, the Hypothetical P&L negative of Oct/04/2018 exceeded the VaR within the last 250 observations at the top-of-house level in BBVA BANCOMER, thus presenting an Exception in the BBVA BANCOMER Hypothetical Backtesting.

Backtesting perimeter and internal model exceptions

The calculation scope of VaR and P&L (Hypothetical and Actual) is limited to the totality of the Trading Book portfolios of the Global Markets Internal Model of BBVA SA and BBVA Bancomer.

All the positions belonging to the Banking Book, the portfolios under the Standard Model and the trading activity with Hedge Funds (this activity was excluded from the Internal Model in its original approval) are thus excluded from this scope of application.

It is considered that there is an exception at the Top of House level, where the following two circumstances are present in the same internal model and date:

 

  ·  

The Hypothetical P&L and/or the Actual P&L are negative

 

  ·  

With an amount equal to or greater than the maximum between VaR without smoothing and VaR with smoothing as calculated on the previous day

For the purposes of computing the number of exceptions of the Regulatory Backtesting, only exceptions will be taken into account within a moving window of 250 consecutive Business Days at the Top of House level in each respective internal model.

At the close of December 31, 2018, there is an exception in Actual Backtesting and in Hypothetical Backtesting in the last 250 BBVA S.A. observations.

At the close of December 31, 2018, there is an exception in Actual Backtesting and in Hypothetical Backtesting in the last 250 BBVA BANCOMER observations.

CHART 21: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Hypothetical backtesting (EU - MR4)

 

LOGO

 

 

152


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

CHART 22: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Real backtesting (EU - MR4)

 

LOGO

CHART 23: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Hypothetical backtesting (EU - MR4)

 

LOGO

CHART 24: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Real backtesting (EU - MR4)

 

LOGO

 

 

153


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.3.4.3.

Characteristics of the risk management system

The Group has a risk management system in place which is appropriate for the volume of risks managed, complying with the functions set out in the Corporate Policy on Market Risks in Market Activities.

The risk units must have:

 

·  

A suitable organization (means, resources and experience) in line with the nature and complexity of the business.

 

·  

Segregation of functions and independence in decision-making.

 

·  

Performance under integrity and good governance principles, driving the best practices in the industry and complying with the rules, both internal (policies, procedures) and external (regulation, supervision, guidelines).

 

·  

The existence of channels for communication with the relevant corporate bodies at local level according to their corporate governance system, as well as with the Corporate Area.

 

·  

All market risks existing in the business units that carry out their activity in markets must be adequately identified, measured and assessed, and procedures must be in place for their control and mitigation.

 

·  

The Global Market Risk Unit (GMRU), as the unit responsible for managing market risk at Group level, must promote the use of objective and uniform metrics for measuring the different types of risks.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.4.

Structural risk in the equity portfolio

 

3.4.1.

Scope and nature of the structural risk in the equity portfolio measurement and reporting systems

The BBVA Group’s exposure to structural risk in the equity portfolio basically results from the stakes held in industrial and financial companies, with medium/long-term investment horizons. It includes staked held that the Group consolidates, although their variations in value have no immediate effect on equity in this case.

This exposure is adjusted to the net positions held in derivatives on those positions as underlying assets, which are used to modulate portfolio sensitivity to potential price variations.

The GRM corporate area acts as an independent unit that is responsible for monitoring and analysing risks, promoting the integration of risk metrics into management and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets.

It also monitors the level of compliance with the limits set by the Executive Committee. It reports on these levels regularly to the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC), the Board’s Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of overruns of the limits set.

The mechanisms of risk control and limitation hinge on the key aspects of exposure, earnings and economic capital. The structural equity risk management metrics designed by GRM according to the corporate model contribute to effective risk monitoring by estimating the sensitivity figures and the capital necessary to cover possible unexpected losses due to the variations in the value of the companies making up the Group’s equity portfolio, at a confidence level that corresponds to the institution’s target rating, and taking into account the liquidity of the positions and the statistical behaviour of the assets under consideration.

To carry out a more in-depth analysis, stress tests and sensitivity analyses are carried out from time to time against different simulated scenarios, using both past crisis situations and forecasts by BBVA Research as the base. This checks that the risks are limited and that the tolerance levels set for the Group are not endangered.

On a quarterly basis, backtesting is carried out on the risk measurement model used.

 

3.4.2.

Differentiation between portfolios held for sale and those held for strategic purposes

 

3.4.2.1.

Portfolios held for sale

The portfolio held for sale is accounted, mainly, in the entry “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income”. In the case of capital instruments, this portfolio will include the capital instruments of institutions that are not strategic, which are not classified as the Group’s subsidiaries, associates, or jointly controlled businesses, and that have not been included in the fair value through profit or loss category.

The financial instruments contained in the available-for-sale financial assets portfolio are valued at their fair value both in their initial entry and on subsequent valuations.

The changes in value are recorded in equity unless objective evidence exists that the fall in value is due to asset impairment, in which case the amounts recorded will be written-off from equity and moved directly to the income statement.

 

 

155


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.4.2.2.

Portfolios held for strategic purposes

The portfolio held for strategic purposes is included for accounting purposes under the heading of Investments in joint ventures and associates. An investment in capital instruments is considered strategic when it has been made with the intent of setting up or maintaining a long-term operating relationship with the subsidiary, although there is no significant influence on it, if at least one of the following situations is in place:

 

  ·  

Representation on the Board of Directors or equivalent management body in the subsidiary.

 

  ·  

Participation in the policy setting process, including those related to dividends and other payouts.

 

  ·  

The existence of significant transactions between the investing institution and the subsidiary.

 

  ·  

The exchange of senior management staff.

 

  ·  

The supply of expert information of an essential nature.

 

3.4.3.

Book value and exposure of equity investments and capital instruments contained in above portfolios

The accompanying table shows the book value, exposure and RWAs of held to collect and sale portfolios and portfolios held for strategic purposes:

TABLE 62: Breakdown of book value, EAD and RWAs of equity investments and capital instruments

Million Euros

     Equity investments and capital instruments (1)  
     2018      2017  
      Book value      OE      EAD      RWAs      Book value      OE      EAD      RWAs  
Portfolio available for sale      2,850        2,850        2,850        4,910        3,084        3,084        3,084        5,779  
Portfolio held for strategic purposes      3,972        3,972        3,972        10,336        4,715        4,715        4,715        10,996  
Total      6,822        6,822        6,822        15,246        7,798        7,798        7,798        16,775  

(1) The ‘Other financial assets with changes in P&L’ portfolio has no balance.

The accompanying table shows the types, nature and amounts of the original exposures in equity investments listed or unlisted on a stock market, with an item differentiating sufficiently diversified portfolios and other unlisted instruments:

TABLE 63: Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments

Million Euros

     Nature of Exposure(1)  
     2018              2017          
      Non-derivatives      Derivatives      Non-derivatives      Derivatives  
Exchange-traded instruments      2.850        231        2.403        428  
Non-exchange traded instruments      3.741               4.967         
Included in sufficiently diversified portfolios      3.741               4.967         
Other instruments                            
Total      6.590        231        7.370        428  

  (1) Depending on their nature, equity instruments not included in Trading Book Activity will be separated into derivatives and non-derivatives. The amount shown refers to original exposure, i.e. gross exposure of value corrections through asset impairment and provisions, before applying risk mitigation techniques.

 

 

156


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.4.4.

Risk-weighted assets of equity investments and capital instruments

Below is a breakdown of the RWAs by applicable method corresponding to equity investments and capital instruments as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

TABLE 64: Breakdown of RWAs, equity investments and capital instruments by applicable approach

Million Euros

     RWA’s  
Concept    Internal Models      Simple method      PD/LGD method      Total  
12/31/2018    Portfolio held for sale      1,172        1,395        2,343        4,910  
   Portfolio held for strategic             6,691        3,646        10,336  
12/31/2017    Portfolio held for sale      2,261        924        2,594        5,779  
   Portfolio held for strategic             8,637        2,359        10,996  

Described below are the trend and main changes in capital use for the positions subject to Equity Credit Risk as of December 31, 2018:

TABLE 65: Variation in RWAs for Equity Risk

 

Million Euros  
Equity Risk        
RWAs as of December 31, 2017      16,775  

Effects

   Asset size      (2,034)  
   Acquisitions and disposals      455  
   Foreign exchange movements      50  
   Other       
RWAs as of    December 31, 2018      15,246  

During 2018, BBVA Group’s equity risk-weighted assets have reduced by EUR 1.53 billion compared to December 2017 (reduction of 9.1%).

This variation can essentially be explained by the reduced exposure in insurance companies as a result of the distribution of benefits through dividends incurred by these companies over the course of the year. In this respect, it should be taken into account that investments in the Group’s insurance companies consolidate within the prudential perimeter using the equity method.

Apart from that, the Group has continued to manage its portfolio of equity holdings with the sale of its stakes in Merlin Properties Socimi, S.A., Testa Residencial Socimi S.A.U. and Chilean companies that the Group maintained through BBVA Chile, which, jointly, has resulted in a reduction of approximately EUR 1.70 billion risk-weighted assets.

In addition, within the framework of the transfer of the Group’s real estate business in Spain to Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., BBVA maintains 20% of the capital of the joint company Divarian Propiedad S.A., which represents an increase in risk-weighted assets of approximately EUR 2.20 billion (see section 1.1.4).

 

3.4.5.

Profit and loss and adjustments for valuation of equity investments and capital instruments

Below is a breakdown as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 of the gains and losses from the sale and settlement of shares and equity instruments, and by type of portfolio applicable, as well as the valuation adjustments for the latent revaluation of shares and equity instruments.

 

 

157


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 66: Realized profit and loss from sales and settlements of equity investments and capital instruments

Million Euros

 

             2018                      2017          
      Losses      Gains      Net      Losses      Gains      Net  
Portfolio available for sale      1,796        1,560        (236)        758        1,601        843  
Portfolio held for strategic purposes      23        35        13        32        35        3  

TABLE 67: Valuation adjustments for latent revaluation of equity investments and capital instruments

 

     Million Euros          
     Valuation adjustments for
latent revaluation
 
     FVOCI  
Balance Sheet Dec 2017      85  
Transactions      (240)  
Balance Sheet Dec 2018      (155)  
 

 

158


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.5.

Structural exchange-rate risk

 

  3.5.1.

Scope and nature of the exchange-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

In the BBVA Group, structural exchange-rate risk arises mainly from the consolidation of holdings in subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the euro. Its management is centralized in order to optimize the joint handling of permanent foreign currency exposures, taking into account the diversification.

The GRM corporate area acts as an independent unit that is responsible for monitoring and analysing risks, promoting the integration of risk metrics into management and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets.

It also monitors the level of compliance of established risk limits, and reports regularly to the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC), the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of excess or tension in the levels of risk assumed.

The corporate unit of ALM Global Management (Finance), through ALCO, designs and executes the hedging strategies with the main purpose of controlling the potential negative effects of exchange-rate fluctuations on capital ratios, as well as assuring the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s subsidiaries, considering the transactions according to market expectations and their costs.

The risk monitoring metrics included in the system of limits are integrated into management and supplemented with additional assessment indicators. Within the corporate scope, they are based on probabilistic metrics that measure the maximum deviation in capital, CET1 (“Common Equity Tier 1”) ratio, and attributed profit. Probabilistic metrics enable an estimation of the overall impact of the exposure on the various currencies, considering the broad variability in listed currencies and their correlations.

The suitability of these risk assessment metrics is reviewed on a regular basis through backtesting exercises. A structural exchange-rate risk control is supplemented with an analysis of scenarios and stress with a view to proactively identifying possible future threats to the future compliance of risk appetite levels to enable the adoption, as the case may be, of the pertinent preventive actions. The scenarios are based on historical and risk model-simulated situations, and the risk scenarios provided by BBVA Research.

The level of exposure to structural exchange-rate risk in the Group has remained relatively stable since the close of 2017. The hedging policy aims to maintain the sensitivity of the capital ratio and the Group’s earnings to changes in the exchange rates of emerging currencies, and is focused mainly on the Mexican peso and Turkish lira. The risk mitigation level of the capital adequacy ratio by the carrying amount of BBVA Group’s holdings in these currencies has remained at around 70%, and the hedging for management purposes of emerging-currency earnings in 2018 amounted to 82%, focused on the Mexican peso and Turkish lira. At the close of the year, the sensitivity of the CET1 ratio to a 1% change in the euro’s exchange rate against each foreign currency is: US dollar: +1.1 bps; Mexican peso -0.2 bps; Turkish lira -0.2 bps; remaining currencies: -0.2 bps.

FX risk under the standardized model has been reduced by EUR 2.307 billion RWA, mainly due to the updating of the methodology for calculating capital requirements, once it has received authorization from the European Central Bank.

 

 

159


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.6.

Interest-Rate Risk

 

  3.6.1

Scope and nature of the interest-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

The aim of managing balance-sheet interest rate risk is to maintain BBVA Group’s exposure to variations in interest rates at levels in line with its strategy and target risk profile.

Movements in interest rates lead to changes in a bank’s net interest income and book value, which constitute a key source of asset and liability interest-rate risk.

The extent of these impacts will depend on the bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. This exposure is mainly the result of the time difference between the different maturity and repricing terms of the assets and liabilities on the banking book and the off- balance-sheet positions.

A financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in market rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while at the same time representing an opportunity to generate value. Therefore, the structural interest rate risk should be managed effectively and have a reasonable relation both to the bank’s capital base and the expected economic result. This function is handled by the Global ALM unit, within the Financial Management area. Through the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) it aims to guarantee the generation of recurrent earnings and preserve the entity’s solvency.

In pursuance of this, the ALCO develops strategies based on its market expectations, within the risk profile defined by BBVA Group’s management bodies and balance the expected results and the level of risk assumed.

BBVA has a transfer pricing system, which centralizes the Bank’s interest-rate risk on ALCO’s books and is designed to facilitate proper balance-sheet risk management.

The corporate GRM area is responsible for controlling and monitoring structural interest- rate risk, acting as an independent unit to guarantee that the risk management and control functions are properly segregated. This policy is in line with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision recommendations. It constructs the structural interest-rate risk measurements used by the Group’s management, as well as designing models and measurement systems and developing monitoring, information and control systems. At the same time, the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) carries out the function of risk control and analysis reporting to the main governing bodies, such as the Executive Committee and the Board of Director’s Risk Committee.

BBVA’s structural interest-rate risk management procedure has a sophisticated set of metrics and tools that enable its risk profile to be monitored precisely. The model is based on a series of deeply analysed assumptions designed to characterize the balance sheet more accurately. Interest-rate risk measurement includes probabilistic metrics as well as calculations of the sensitivity to different parallel shifts in the market interest-rate curves.

There is regular measurement of the Entity’s banking book income at risk (IaR) and economic capital, defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a particular confidence level and time horizon.

These deviations are obtained by applying a simulation model of interest-rate curves that takes into account other sources of risks apart from directional movements, such as changes in the slope and curvature, and also the diversification between currencies and business units.

The risk measurement model is supplemented by analysis of specific scenarios and stress tests. Stress tests have taken on particular importance in recent years. The analysis of extreme scenarios has been enhanced for this purpose in the event of a possible breakthrough in both current interest-rate levels and historical correlations and volatility. At

 

 

160


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

the same time, the evaluation of scenarios by the Economic Research Department has been maintained.

 

  3.6.2

Nature of interest rate risk and key hypotheses

The Group’s exposure to variations in market interest rates is one of the main financial risks linked to the pursuit of its banking operations.

Repricing risk, which stems from the difference between the periods for reviewing interest rates or the maturity of investment transactions vis-à-vis their financing, constitutes the basic interest-rate risk to be considered. Nonetheless, other risks such as the exposure to changes in the slope and shape of interest rate curves, the indexation to different interest rate curves and the risk of optionality present in certain banking transactions are also taken into consideration by risk control mechanisms.

The sensitivity measurements of the Group’s net interest income and economic value in the face of variations in market interest rates are supplemented with forecast and stress scenarios and risk measurements using curve simulation processes, thereby allowing an assessment of the impact of changes on the slope, curvature and parallel movements of varying magnitude.

Especially important in the measurement of structural interest rate risk, which is carried out every month, is the establishment of hypotheses on the changes and performance of certain items on the balance sheet, especially those involving products with no explicit or contractual due date.

The hypotheses that characterize these balance sheet items, which differ from their contractual conditions, must be understandable for the areas and bodies involved in risk management and control, and must be duly justified and documented. The modelling of these assumptions must be conceptually reasonable and consistent with the evidence based on historical experience.

The most significant of these hypotheses are those established on current and savings accounts, since they largely condition risk levels given the volume they represent within the liabilities of the Group’s financial institutions.

A prior step to the study of these liabilities necessarily involves “account segmentation.” To do so, the balances on the balance sheet are broken down by products, analysed separately and subsequently grouped according to their common features, especially with regard to the type of customer and the criteria on the remuneration of each account, independently of the accounting standards on grouping.

A first stage involves analysing the relationship between the trends in market interest rates and the interest rates of those accounts with no contractual due date. This relationship is established by the models which allow a determination of what the percentage impact of the variations in market interest rates is on the account’s remuneration and with what delay it occurs, for each type of account and customer and according to the interest-rate levels.

Subsequently, an analysis is made of the changes over time of the balances in each category in order to establish their overall trend against the seasonal variations in the balance. It is assumed that these seasonal variations mature in the very short term, whereas the trend in the balance is assigned a long-term maturity. This prevents oscillations in the level of risks caused by momentary variations in balances, thus favouring the stability of balance-sheet management. This breakdown of amounts is made by the regressions that best adjust historical changes to the balance over time.

Group companies have opted for different procedures to determine the maturity of transactional liabilities, taking into account the varying nature of markets and the availability

 

 

161


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

of historical data. In the corporate model, a descriptive analysis of the data is used to calculate the average contractual period of the accounts and the conditioned probability of maturity for the life cycle of the product. A theoretical distribution of maturities of the trend balance is then estimated for each of the products, based on the average life of the stock and the conditioned probability.

A further aspect to be considered in the model’s hypotheses is the analysis of the prepayments (implicit optionality) associated with certain positions, especially with the loan-book, mortgage portfolios and customer deposits. Changes in market interest rates, together with other variables, may create incentives for the Bank’s customers to cancel loans or deposits early, thus modifying the future behaviour of the balances on the balance sheet with respect to forecasts, in accordance with the contractual calendar of maturities.

The analysis of historical information relating to prepayments, and to other variables such as interest rates, allows an estimate of future repayments and their behaviour linked to these variables.

The approval and updating of structural interest risk behaviour models are subject to corporate governance under the scope of GRM-Analytics. Along these lines, they must be properly inventoried and catalogued, and comply with the requirements for their development, updating and management of the changes included in the internal procedures. Likewise, they are subject to the corresponding internal validations based on their relevance and the established monitoring requirements.

 

  3.6.3

Variations in interest rates

The following tables present the average levels of interest-rate risk in terms of the sensitivity of net interest income and economic value for the Group’s main financial institutions in 2018.

TABLE 68: Variations in interest rates. Impact on net interest income and economic value

 

     Impact on net interest income (1)      Impact on economic value (2)  
Interest rate sensitivity analyses at December 2018    Increase of 100
basis points
     Decrease of 100
basis points
     Increase of 100
basis points
     Decrease of 100
basis points
 
Europe (3)      (5% – 10%)        – (5% – 10%)        (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)  
Mexico      (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)  
USA      (5% – 10%)        – (5% – 10%)         (5% – 10%)        + (0% – 5%)  
Turkey      (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        + (0% – 5%)  
South America      (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        + (0% – 5%)  
BBVA Group      + (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)        – (0% – 5%)  

(1) Percentage of the projected “1 year” interest margin of each unit.

(2) Percentage of Core Capital per unit.

(3) In Europe, it is considered that rate will move further downward to levels more negative than the current ones.

The BBVA Group’s balance sheet hold a positive and moderate exposure to rise in interest rates caused primarily by the euro and USD balance sheets. However, in Europe, the decline in rates is still bounded as a result of interest rate levels very close or even below zero, thus preventing the occurrence of extremely adverse scenarios.

 

 

162


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

3.7

Liquidity Risk

 

  3.7.1

Liquidity and Funding Strategy and Planning

BBVA Group is a multinational financial institution whose business is focused mainly on retail and commercial banking activities. In addition to the retail business model, which forms the core of its business, the Group engages in corporate and investment banking, through the global CIB (Corporate & Investment Banking) division.

Liquidity and Funding planning is drawn up as part of the strategic processes for the Group’s budgetary and business planning, to ensure recurring growth of the banking business with suitable maturities and costs over a wide and diverse range of instruments.

The Group’s Funding and Liquidity strategy is based on the following pillars:

 

·  

The principle of the funding self-sufficiency of its subsidiaries, meaning that each of the Liquidity Management Units (LMUs) must cover its funding needs independently on the markets where it operates. This avoids possible contagion due to a crisis affecting one or more of the Group’s LMUs.

 

·  

Stable customer deposits as the main source of funding in all the LMUs, in accordance with the Group’s business model.

 

·  

Diversification of the sources of wholesale funding, in terms of maturity, market, instruments, counterparties and currencies, with recurring access to the markets.

 

·  

Compliance with regulatory requirements, ensuring the availability of ample liquidity buffers, as well as sufficient instruments as required by regulations with the capacity to absorb losses.

 

·  

Compliance with the internal Liquidity Risk and Funding metrics, while adhering to the Risk Appetite level established for each LMU at any time.

Liquidity and funding risk management aims to ensure that in the short term a bank does not have any difficulties in meeting its payment commitments in due time and form, and that it does not have to make use of funding under burdensome terms, or conditions that deteriorate its image or reputation.

In the medium term the aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes.

This management of structural and liquidity funding is based on the principle of financial self-sufficiency of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit

liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability during periods of high risk. This

decentralized management prevents possible contagion from a crisis affecting only one or a few Group entities, which must act independently to meet their liquidity requirements in the markets where they operate.

As one aspect of this strategy, BBVA Group is organized into eleven LMUs composed of the parent and the banking subsidiaries in each geographical area, plus their dependent branches.

In addition, the policy for managing liquidity and funding risk is also based on the model’s robustness and on the planning and integration of risk management into the budgeting process of each LMU, according to the appetite for funding risk it decides to assume in its business.

 

 

163


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.7.2

Governance and monitoring

The responsibility for Liquidity and Funding management in normal business activity lies with the Finance area as a first line of defense in managing the risks inherent to this activity, in accordance with the principles established by the European Banking Authority EBA and in line with the most demanding standards, policies, procedures and controls in the framework established by the governing bodies. The Finance department, through the Balance-Sheet Management area, plans and executes the funding of the structural long-term gap of each LMU and proposes to the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) the actions to be taken on this matter, in accordance with the policies and limits established by the Executive Committee (EC).

The corporate Global Risk Management (GRM) area is as a second line of defense responsible for ensuring that liquidity and funding risk in the Group is managed according to the strategy approved by the Board of Directors. It is also responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling this risk, reporting to the proper governing bodies, and providing the Group’s vision from the risk perspective.

To carry out this work adequately, the risk function in the Group has been set up as a single, global function that is independent of the management areas. This guarantees the separation of functions between the Liquidity and Funding Risk management area (Balance-Sheet Management) and the area that measures and controls risk (GRM-Structural Risks).

In addition, the Group has an Internal Risk Control unit that conducts an independent review of Liquidity and Funding Risk control and management, independently of the functions performed in this area by Internal Audit.

As a third line of defense in the Group’s internal control model, Internal Audit is in charge of reviewing specific controls and processes in accordance with an annual work plan.

Finance & Accounting (A&S), in its regulatory liquidity reporting function, coordinates the processes necessary to meet any requirements that may be generated at corporate and regulatory level, with the areas responsible for this reporting in each LMU, thereby ensuring the integrity of the information supplied.

As the core management element, the Group’s liquidity and funding risk objectives are determined through the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and through the Loan-to-Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD) ratio.

The LCR ratio is a regulatory metric that aims to guarantee the resilience of entities in a scenario of liquidity tension within a time horizon of 30 days. Within its risk appetite framework and system of limits and alerts, BBVA has established a required LCR compliance level for the entire Group and for each individual LMU. The required internal levels aim to comply efficiently and sufficiently in advance with the implementation of the 2018 regulatory requirement at a level above 100%.

The LtSCD ratio measures the relationship between net lending and stable customer funds. The aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium term for each LMU making up BBVA Group, taking into account that maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds is key to achieving a sound liquidity profile. These stable resources in each LMU are calculated by analysing the performance of the balances in the different customer segments identified as eligible to provide stability to the funding structure; prioritizing customer loyalty and applying greater haircuts to the funding lines for less stable customers. In order to establish the target (maximum) levels of LtSCD in each LMU and provide an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, the corporate Structural Risks unit of GRM identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the different geographical areas.

The second core element in liquidity and funding risk management aims to achieve a proper diversification of the funding structure, avoiding excessive reliance on short-term

 

 

164


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

funding by establishing a maximum level for the short-term funds raised, including both wholesale funding and customer funds. The residual maturity profile of long-term wholesale funding has no significant concentrations, which matches the schedule of planned issues to the best possible financial conditions of markets, as shown in the chart below. Finally, concentration risk is monitored at LMU level, with the aim of ensuring a correct diversification of both the counterparty and type of instrument.

The third core element is promoting the short-term resistance of the liquidity risk profile, guaranteeing that each UGL has sufficient collateral to deal with the risk of the close of wholesale markets. Basic capacity is the short-term liquidity risk management and control metric that is defined as the relationship between the available explicit assets and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile funds, at different terms, with special relevance being given to 30-day maturities.

Stress tests are carried out as a fundamental element of the liquidity and funding risk monitoring scheme. They enable deviations from the liquidity targets and limits set in the appetite to be anticipated, and establish tolerance ranges in the different management areas. They also play a major role in the design of the Liquidity Contingency Plan and the definition of specific measures to be adopted to rectify the risk profile if necessary.

For each scenario, it is checked whether the LMU has a sufficient stock of liquid assets to guarantee its capacity to meet the liquidity commitments/outflows in the different periods analysed. The analysis considers four scenarios: one central and three crisis-related (systemic crisis; unexpected internal crisis with a considerable rating downgrade and/or affecting the ability to issue in wholesale markets and the perception of business risk by the banking intermediaries and the Entity’s customers; and a mixed scenario, as a combination of the two aforementioned scenarios). Each scenario considers the following factors: existing market liquidity, customer behaviour and sources of funding, the impact of rating downgrades, market values of liquid assets and collateral, and the interaction between liquidity requirements and the development of the LMU’s asset quality.

Together with the results of the stress tests and the risk metrics, the early warning indicators play an important role within the corporate model and the Liquidity Contingency Plan. They are mainly indicators of the funding structure, in relation to asset encumbrance, counterparty concentration, flights of customer deposits, unexpected use of credit facilities, and of the market, which help anticipate possible risks and capture market expectations.

In order to implement this principle of anticipation, limits are set on an annual basis for the main management metrics that form part of the budgeting process for liquidity balance and finance. This framework of limits contributes to the planning of the joint future performance of:

 

 

The loan book, considering the types of assets and their degree of liquidity, as well as their validity as collateral in collateralized funding.

 

 

Stable customer funds, based on the application of a methodology for establishing which segments and customer balances are considered to be stable or volatile funds based on the principle of sustainability and recurrence of these funds.

 

 

Projection of the credit gap, in order to require a degree of self-funding that is defined in terms of the difference between the loan-book and stable customer funds.

 

 

Incorporating the planning of securities portfolios into the banking book, which include both fixed-interest and equity securities, and are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolios, and additionally on trading portfolios.

 

 

The structural gap projection, as a result of assessing the funding needs generated both from the credit gap and by the securities portfolio in the banking book, together with the rest of on-balance-sheet wholesale funding needs, excluding

 

 

165


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

trading portfolios. This gap therefore needs to be funded with customer funds that are not considered stable or on wholesale markets.

As a result of these funding needs, BBVA Group plans the target wholesale funding structure according to the tolerance set in each LMU target.

Thus, once the structural gap has been identified and after resorting to wholesale markets, the amount and composition of wholesale structural funding is established in subsequent years, in order to maintain a diversified funding mix and guarantee that there is not a high reliance on short-term funding (short-term wholesale funding plus volatile customer funds).

In practice, the execution of the principles of planning and self-funding at the different LMUs results in the Group’s main source of funding being customer deposits, which consist mainly of demand deposits, savings deposits and time deposits.

As sources of funding, customer deposits are complemented by access to the interbank market and the domestic and international capital markets in order to address additional liquidity requirements, implementing domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium and long-term debt.

The process of analysis and assessment of the liquidity and funding situation and of the inherent risks is a process carried out on an ongoing basis in BBVA Group, with the participation of all the Group areas involved in liquidity and funding risk management. This process is carried out at both local and corporate level. It is incorporated into the decision-making process for liquidity and funding management, with integration between the risk appetite strategy and establishment and the planning process, the funding plan and the limits scheme.

A statement of the level of appropriateness of the liquidity risk management mechanisms is included as part of the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP) approved by the Board of Directors in April 2018:

From the self-assessment conducted as part of this process, it can be concluded that the liquidity and funding management model is robust, with a medium-low liquidity risk profile and no significant gaps that could prompt a need to take measures or utilize liquid resources other than those that are already considered within the approved Risk Appetite Framework for 2018 and within the liquidity and funding plan.”

 

  3.7.3

Liquidity and funding performance in 2018

During 2018, BBVA Group has maintained a robust and dynamic funding structure with a clearly retail nature, where customer resources represent the main source of funding.

Thus, the performance of the indicators show that the robustness of the funding structure remained steady during 2018, in the sense that all LMUs held self-funding levels with stable customer resources above the requirements.

TABLE 69: Loan-to-Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD)

 

      LtSCD by LMU  
      December 2018                December 2017  
Group (Weighted average)      106%        110%  
Eurozone      101%        108%  
Bancomer      114%        109%  
Compass      119%        109%  
Garanti      110%        122%  
Other LMUs      99%        108%  
 

 

166


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

With respect to LCR, the Group has maintained a liquidity buffer at both consolidated and individual level in 2018. This has maintained the ratio easily above 100%, with the consolidated ratio as of December 2018 standing at 127%.

Although this requirement is only established at Group level and banks in the Eurozone, the minimum level required is easily exceeded in all the subsidiaries. It should be noted that the construction of the Consolidated LCR does not assume the transfer of liquidity between the subsidiaries, so no excess of liquidity is transferred from these entities abroad to the consolidated ratio. If the impact of these highly liquid assets is considered to be excluded, the LCR would be 154%, or +27% above the required level.

TABLE 70: LCR main LMUs

 

            Million Euros  
LCR main LMU    December 2018      December 2017  
Group (Weighted average)      127%        128%  
Eurozone      145%        151%  
Bancomer      154%        148%  
Compass(1)      143%        144%  
Garanti      209%        134%  
Other LMU      Broadly>100%        Broadly>100%  

(1) Calculated according local regulation (Fed Modified LCR).

In addition, the stress tests conducted on a regular basis reveal that BBVA maintains a sufficient buffer of liquid assets (stress buffer) to deal with the estimated liquidity outflows in a scenario resulting from the combination of a systemic crisis and an unexpected internal crisis, during a period of longer than 3 months in general for the different LMUs, including in the scenario a significant downgrade of the Bank’s rating by up to three notches.

Below is a matrix of residual maturities by contractual periods based on the supervisory prudential information as of December 31, 2018:

TABLE 71: Liquidity inflows. Residual maturities by contractual periods

Million Euros

 

      Demand     

Up to 1

Month

    

1 to 3

Months

    

3 to 6

Months

    

6 to 9

Months

    

9 to 13

Months

    

1 to 2

Years

     2 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
ASSETS                                                                                                   
Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits      9,550        40,599                                                                50,149  
Deposits in credit entities      801        3,211        216        141        83        152        133        178        27        1,269        6,211  
Deposits in other financial institutions      1        1,408        750        664        647        375        1,724        896        1,286        2,764        10,515  
Reverse repo, securities borrowing and margin lending             21,266        1,655        1,158        805        498        205        1,352        390        210        27,539  
Loans and Advances      132        19,825        25,939        23,265        15,347        16,433        42,100        32,336        53,386        120,571        349,334  
Securities’ portfolio settlement             1,875        4,379        5,990        2,148        6,823        8,592        12,423        11,533        42,738        96,501  

TABLE 72: Liquidity outflows. Residual maturities by contractual periods

Million Euros

 

      Demand      Up to 1
Month
     1 to 3
Months
     3 to 6
Months
     6 to 9
Months
     9 to 13
Months
     1 to 2
Years
     2 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     Over 5
Years
     Total  
Liabilities                                                                                                   
Wholesale funding      1        2,678        1,652        2,160        2,425        2,736        7,225        8,578        16,040        26,363        69,858  
Deposits in financial institutions      7,107        5,599        751        1,992        377        1,240        1,149        229        196        904        19,544  
Deposits in other financial institutions      10,680        4,327        1,580        458        302        309        781        304        825        1,692        21,258  
Customer deposits      252,630        44,866        18,514        10,625        6,217        7,345        5,667        2,137        1,207        1,310        350,518  
Security pledge funding      40        46,489        2,219        2,274        114        97        22,911        526        218        1,627        76,515  
Derivatives (net)             (75)        (523)        (68)        (5)        (117)        498        (91)        (67)        (392)        (840)  

The financing structure shows that the loan portfolio is mostly financed by customer deposits, mostly retail (66%). The demand tranche of outflows mainly contains the current accounts of retail customers whose performance has historically shown high stability and low concentration. On the basis of an annual behavioural analysis carried out at each of the Group entities, this type of account is considered stable in the long term and, for

 

 

167


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

liquidity risk purposes, 78% with residual behavioural maturity over a period of more than 5 years.

In the Liquidity Management Unit (LMU) Euro, there is a solid liquidity and financing situation, where activity has continued to generate liquidity through a narrowing of the Credit Gap. In addition, in 2018 the LMU Euro made 3 public issues amounting to 3.5 billion: Senior Non Preferred (SNP) for 5 years for 1.5 billion, inaugural 7-year SNP Green Bond for 1.0 billion and AT for 1.0 billion, which has made it possible to obtain long-term financing at favourable price conditions. These public operations have been complemented by a private issue of T2 amounting to $300 million.

In Mexico, the liquidity position continues to be solid despite market volatility. The credit gap widened in 2018 as a result of lower growth in deposits, mainly due to outflows in unprofitable USD. In 2018 BBVA Mexico made a Tier II issue on the international market for USD 1Bn, as well as a local market issue for MXN 7.0 billion in two tranches: 3 and 5 years, the 3-year tranche being in Green Bond format (the first Green Bond issued by a private bank).

In the United States, the containment of the cost of liabilities has led to a slight increase in the credit gap. In 2018, BBVA Compass has successfully issued 3-year senior debt in the amount of $1.15 billion.

In Turkey we closed the year with an adequate liquidity situation, after a beginning of the second half affected by currency volatility, but with BBVA showing a good performance renewing wholesale funding maturities in 2018. The main operations of the year were two syndicated loans for $2.3 billion, the first green bond for $75 million over 6 years and securitizations of collection rights (DPR) for $375 million over 7 years.

Argentina was affected by market volatility, but with no significant impact on the entity’s liquidity situation. BBVA Frances maintains a solid liquidity position characterized by a high volume of reserve requirements.

The liquidity situation is comfortable in the other geographic areas with full access to local capital markets.

In this context of improved access to the market, BBVA has maintained its objectives of, on the one hand, strengthening the funding structure of the Group’s various franchises based on growing its self-funding from stable customer funds, and on the other, guaranteeing a sufficient buffer of fully available liquid assets, diversifying the different sources of funding and optimizing the generation of collateral to deal with situations of tension in the markets.

 

  3.7.4

Liquidity prospects

BBVA Group is entering 2019 with a comfortable liquidity status across its entire global footprint. The funding structure, based on stable deposits, and slanting toward the long term as well as proven access capacity to capital markets enables to comfortably meet the moderate volume of maturities expected for the upcoming quarters.

A breakdown of wholesale issue maturities of the most significant units of the Group by the nature of the issues.

 

 

168


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 73: Maturity of wholesale issues of Balance Euro by nature

 

                                                                                                                  
                                 Million Euros  
Type of issuance    2019      2020      2021      After      Total  
Senior debt      1,540        1,155        1,924        9,681        14,300  
Mortgage-covered bonds      380        2,264        3,169        9,394        15,207  
Public-covered bonds                           500        500  

Regulatory capital instruments(1)

 

     3,327        1,500        1,000        4,712        10,539  
Other long term financial                                   
Total      5,247        4,919        6,093        24,287        40,546  

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity or nearest amortization option.

TABLE 74: Maturity of wholesale issues of Bancomer by nature

 

                                                                                                                  
                                 Million Euros  
Type of issuance    2019      2020      2021      After      Total  
Senior debt      178        579        200        1,558        2,515  
Mortgage-covered bonds                                   
Public–covered bonds                                   

Regulatory capital instruments(1)

 

            873        1,092        2,358        4,323  
Other long term financial                           49        49  
Total      178        1,452        1,292        3,965        6,887  

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity or nearest amortization option.

TABLE 75: Maturity of wholesale issues of Compass by nature

 

                                                                                                                  
                                 Million Euros  
Type of issuance    2019      2020      2021      After      Total  
Senior debt      524               1,004        655        2,183  
Mortgage-covered bonds                                   
Public-covered bonds                                   

Regulatory capital instruments(1)

 

            199        18        673        891  
Other long term financial instruments                                   
Total      524        199        1,023        1,328        3,074  

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity or nearest amortization option.

TABLE 76: Maturity of wholesale issues of Garanti by nature

 

                                                                                                                  
                                 Million Euros  
Type of issuance    2019      2020      2021      After      Total  
Senior debt      1,274               446        1,052        2,772  
Mortgage-covered bonds                           302        302  
Public-covered bonds                                   

Regulatory capital instruments(1)

 

                          655        655  
Other long term financial instruments      350        376        366        2,131        3,223  
Total      1,624        376        812        4,140        6,952  

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity or nearest amortization option.

 

 

169


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 77: Maturity of wholesale issues of South America by nature

 

                                                                                                                  
                                 Million Euros  
Type of issuance    2019      2020      2021      After      Total  
Senior debt      361        364        311        1,110        2,145  
Mortgage-covered bonds                                   
Public-covered bonds                                   

Regulatory capital instruments(1)

 

                   46        973        1,019  
Other long term financial instruments                                   
Total      361        364        356        2,082        3,164  

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity or nearest amortization option.

For 2019, the main goals of BBVA Group’s funding strategy is to maintain the strength of the funding structure and the diversification of the different sources of funding, ensuring the availability of sufficient levels of collateral, both for complying with regulatory ratios and for the rest of the internal metrics for monitoring liquidity risk, including stress scenarios.

 

 

170


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.7.5

LCR disclosure

The table below shows the consolidated LCR disclosure as of December 31, 2018, pursuant to Article 435 of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013. These figures are calculated as simple averages of observations made at the end of each month over the twelve months previous to each quarter, starting in September 2017. No transfer of liquidity is assumed between subsidiaries, and therefore no excess liquidity is transferred from the entities abroad to the consolidated figures displayed in the following table:

TABLE 78: EU-LIQ1 - Guidelines on disclosure of Liquidity information

 

                                               Million Euros  
     Total unweighted value      Total weighted value (average)  
     March      June      September      December      March      June      September      December  
End of the quarter    03-31-18      30-06-18      09-31-18      12-31-18      03-31-18      30-06-18      09-31-18      12-31-18  
Number of data points used in the calculation of averages

 

High–quality liquid assets

 

Total high–quality liquid assets (HQLA)                                          89,330        88,139        87,426        87,252  
Cash–outflows

 

Retail deposits and deposits from, small business customers, of which:      201,452        201,731        201,501        202,627        14,909        14,823        14,674        14,695  

Stable deposits

     130,678        132,178        134,053        135,983        6,534        6, 609        6,703        6,799  

Less stable deposits

     70,774        69,553        67,448        66, 644        8,375        8,214        7,972        7,896  
Unsecured wholesale funding      122,158        122,777        123,549        124,685        53,038        53,064        53,272        53,415  

Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of

     49,363        50,449        51,221        52,009        10,997        11,238        11,474        11,714  

Non–operational deposits (all counterparties)

     70,496        69,776        69,861        70,519        39,742        39,274        39,331        39,544  

Unsecured debt

     2,299        2,552        2,467        2,157        2,299        2,552        2,467        2,157  
Secured wholesale funding                                          3, 381        3,593        3,736        3,761  
Additional requirements      114,387        111,320        109,935        108,673        17,941        17,180        16,772        16,235  

Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

     8,702        8,318        8,010        7,717        8,610        8,240        7,931        7,639  

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

     405        230        224        90        405        230        224        90  

Credit and liquidity facilities

     105,280        102,772        101,701        100,866        8,926        8,710        8,617        8,506  
Other contractual funding obligations      10,826        11,717        12,080        12,441        2,004        2,135        2,045        1,840  
Other contingent funding obligations      1,603        1,635        1,744        1,835        1,603        1,635        1,744        1,835  
Total cash outflows                  92,876        92,430        92,243        91,781  
Cash – inflows

 

Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos)      11,776        12,429        12,987        13,584        509        612        630        697  
Inflows from fully performing exposures      27,611        28,713        29,917        30,625        16,473        17,406        18,615        19,433  
Other cash inflows      5,076        4,776        4,196        3,645        5,076        4,776        4,196        3,645  
(Difference between total weighted inflows and total weighted outflows arising from transactions in third countries where there are transfer restrictions or which are denominated in non-convertible currencies)                                                                        
(Excess inflows from a related specialised credit institutions)                                                                        
Total cash inflows      44,463        45,918        47,100        47,854        22,058        22,794        23,441        23,775  
Fully exempt inflows                                                                        
Inflows subject to 90% cap                                                                        
Inflows subject to 75% cap      44,463        45,918        47,100        47,853        22,059        22,794        23,441        23,775  
Total adjusted value                                                                        
Liquidity buffer                  89,330        88,139        87,426        87,252  
Total net cash outflows                  70,819        69,637        68,802        68,005  
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)                  126.2%        126.6%        127.1%        128.4%  

(1) Includes the value of collaterals that the entity should contribute in case of a credit downgrade in accordance to article 449. d) of CRR.

Establishing an independent control framework for the Euro, Compass, Mexico and Turkey LMUs complies with the corporate Liquidity and Funding requirements for the four main currencies in which BBVA Group operates: the Euro, Dollar, Mexican Peso and Turkish Lira.

Except for the dollar, the significant currencies at Group level are managed in their entirety by the entities resident in the jurisdictions of each, covering their funding needs in the local markets in which they operate.

There are specific regulatory requirements for the LMUs that operate in dollarized economies (Argentina, Peru, Bancomer and Turkey) that limit the level of risk of each subsidiary.

With respect to the sustainability of wholesale funding as a source of funding depends on the level of diversification. Specifically, to ensure an appropriate level of diversification of counterparties, specific concentration thresholds are established to be adhered to at all times by each LMU. As of December 31, 2018, excepting exposures to central counterparty entities and the ECB TLTROII (Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations) on the euro balance-sheet, BBVA Group does not have counterparties with balances greater than 1% of the Group’s total liabilities, and the weight of the 10 biggest counterparties by balance account for 5% in all.

 

 

171


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.7.6

Assets committed in finance transactions

With respect to the management of encumbered liquid assets3, all the LMUs maintain suitable positions that not only cover the minimum survival periods established for stress scenarios, but also in relation to non-collateralised wholesale liabilities, which are ultimately those most affected by the encumbered asset ratio.

All the Group’s LMUs have implemented procedures and controls to ensure that the risks associated with the management of guarantees and the charge on assets are correctly identified, controlled and managed in compliance with the Corporate Liquidity and Funding Risk Policy, particularly: i) a system for monitoring and control of the asset encumbrance risk indicators; ii) regular assessment of stress scenarios as a result of the risk levels reached; and iii) a contingency plan with measures for action according to the level of criticality and immediacy of the situation

The impact on the business model of the level of asset encumbrance, as well as its importance for the Group’s funding model, is limited; because the funding is based on stable customer deposits, reducing dependence of short-term funding, and because a robust funding structure is maintained, with a moderate level of encumbered assets.

The ratio of encumbered assets over the total assets for the three main LMUs as of December 31, 2018 is:

TABLE 79: Committed assets over total assets rate

 

 

     12-31-2018  
BBVA Group      19%  
LMU Euro      25%  
LMU Mexico      13%  
LMU Compass      12%  
LMU Garanti      7%  

BBVA Group has mainly the following sources of pledges:

 

  ·  

Covered bonds:

The issue of covered bonds constitutes one of the main sources of finance guaranteed with a high level of protection for the holders. The issues are backed by assets on the balance sheet that may be pooled and that have a joint guarantee from the Entity, which will back the issue if the underlying assets cannot meet the payments. The products through which this type of finance is implemented are mortgage-covered bonds, public-covered bonds and internationalization bonds.

 

  ·  

Assets sold under repurchase agreements:

The collateralized finance transactions through repurchase agreements form part of short-term funding sources. These transactions play an important role among the Group’s encumbered assets.

 

  ·  

Assets pledged with central banks

 

 

3 An asset is considered encumbered if it is subject to any form of agreement with the aim of ensuring, collateralizing or improving the credit quality of a transaction, and may not be freely withdrawn.

In any case, the consideration of a committed asset is not based on an explicit legal definition, such as the transfer of a title, but rather on an economic criterion so that any asset that is subject to any given restriction against use or replacement with another asset is considered as pledged.

 

 

172


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The role of central banks as last-resort liquidity providers is also one of the basic contingent funding resources in the event of stress on finance markets. In this regard, in accordance with the principles established for management of collateral, the Group’s strategy consists of maintaining broad credit facilities with the central banks concerned by pledging assets as collateral in geographical areas where these instruments are used as part of monetary policy. The impact of this source of funding is very low in BBVA Group.

 

  ·  

Management of collateral agreements

The use of collateral constitutes one of the most effective techniques for mitigating exposure to the credit risk resulting from derivative transactions or operational procedures with repos or securities loans. The assets currently used as collateral are: cash, fixed-income and letters of credit.

 

  ·  

Securitisations

The issuance of securitisations represents one of the main potential sources of risk of assets pledged in the balance sheet. Depending on the type of assets supporting the securitisation, the following classes are issued: mortgage (RMBS), consumer loans and loans to SMEs. The impact of this source of pledge is very low in the BBVA Group.

The projects subject to overcollateralisation are:

 

   

Mortgage-covered bonds

These are mortgage bonds issued with first-rank mortgage loan collateral constituted in favour of the bank. In the case of BBVA S.A., which accounts for more than 95% of the issuance of mortgage-covered bonds in the Group, the bonds have to be overcollateralised at 125% of their nominal value, and the amount of loans that back them may not be more than 80% of the value of the collateral. The other geographic areas that issue these types of product (to a residual extent) are Garanti Bank.

 

   

Public-covered bonds

Public-covered bonds are similar to mortgage-covered bonds. They are backed by loans and credit granted by the issuer to central and regional governments, local authorities and autonomous bodies that answer to them, as well as other public-sector entities in the European Economic Area. In this case, the issues have to be overcollateralised at 143% of their nominal value. BBVA S.A. accounts for 100% of this type of issuance.

 

   

Internationalisation bonds

These are securities guaranteed by loans and credit linked to the finance of contracts for the export of goods and services or the internationalisation of companies. The level of overcollateralisation is the same as for public-covered bonds. BBVA S.A. accounts for 100% of this type of issuance. The weight of these issues is extremely residual.

Within the Group there are units responsible for the execution, monitoring and control of issues of this type, as well as the calculation of the capacity for additional issuance, with the aim of ensuring that the Entity is not over-issued and complies with the established limits of the Encumbered Asset Ratio.

The following table shows assets contributed as collateral (loans) underlying the issue of mortgage-covered bonds, public-covered bonds and internationalisation bonds, as well as the total issued and excess capacity of issue as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

173


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 80: Mortgage-covered bonds

 

     Million Euros  
Withheld      9,093  
Withheld applied      7,010  
Withheld not applied      2,083  
Issued to Market      15,207  
Total mortgage–covered bonds issued      24,301  
Eligible collateral to consider      44,424  
Maximum to issue      35,539  
Capacity to issue      11,239  

TABLE 81: Public-covered bonds

 

     Million Euros  
Withheld      7,040  
Withheld applied      4,790  
Withheld not applied      2,250  
Issued to Market      500  
Total mortgage–covered bonds issued      7,540  
Eligible collateral to consider      15,145  
Maximum to issue      10,602  
Capacity to issue      3,062  

TABLE 82: Internationalization-covered bonds

 

     Million Euros  
Withheld      1,500  
Withheld applied      750  
Withheld not applied      750  
Issued to Market       
Total internationalization–covered bonds issued      1,500  
Eligible collateral to consider      3,365  
Maximum to issue      2,356  
Capacity to issue      856  

The collateral received that, as of December 31, 2018, is committed (provided as collateral or security with respect to certain liabilities) and those unencumbered are shown below. It should be noted that the value used for the purpose of this disclosure is the carrying amount and fair value, for both the assets on the balance sheet and the encumbered and unencumbered guarantees received. The balances are calculated as annual medians using as a sample the four quarters of the last year.

 

 

174


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 83: Encumbered and unencumbered assets

Million Euros

 

                                                                                                                                           
     

Carrying value

of encumbered

assets

    

Fair value of

encumbered

assets

    

Carrying value

of unencumbered

assets

    

Fair value of

unencumbered

assets

 
Institution’s assets      108,134         555,065     
Equity instruments      2,115                 6,064           
Debt securities      31,212        31,288        64,913        64,947  

Of which: covered bonds

     9        9        527        517  

Of which: ABSs

     17        17        1,011        9,998  

Of which: issued by general governments

     27,200        27,295        51,778        51,777  

Of which: issued by financial

     3,502        3,475        7,725        7,752  

Of which: issued by non-financial

     1,549        1,542        2,759        2,766  
Other assets      75,187                 482,148           

TABLE 84: Collateral received

Million Euros

      Fair value of encumbered
collateral received or
own debt securities
issued
     Fair value of collateral
received or own debt
securities issued available
for encumbrance
 
Collateral received      23,734        7,232  
Loans on demand             5  
Equity instruments      165        105  
Debt securities      23,384        7,078  

Of which: covered bonds

     177        325  

Of which: ABSs

             

Of which: issued by general governments

     21,863        4,543  

Of which: issued by financial corporations

     983        2,312  

Of which: issued by non-financial corporations

     657        135  
Loans and advances other than loans on demand      149        7  
Other collateral received             11  
Own debt securities issued other than own mortgage-covered      11        94  
Own mortgage-covered bonds and ABSs issued and not yet pledged             15,636  
Total assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued      131,738         

The sources of pledges as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

TABLE 85: Sources of encumbrance

Million Euros

      Matching
liabilities,
contingent
liabilities or
securities lent
    

Assets, collateral received and own

securities issued other than mortgage–

covered bonds, public–covered bonds and

ABSs encumbered

 
Carrying amount of selected      112,875        128,142  
Derivatives      9,026        9,454  
Repos and other collateralized      85,633        96,253  
Debt securities      19,035        23,315  
Other sources of encumbrance      2,346        3,060  

The assets without an associated liability reflected in the table below correspond mainly to pledges issued by VISA guarantee and pledges for operating in certain markets. The collateral received off the balance sheet is mostly reverse repurchase agreements, of which more than 90% are sovereign securities.

 

 

175


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.8

Operational risk

 

  3.8.1

Operational Risk definition

BBVA defines operational risk (“OR”) as that which may cause losses due to human error, inadequate or defective internal processes, inadequate conduct towards customers or markets, failures, interruptions, or deficiencies of systems or communications, inadequate management of data, legal risks and, finally, as a consequence of external events, including cyberattacks, fraud committed by third parties, natural disasters, and poor service provided by suppliers.

Operational risk management is oriented to the identification of its root causes, preventing its occurrence and mitigating the possible consequences, through the establishment of control frameworks and mitigation plans, in order to minimize the losses deriving from it and its impact on the Group’s recurrent revenue generation and profit. Operational risk management is integrated into the global risk management structure of the BBVA Group.

Operational Risk Management Principles

The BBVA Group prefers to apply advanced models of operational risk management, independently of the regulatory capital calculation model that it applies at any given time. The management of operational risk in the BBVA Group must:

 

  ·  

Be aligned with the Risk Appetite Framework approved by the Management Board.

 

  ·  

Cover all management needs that BBVA may have arising as a result of compliance with regulations, norms, or industry standards, as well as decisions or positions of the governing bodies of the Group.

 

  ·  

Anticipate the potential operational risks to which the Group would be exposed as a result of the appearance or modification of new products, activities, processes or systems and decisions of outsourcing or contracting services.

 

  ·  

Establish the methodologies, procedures and indicators that allow periodically monitoring and re-evaluating the relevant operational risks to which the Group is exposed in order to adopt the appropriate mitigation measures in each case, once the risk identified and the cost of the mitigation have been considered (cost/profit analysis), preserving the solvency of the Group all the time.

 

  ·  

Investigate the causes of operational events suffered by the Group, from the analysis of operational losses that may cause them and establish measures for their reduction.

 

  ·  

Analyse the relevant public events for operational risk in other entities of the financial sector, or other sectors, and promote, where appropriate, the implementation of the necessary measures to avoid their occurrence in the Group.

 

  ·  

Identify, analyse and try to quantify events of low probability of occurrence and high impact in order to assess potential mitigation measures.

 

  ·  

Have effective governance, in which the functions and responsibilities of the Areas and Bodies that intervene in the management of the OR are clearly defined.

Regardless of the adoption of measures and controls to avoid or reduce both the frequency and the severity of OR events, BBVA always allocates sufficient capital to address any expected or unexpected losses that may occur.

 

 

176


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.8.2

Operational Risk management model

The operational risk management cycle at BBVA is similar to that adopted for similar risks, and contains the following elements:

Chart 25. Operational Risk Management Processes

 

LOGO

 

  3.8.2.1

Planning

Operational risk is part of the risk appetite framework of the Group and involves metrics of three classes:

 

·  

Economic Capital calculated from the database of operational losses of the Group and the industry, including the corresponding effects of diversification, and the complementary estimation of potential and emerging risks through stress scenarios designed for the main types of risks. The economic capital is calculated for the main banks of the group periodically and simulation capabilities are available to foresee the impact of changes in the risk profile or new potential events.

 

·  

IRO metrics (losses for operational risk versus gross margin) with breakdown by geography, business areas and types of risks. The estimation of the IRO limits is based on the analysis of expected/unexpected loss, based on long-term statistical series, and is complemented by the potential events identified in the watch list.

 

·  

Additionally, work is being done on the implementation of a more granular common scheme of metrics that covers the main typologies of operational risks in the whole group.

 

 

177


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.8.2.2

Operational risk admission

The main objectives of the operational risk admission are:

 

·  

To anticipate any potential operational risks to which the Group would be exposed as a result of the appearance of new initiatives or modifications of legislation in force;

 

·  

To ensure that its implementation is performed once the appropriate mitigation measures have been adopted in each case, among which the assurance of risks will be considered, when so determined.

The admission process covers any initiative (new business, product, outsourcing, process transformation, new systems, etc.) that incorporates a significant level of operational risk that could significantly modify the Group’s risk profile. These operational risks must, therefore, be managed within the framework of the Group’s risk appetite.

The Corporate Policy for Management and Control of Operational Risk establishes the specific framework for the admission of Operational Risk that is specified in different Committees, both at corporate level and in various Business Areas, which follow a multi-tiered structure based on the risk level of the proposed initiatives. These committees are composed of representatives of the second line of defense (specialists of each type of non-financial risks, who validate the proposed mitigation and control framework) and first line of defense (proponent units), who are responsible for this admission process.

This process is supported by corporate workflow tools that allow the participation of the first line of defense to be documented, as a proponent of the initiatives and the control framework associated with them, and of the second line of defense, to make any challenges or penalties related to them.

 

  3.8.2.3

Operational risk monitoring

The objective in this phase is to control that the objective operational risk profile of the group remains within the authorized limits. Operational risk monitoring is differentiated into two independent areas:

 

·  

Monitoring of the admission process of the operational risk, with the purpose of verifying that the admitted risk levels are kept within authorized limits, and that the control methods indicated are effective.

 

·  

Monitoring of the “stock” of operational risk associated with processes, aimed at performing a periodic reassessment to confirm that the residual risks and the target risk are reasonably aligned, or, alternatively, to implement action plans to redirect the gaps to the desired level. The “stock” must be updated with a minimum annual periodicity.

The methodology applied in this stage is the following:

 

·  

Establishment of the perimeter of the management model, which identifies the companies and activities that may give rise to significant operational risks.

 

·  

Identification of potential and actual operational risks based on the review of the processes and the current rules and regulations.

 

·  

Prioritization of operational risks, with the objective of separating critical risks from non-critical risks.

 

 

178


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

·  

For critical risks, the identification, documentation and testing of the mitigating and controlling factors that contribute to their reduction are performed, and, based on their effectiveness, the residual risk is calculated, a level of objective risk is established and action plans are established in the cases in which the residual risk exceeds it.

 

·  

Additionally, there is a set of indicators that are used to measure the evolution over time of both operational risks and the effectiveness of mitigating factors and controls, which facilitate the preventive management of those.

 

·  

OR management will be performed in a coordinated manner with other risks considering those credit or market events that may have an operational origin.

This process is supported by a Corporate Governance, Risk & Compliance tool that allows local tracking of the OR as well as aggregation at the corporate level of the same.

Additionally, in line with the best practices and recommendations of BIS, BBVA has collection procedures for operational losses that have occurred both in the different entities of the Group and in other financial groups, with the appropriate level of detail to enable an effective analysis that provides information useful for management. For this, a corporate tool implemented in all the countries of the Group is used.

 

  3.8.2.4

Mitigation of the operational risk

In the last two years, a series of transversal plans have been promoted in terms of operational risk for the BBVA Group as a whole, in order to promote the anticipatory management of these risks.

To this end, attention focuses have been identified from events, self-evaluations and recommendations from auditors and supervisors in different geographies, both within the Group and the industry, analysing best practices in these areas and promoting comprehensive action plans to reinforce and homogenize the control environment.

One of the main plans has been the outsourcing management, as it is an item of increasing importance in the Group, both within the sector and in the current regulatory environment. Various initiatives have been launched within this plan, which can be summarized as:

 

·  

Reinforcement of the admission process of these initiatives, their control frameworks and their monitoring;

 

·  

New internal regulations incorporating the best practices of the industry;

 

·  

Integration in the control model of three lines of defense: roles and responsibilities in each of the phases of its life cycle;

 

·  

Risk management of both the service and the provider;

 

·  

Review of governance, which is integrated into the operational risk, and scaling criteria;

 

·  

Adaptation of the management tool to the new requirements;

 

·  

Process of internal communication and training between the externalizing units and senior management, including these issues within the agenda of the main control committees of the Group.

This plan will continue to be promoted in 2019 with a focus on reviewing the most significant outsourcing stock.

 

 

179


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.8.2.4.1

Operational risk assurance

Assurance is one of the possible options for the management of operational risk to which the Group is exposed, and has two different purposes in particular:

 

·  

Coverage of extreme situations linked to recurring events, whose mitigation is difficult or partial by other means.

 

·  

Coverage of non-recurring events that, if they occur, could have a high economic impact.

In 2018, a specific corporate procedure was approved for insurance management aimed at mitigating the Group’s operational risks. This provides a general framework that regulates these activities in the group and allows the systematization of risk assurance decisions, better align coverage with the risks covered and strengthen governance in the decision making of insurance policies.

 

  3.8.3

Governance of the Operational risk

The governance model for operational risk in BBVA group is based on two components:

 

·  

Control model of three lines of defense, in accordance with the best industry practices, and through which compliance with the most advanced standards in terms of internal control of operational risks is guaranteed.

 

·  

Scheme of Corporate Assurance Committees and Committees of Internal Control and Operational Risk at the level of the different business areas.

The Corporate Assurance establishes a committee structure, both at the local and corporate level, which provides Senior Management with a comprehensive and homogeneous view of the most relevant operational risks. The objective is to facilitate agile and anticipatory decision-making for the mitigation or assumption of the main risks, both locally as well as in the consolidated Group.

CHART 26. Corporate Assurance Governance Structure

 

LOGO

Each geography has a Corporate Assurance Committee chaired by the Country Manager and whose main functions are:

 

·  

Monitoring the evolution of risks and their degree of alignment to the defined strategies and policies and to overall risk appetite;

 

 

180


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

·  

Analysing and assess the controls and measures planned to mitigate the impact of the identified risks, in the event they materialize;

 

·  

Taking decisions on risk assumption proposals that are transferred by the working groups or that arise in the Committee itself;

 

·  

Promoting transparency, encouraging the proactive participation of the three lines of defense in the exercise of their responsibilities and the rest of the organization in this matter

At the Holding level, there is a Global Corporate Assurance Committee, chaired by the Group CEO, whose main functions are similar to those previously described, but which are applicable to the most relevant matters pertaining to certain locations holding areas.

The business and support areas have an Internal Control and Operational Risk Committee, whose objective is to ensure the correct implementation of the operational risk management model in their area and to promote the active management of this risk, taking decisions of mitigation in case of identification of control weaknesses and monitoring them.

Additionally, the Non-Financial Risk unit periodically reports to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors on the operational risk management situation in the Group.

 

  3.8.4

Methods used to calculate capital

As set out in Regulation (EU) 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council, for calculating the regulatory capital for operational risk under Basel I, Advanced Measurement Approaches (AMA) are used for a very significant part of the banking perimeter4. Specifically, this method is used in Spain and Mexico, which accumulate most of the Group’s assets.

Except for the cases of Garanti and Bolivia, for which the basic approach is applied, the standardized approach is used to calculate capital in the rest of the geographic areas.

 

  3.8.4.1

Description of the Advanced Measurement Approaches

The advanced internal model quantifies capital at a confidence level of 99.9% following the LDA (Loss Distribution Approach) methodology. This methodology estimates the distribution of losses by operational event by convoluting the frequency distribution and the loss given default distribution of these events.

The calculations are made using internal data on the Group’s historic losses as its main source of information. To enrich the data from this internal database and to take into account the impact of possible events not yet considered therein, external databases (ORX consortium) are used as well as operational risk scenarios.

The distribution of losses is constructed for each of the different types of operational risk, which are defined as per Basel Accord cells; i.e. a cross between business line and risk type. In those cases in which there is not sufficient data for a sound analysis, it becomes necessary to undertake cell aggregations, and to do so the business line is chosen as the axis.

 

4 

In March 2010, BBVA Group received authorization from the supervisor to apply advanced approaches for calculating regulatory capital by operational Risk in Spain and Mexico.

 

 

181


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In certain cases, a greater disaggregation of the Basel cell has been selected. The objective consists of identifying statistically homogenous groups and a sufficient amount of data for proper modelling. The definition of these groupings is regularly reviewed and updated.

Solvency regulations establish that regulatory capital for operational risk is determined as the sum of individual estimates by type of risk, but allowing the option of incorporating the effect of the correlation among them. This impact has been taken into consideration in BBVA estimates with a conservative approach.

The model of calculating capital in both Spain and Mexico incorporates factors that reflect the business environment and situation of internal control systems. Thus the calculation obtained is higher or lower according to how these factors change in anticipating the result.

The Group has insurance policies that basically cover the risk of cyberattacks, natural and/or provoked disasters and external and internal fraud. For the purpose of calculating capital by the AMA the mitigating effect of the insurance contracted is not included.

The following table below shows the operational risk capital requirements broken down according to the calculation models used and by geographic area, to provide a global vision of capital consumption for this type of risk:

TABLE 86: Regulatory capital for Operational Risk

Million Euros

 

     Capital      RWAs  
Regulatory capital for operational risk    2018      2017      2018      2017  
Advanced      1,718        1,476        21,475        18,449  

Spain

     1,364        1,181        17,050        14,767  

Mexico

     354        255        4,425        3,682  
Standardised      765        808        9,563        10,102  
Basic      473        496        5,913        6,204  
BBVA Group total      2,956        2,780        36,950        34,755  

The main variations in the capital requirements for operational risk are due to:

 

  ·  

Advanced approaches: Increase of 183 million in Spain, basically due to the greater impact of the losses registered following the judgment in 2016 of the Court of Justice of the European Union referring to the application of floor clauses in mortgage loans. Increase of 59 million in Mexico as a result of the exchange rate difference and the increase in the trend in the sanctions imposed by the regulators in effect for the last three years.

 

  ·  

Basic and standard approaches: Declines in the standard and basic approaches produced by the exchange-rate variations and by the sale of Chile, as well as the Portugal merger.

 

 

182


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  3.8.5

The Group’s Operational Risk profile

BBVA’s operational risk profile is shown below by class of risk after assessing the risks, resulting in the following distribution:

CHART 27: BBVA Group’s Operational Risk profile

 

LOGO

The following charts illustrate the distribution of historical operational losses by risk class and country.

CHART 28: Operational Risk profile by risk and country

 

LOGO

(1) An amount greater than the loss that occurred this year has been recovered by insurance of events of previous years.

(2) Recovery of 25 million EUR from the Madoff event that exceeds the total losses due to external fraud that has occurred this year

 

 

183


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

(1) Provisions recorded in previous years have been released for two relevant events (RUSF and Arbitration Committee) for an amount greater than the loss that occurring during this year

 

LOGO

 

 

184


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

4 Leverage Ratio

 

4.1. Leverage Ratio definition and composition

4.2. Trends in the ratio

4.3. Governance

 

4.1.

Leverage Ratio definition and composition

The leverage ratio (LR) is a regulatory measure (not risk-based) complementing capital designed to guarantee the soundness and financial strength of institutions in terms of indebtedness.

In January 2014, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published the final version of the “Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements”, which has been included through a delegated act that amends the definition of leverage ratio in the CRR regulation.

Pursuant to article 451, section 2 of the CRR, on June 15, 2015 the EBA published the final draft of the Implementing Technical Standard (ITS) on leverage ratio disclosures for breaking down the leverage ratio, which has been applied in this report.

The leverage ratio is defined as the quotient of eligible Tier 1 capital and exposure.

Described below are the elements making up the leverage ratio, in accordance with the “EBA Final Draft Implementing Technical Standards on disclosure of the leverage ratio under Article 451(2) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation – CRR) - Second submission following the EC’s Delegated Act specifying the LR5,” published by the EBA on June 15, 2015:

 

·  

Tier 1 capital (letter h in the following table): section 2.2. of this Document presents details of the eligible capital, which has been calculated based on the criteria defined in the CRR.

 

·  

Exposure: as set out in article 429 of the CRR, the exposure measurement generally follows the carrying amount subject to the following considerations:

 

   

On-balance-sheet exposures other than derivatives are included net of allowances and accounting valuation adjustments.

 

   

Measurement of the Group’s total exposure is composed of the total assets as per financial statements adjusted for reconciliation between the accounting perimeter and the prudential perimeter.

Total exposure for the purpose of calculating the Group’s leverage ratio is composed of the sum of the following items:

 

 

5 http://www.eba.europa.eu/regulation-and-policy/leverage-ratio/draft-implementing-technical-standards-its-on-disclosure-for-

leverage-ratio/-/regulatory-activity/press-release

 

 

185


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

·  

On-balance asset positions: book balance of assets corresponding to the financial statements, excluding the derivative headings.

 

·  

Adjustments for reconciliation between the accounting perimeter and the solvency perimeter: the balance resulting from the difference between the accounting balance sheet and the regulatory balance sheet is included.

 

·  

Exposure in derivatives: the exposure referring to the EAD used in the measurement of capital use for counterparty risk, which includes both the replacement cost (market-to-market) and the future potential credit exposure (add-on). The cost of replacement is reported adjusted by the margin of variation in cash and by effective notional amounts.

 

·  

Securities financing transactions (SFTs): in addition to the exposure value, an addition for counterparty risk determined as set out in article 429 of the CRR in included.

 

·  

Off-balance-sheet items: these correspond to risks and contingent liabilities and commitments associated with collateral, which are mainly available. A minimum floor of 10% is applied to the conversion factors (CCF), in line with article 429.10 a) of the CRR.

 

·  

The exposures of the Group’s financial institutions and insurance companies that are consolidated at accounting but not at regulatory level.

 

·  

Tier 1 deductions: all those amounts of assets that have been deducted in the determination of the eligible Tier 1 capital are deducted, in order not to duplicate exposures. The main deductions are intangible assets, loss carry forwards and other deductions defined in article 36 of the CRR and indicated in section 2.1 of this report.

The table below shows a breakdown of the items making up the leverage ratio as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

TABLE 87: LRSum - Summary of the reconciliation of accounting assets and exposure corresponding to the Leverage Ratio

 

                                                                                                           
                         

Million Euros

 

 
Summary table of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposure conciliation    12-31-18
Phased-in
     12-31-18
Fully
Loaded
     12-31-17
Phased.-in
    

12-31-17
Fully

Loaded

 
(a) Total assets as published financial statements      676,689        676,683        690,059        690,059  
(b) Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation      (19,326)        (19,326)        (17,079)        (17,079)  

(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (13) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013)

                           
(c) Adjustments for derivative financial instruments      (7,410)        (7,410)        (14,772)        (14,772)  
(d) Adjustments for securities financing transactions “SFTs”      2,949        2,949        (1,248)        (1,248)  
(e) Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (1)      61,409        61,409        62,441        62,441  
(f) (Adjustment for intragroup exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013)                            
(g) Other adjustments      (9,012)        (10,080)        (9,643)        (9,920)  
Leverage ratio total exposure measure      705,299        704,231        709,758        709,480  
h) Capital Tier 1      45,947        45,047        46,980        46,316  
Leverage ratio total exposure measure      705,299        704,231        709,758        709,480  
Leverage ratio      6.5%        6.4%        6.6%        6.5%  

(1) This corresponds to off-balance sheet exposure after application of the conversion factors obtained in accordance with Article 429, paragraph 7 of the CRR.

As can be seen, the Group maintains a phased leverage ratio of 6.5% and a fully-loaded ratio of 6.4%, well above the minimum level required.

 

 

186


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

4.2.

Trends in the ratio

The phased-in leverage ratio decreased by 11 basis points during the year. As indicated in section 2.2., Tier 1 was reduced by approximately EUR 1 billion, resulting in an impact on leverage of -16 basis points. On the other hand, exposures were reduced by approximately 5.5 billion (+5 basis points), mainly derived from the sale of the Group’s interest in BBVA Chile.

As of December 2018, the phased-in ratio was 6.6% (6.5% in fully-loaded terms), easily above the minimum required of 3%. The leverage level reflects the nature of the business model that is geared toward the retail sector.

CHART 29: Leverage ratio evolution

 

LOGO

 

4.3.

Governance

The activities making up the Group’s regulatory reporting include monthly measurement and control of the leverage ratio by assessing and monitoring this measurement in its more restrictive version (fully-loaded), to guarantee that leverage remains far from the minimum levels (which could be considered risk levels), without undermining the return on investment.

The estimates and the development of the leverage ratio are reported on a regular basis to different governing bodies and committees to guarantee an adequate control of the entity’s leverage levels and ongoing monitoring of the main capital indicators.

In line with the risk appetite framework and structural risk management, the Group operates by establishing limits and operational measures to achieve a sustainable development and growth of the balance sheet, maintaining at all times tolerable risk levels. This can be seen in the fact that the regulatory leverage level itself is well above the minimum required levels.

 

 

187


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

5. Information on remuneration

 

 

 

 

5.1.   Information on the decision-making process to establish the remuneration policy for Identified Staff

 

5.2.   Description of the different types of employees included in the Identified Staff

 

5.3.   Key features of the remuneration system

 

5.4.   Information on the link between the remuneration of Identified Staff and the performance of the Group

 

5.5.   Description of the criteria used to take into consideration present and future risks in the remuneration processes

 

5.6.   Main parameters and reasons for any component of the possible variable remuneration plans and other non-cash benefits

 

5.7.   Ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration of Identified Staff

 

5.8.   Quantitative information on the remuneration of Identified Staff

 

 

 

 

 

In accordance with Article 85 of Act 10/2014, of 26 June, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions (hereinafter “Act 10/2014”), and article 93 of Royal Decree 84/2015, dated February 13, which implements said Act, and pursuant to the provisions of Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016, dated February 2, to credit institutions, on supervision and solvency, completing the adaptation of the Spanish legal system to Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (hereinafter “Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016”), credit institutions shall provide the public and update, at least once a year, inter alia, information regarding their remuneration policy and practices as established in part eight of Regulation 575/2013/EU, in relation to the categories of personnel whose professional activities have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile (hereinafter, the “Identified Staff” or “Risk Takers”).

 

5.1.

Information on the decision-making process used to establish remuneration policy for the Identified Staff

In accordance with the provisions contained in BBVA’s Bylaws, the Regulations of the Board of Directors empower the Board of Directors (hereinafter, the “Board”), among others, to approve the remuneration policy of directors, for submission to the General Meeting, that of senior managers and those employees whose professional activities have a significant impact on the risk profile of the Group, as well as the determination of the remuneration of non-executive directors and, in the case of executive directors, remuneration for their executive functions and remaining conditions to be respected in their contracts.

 

 

188


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The Board Regulations likewise include the internal rules and procedures of the Board and its Committees, which provide assistance in matters within its remit. Among these, the Remunerations Committee is the body that assists the Board in remuneration matters, as set out in the Board Regulations, ensuring compliance with the remuneration policy established.

In accordance with Article 36 of the Board Regulations, the duties of the Remunerations Committee are as follows:

 

  1.

Propose directors’ remuneration policy to the Board, for its submission to the General Meeting, as regards its items, amounts, and parameters for its determination and its vesting, likewise submitting the corresponding report, in the terms established by applicable law at any time.

 

  2.

Determine, so that they can be reflected in their contracts, the extent and amount of individual remuneration, entitlements and other economic rewards, as well as other contractual conditions of executive directors, submitting the appropriate proposals to the Board.

 

  3.

Yearly submit a proposal to the Board regarding the annual report on the remuneration of the Bank’s directors, which will in turn be submitted to the Annual General Shareholders’ Meeting, in accordance with the applicable legislation.

 

  4.

Propose the remuneration policy for senior managers and other Identified Staff members, for its submission to the Board.

 

  5.

Propose the basic conditions of senior managers’ contracts to the Board, and directly supervise the remuneration of senior managers in charge of risk management and compliance functions within the Company.

 

  6.

Oversee observance of the remuneration policy established by the Company and periodically review the remuneration policy applied to members of the Identified Staff, including executive directors and senior managers.

 

  7.

Verify the information on directors and senior managers’ remuneration contained in the different corporate documents, including the annual report on the remuneration of directors.

 

  8.

Any other duties that may have been allocated under the Regulations or attributed by a Board resolution or by applicable legislation.

As at year-end 2018, the Remunerations Committee is composed of five members, all of them non-executive directors, with the majority being independent, including the Chair. The names, positions and status of the members of the Remunerations Committee are detailed in the following table:

TABLE 88: Composition of the Remunerations Committee

 

Name and surname(s)    Position      Status  
Belén Garijo López      Chair        Independent      
Tomás Alfaro Drake      Member        External  
Carlos Loring Martinez de Irujo      Member        External  
Lourdes Máiz Carro      Member        Independent  
Ana Peralta Moreno      Member                    Independent      

The Remunerations Committee performs its functions with full operational autonomy, meeting as often as necessary to carry out its duties, led by its Chair, having met on 5 occasions during 2018.

 

 

189


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In order to adequately perform its duties, the Commission uses advisory services provided by the Bank’s in-house staff and can further count on the external advice as necessary to establish criteria regarding matters within its remit. To this end, during 2018, the Commission has relied on the information and advice provided by the leading global consulting firm on compensation of directors and senior managers, Willis Towers Watson.

In addition, the Board’s Risk Committee participates in the establishment of the remuneration policy, ensuring that it is compatible with adequate and effective risk management and that it offers no incentives to assume risks beyond the level tolerated by the Group. As at year-end 2018, the Risk Committee includes one of the members of the Remunerations Committee.

Since 2011, BBVA has a specific remuneration system applicable to members of the Identified Staff, designed within the framework of applicable regulations to credit institutions (in particular, Directive 2010/76/EU (“CRD III”), the superseding and implementing regulations) and considering best practices and recommendations at the local and international levels in this matter.

As regards the members of the Board of Directors, BBVA has a specific remuneration policy applicable to its directors (the “BBVA Directors’ Remuneration Policy”) which distinguishes between the remuneration system applicable to non-executive directors and that applicable to executive directors, in accordance with the provisions of the BBVA Bylaws. The remuneration system for executive directors corresponds, in general, to that applicable to the members of the Identified Staff, of which they are a part of, incorporating certain specific characteristics derived from their status as directors. The remuneration system of non-executive directors6 is based on the criteria of responsibility, dedication and incompatibilities inherent to the position they hold, and consists exclusively of fixed elements, not receiving variable remuneration.

As indicated above, the Remunerations Committee has, among its functions, that of proposing to the Board, for submission to the General Meeting, the remuneration policy of directors, as regards their concepts and their amounts, parameters for its determination and distribution system. It likewise submits the corresponding report, in the terms established at any point in time by applicable law.

The BBVA Directors’ Remuneration Policy applicable during 2018 was approved by the General Meeting in 2017, and is available on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com).

With regard to the rest of the Identified Staff, it is likewise the responsibility of the Remunerations Committee to propose the remuneration policy of senior managers and other employees who are members of the BBVA Group’s Identified Staff.

The latest update of the remuneration policy applicable to the BBVA Group’s Identified Staff, including the Senior Management, took place in 2017, in order to adapt it to the requirements established in Bank of Spain Circular 2/2016 and the European Banking Authority Guidelines on sound remuneration policies, dated 27 June 2016.

This policy is integrated within the remuneration policy applicable in general to the entire staff of BBVA and the subsidiaries that form part of its consolidated group (the “BBVA Group Remuneration Policy”) and includes, in a specific chapter, the special characteristics of the remuneration system applicable to Identified Staff, as well as their Identification Procedure. All in accordance with what is established in the applicable regulations, as detailed in the following sections.

 

6 

Regarding non-executive directors, these are defined as Risk Takers by virtue of the provisions of Article 3 of Delegated Regulation 604/2014, although, as detailed in section 5.3, below, they are subject to a specific remuneration system, different from that applicable to executive directors, and do not receive variable remuneration.

 

 

190


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

The BBVA Group Remuneration Policy, approved by the Board upon the proposal of the Remunerations Committee, is coordinated at the corporate level by BBVA’s Talent and Culture department, and the Bank’s control functions actively and regularly cooperate in its design and oversight, in accordance with the attributions conferred by applicable regulations.

The remuneration system applicable to Identified Staff members aims to deepen the alignment of BBVA’s remuneration practices with applicable regulations, good governance recommendations, and best practices in the matter. This system is generally applicable to the executive directors of BBVA, as members of said Staff, although they are subject to the provisions of BBVA Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved by the General Meeting and not to the Group Policy, as has been detailed.

Over the course of financial year 2018, the Remunerations Committee has analysed the remuneration proposals necessary for the development and implementation of these remuneration policies, and, in particular, for the implementation of the special system for the settlement and payment of the annual variable remuneration of Identified Staff members.

Thus, the Remunerations Committee has analysed the adequacy of the annual performance indicators used for the calculation of the annual variable remuneration for executive directors during 2018 and their corresponding weightings, as well as the targets and scales of achievement associated with these indicators, submitting the corresponding resolutions to the Board for approval.

Furthermore, the Commission has analysed the minimum thresholds of Attributed Profit and Capital Ratio established as ex ante adjustments to the variable remuneration of the Identified Staff, as well as their corresponding scales, established to determine the accrual of annual variable remuneration of executive directors for financial year 2018 and the rest of the Identified Staff.

Likewise, the Remunerations Committee has determined, for its submission to the Board, the multi-year performance indicators established as ex-post adjustments, applicable to the deferred annual variable remuneration for financial year 2018 of the executive directors and the rest of the Identified Staff, including Senior Management. For this purpose, the Remunerations Committee counted on the previous analysis carried out by the Board’s Risk Committee, which ensured the adequacy of the aforementioned with the Bank’s risk profile.

On the other hand, within the framework of the function attributed to the Remunerations Committee for the observance and periodic review of the remuneration policy applicable to the Identified Staff, it has carried out the review of the 2017 BBVA Group Remuneration Policy, in accordance with applicable regulations and recommendations. To this end, this review has analysed the BBVA Group’s Remuneration Policy, which includes the remuneration policy of the Identified Staff, as well as their identification process, based on the central and independent internal review carried out by the Bank’s Internal Audit department, with the foregoing duly reported to the Board.

The Commission has also received information on the application of the Identification Process for Risk Takers in the BBVA Group in 2018 from the Bank’s technical areas, in accordance with the criteria established under the applicable regulations and the internal criteria established by the Bank, including both the number of persons identified and the information regarding the excluded members, duly reporting the aforementioned to the Board.

In addition, in 2018 the Remunerations Committee has submitted the proposal to the Board, for its submission to the 2018 General Shareholders’ Meeting, regarding the increase of the maximum variable remuneration level of up to 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration for a certain group of employees whose professional activities have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile. Likewise, the Commission submitted

 

 

191


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

to the Board the Report that accompanies this agreement and which was made available to the Bank’s shareholders.

Lastly, in accordance with the proposal raised by the Remunerations Committee, the Board approved the Annual Report on Remuneration of the Directors of BBVA, according to the model established by the National Securities Market Commission, which is annually submitted to an advisory vote on the Board General Meeting of Shareholders, pursuant to Article 541 of the Corporate Enterprises Act, and which is available on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com) from the date on which the General Meeting was convened.

The Annual Report on the Remuneration of Directors of BBVA contains a description of the basic principles of the remuneration policy of the Bank as regards Board members, both executive and non-executive, as well as a detailed presentation of the various elements and amounts that make up their remuneration.

All of the issues discussed above, along with other matters within its remit, are detailed in the Remunerations Committee Activity Report for financial year 2018, published on the Bank’s corporate website at the time the General Meeting was convened (www.bbva.com).

Thus, as indicated above, BBVA has a decision-making system in the field of remuneration, which features the Remunerations Committee as its central element, in charge of determining the remuneration policy applicable to the Identified Staff, and submitting the corresponding resolutions for approval by the Board. All of the above ensures an adequate decision-making process in the field of remuneration.

The members of the Remunerations Committee who have held such position during financial year 2018 have received a total amount of 268 thousand for their membership. In addition, the Annual Report on the Remuneration of BBVA Directors pertaining to said year includes the individual remuneration of each director.

 

5.2.

Description of the different types of employees included in the Identified Staff

In accordance with the BBVA Group Remuneration Policy, the selection of the persons who make up the Group’s Identified Staff is part of an annual process, the determination of which is based on the qualitative and quantitative criteria established by Delegated Regulation (EU) No 604/2014 of 4 March 2014 supplementing Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to regulatory technical standards with respect to qualitative criteria and appropriate quantitative criteria to identify categories of staff whose professional activities have material impact on an institution’s risk profile (the “Delegated Regulation 604/2014”). This process also includes internal criteria established by BBVA, complementary to those indicated in said Regulation, in compliance with Rule 38 of Circular 2/2016 of the Bank of Spain (hereinafter, the “Identification Process”).

The qualitative criteria established in the Identification Process are defined based on the responsibility of the position (for example, members of BBVA’s management body, members of BBVA’s Senior Management, personnel responsible for control functions and other key functions or significant business units within the Group), as well as on the basis of the staff’s capacity or responsibility to assume or manage risks.

The quantitative criteria establish that employees have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile based on total remuneration granted, unless BBVA determines that, in fact, the activity of such personnel has no significant impact on the risk profile, in accordance with the provisions contained in Article 4 of Delegated Regulation 604/2014.

The Identification Process is updated during the year and takes all BBVA Group personnel into consideration, allowing the inclusion of personnel in the Identified Staff who meet or are likely to meet the qualitative criteria established under Article 3 of Delegated Regulation 604/2014 for at least three months in a given financial year.

 

 

192


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

All the companies that form part of the BBVA Group will actively participate in the Identification Process carried out by BBVA, providing all information necessary in order to adequately identify the personnel having a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile.

In accordance with the detailed Identification Process, a total of 578 Risk Takers were identified at year-end 2018, including:

 

  ·  

Members of BBVA’s Board of Directors.7

  ·  

Members of BBVA’s Senior Management.

  ·  

Risk Takers by function: collective defined by the functions that correspond to the qualitative criteria established under Article 3 of Delegated Regulation 604/2014, between points 4 and 15, both inclusive, as well as those Risk Takers identified according to Bank’s internal criteria.

  ·  

Risk Takers by remuneration: composed of those employees who met the quantitative criteria of Article 4 of the aforementioned Delegated Regulation 604/2014.

The total number of Risk Takers identified in financial year 2018 has remained at a level similar to the previous year, in which the total number of members identified amounted to 572 persons, with the figure thus not having experienced significant changes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, BBVA will adapt the definition of the Identified Staff, including the categories of professionals deemed necessary at any time, in accordance with the requirements established for that purpose in applicable regulations.

 

5.3.

Key features of the remuneration system

As detailed in section 5.1, at the proposal of the Remunerations Committee, the Board approved the Remuneration Policy of the BBVA Group in 2017, which includes the remuneration system applicable to Identified Staff, as well as the Identification Process detailed in section 5.2 above.

The BBVA Group Remuneration Policy is geared towards the recurrent generation of value for the Group, seeking, at the same time, alignment of the interests of its employees and shareholders with sound risk management.

This policy is one of the elements designed by the Board as part of BBVA’s corporate governance system to ensure proper management of the Group, and is based on the following principles:

 

  ·  

the creation of long-term value;

 

  ·  

rewarding the achievement of results based on sound and responsible risk-assumption;

 

  ·  

attracting and retaining the best professionals;

 

  ·  

reward the level of responsibility and professional track record;

 

  ·  

ensuring internal equity and external competitiveness and; and

 

  ·  

ensuring transparency of the remuneration model.

 

 

7 

Regarding non-executive directors, these are defined as Risk Takers by virtue of the provisions of Article 3 of Delegated Regulation 604/2014, although, as detailed in section 5.3, below, they are subject to a specific remuneration system, different from that applicable to executive directors, and do not receive variable remuneration.

 

 

193


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

BBVA has defined the Group Remuneration Policy on the basis of the general principles outlined above, taking into consideration the need to comply with legal requirements for credit institutions and those applicable in the different sectors in which it carries out its business, as well as alignment with best market practices, while including items devised to reduce exposure to excessive risks and adjust remuneration to the targets, values and long-term interests of the Group. To this end, the Policy is guided by the following premises:

 

 

it is compatible with and promotes sound and effective risk-management, not offering incentives to take risks that exceed levels tolerated by the BBVA Group;

 

 

it is in line with BBVA Group’s business strategy, objectives, values and long-term interests and will include measures to avoid conflicts of interest;

 

 

it provides a clear distinction between the criteria for the establishment of fixed remuneration and variable remuneration;

 

 

it promotes equal treatment for all staff, not discriminating due to gender or other personal characteristics; and

 

 

it seeks to ensure that remuneration is not based exclusively or primarily on quantitative criteria and that it takes into account adequate qualitative criteria, which reflect compliance with the applicable regulations.

In accordance with the above, the remuneration model of general application to the entire staff is implemented through the following elements:

 

  a)

A fixed remuneration, which takes into account levels of responsibility, functions performed, and the professional trajectory of each employee, as well as the principles of internal equity and the value of the function in the market, constituting a relevant part of the total compensation.

The award and the amount of the fixed remuneration are based on predetermined and non-discretionary objective criteria.

 

  b)

Variable remuneration, constituted by those payments or benefits additional to the fixed remuneration, monetary or not, based on variable parameters. Variable remuneration shall not limit the ability of the Group to strengthen its capital base in any way in accordance with regulatory requirements and shall take into account current and future risks as well as the necessary capital and liquidity costs reflecting sustainable income and adapted to risk.

Guaranteed variable remuneration, in any of its forms, will not be part of the Group’s variable remuneration models. BBVA may only grant guaranteed variable remuneration on an exceptional basis, and solely within the framework of the conditions established under applicable regulations.

Within this generally applicable remuneration model, the BBVA Group Remuneration Policy includes certain special characteristics applicable, on the one hand, to personnel who exercise supervisory functions and, on the other hand, to personnel involved in the provision of services to clients. Thus:

 

  i.

Personnel who perform control functions are independent of the business units that they supervise, have the necessary authority, and are remunerated according to the achievement of certain objectives related to their functions, regardless of the results of the business areas that they supervise.

In order to reinforce the independence and objectivity of these functions, the fixed components of their remuneration have a greater weight than that of the variable components, the latter being related, for the most part, to the objectives of the function.

 

 

194


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

In addition, the remuneration of BBVA senior managers in independent control functions, including compliance and risk management functions, is directly overseen by the BBVA Remunerations Committee, as in the case of the remaining members of Senior Management.

 

  ii.

In designing and establishing the remuneration of the personnel involved in the provision of services to clients, care must be taken to protect their interests and the quality of the services provided, so that:

 

  ·  

responsible business conduct and fair treatment of clients is encouraged;

 

  ·  

no incentives are established that could induce staff to put their own interests or those of the BBVA Group in a possible opposition to the interests of their clients;

 

  ·  

remuneration is not linked primarily or exclusively with the sale of a product or a particular category or type of products, such as certain products that are more profitable for the entity or the employee, where there are others more appropriate with customer needs; or that such objective is assigned as the one with greatest weight in the determination of remuneration; and

 

  ·  

an adequate balance is maintained between the fixed and variable components of remuneration.

Based on the principles and premises mentioned above, and in compliance with the regulatory requirements established in Act 10/2014 and its implementing regulations, BBVA has defined the particularities of the remuneration policy applicable to Identified Staff, designing an incentive system specifically oriented to maintain the alignment of their remuneration with risks, as well as with the Group’s long-term objectives and interests. The result is a remuneration scheme for the Identified Staff based on the following fundamental characteristics:

 

  ·  

Balance between the fixed components and the variable components of the overall remuneration, in line with that established in the applicable regulations, allowing a fully flexible policy regarding the payment of variable components, which may cause them to be reduced, depending on the situation, up to their entirety. The proportion between the two components has been established taking into account the type of functions carried out by each beneficiary (business, support or supervision) and, consequently, their impact on the risk profile, adapted in each case to the reality existing in the different countries or functions.

 

  ·  

The variable remuneration of the members of the Identified Staff will be based on an effective management of the risks and linked to the degree of achievement of previously established financial and non-financial objectives, as defined at the Group, Area and Individual level, taking into account current and future risks assumed and the Group’s long-term interests.

 

  ·  

Variable remuneration of Identified Staff members for each financial year shall not accrue, or will accrue in a reduced amount, should certain level of profits and capital ratios not be achieved. It will also be subject to ex ante adjustments, so that it shall be reduced at the time of the performance assessment in the event of negative performance of the Group’s results or other parameters such as the level of achievements of budgeted targets.

 

  ·  

The annual variable remuneration for each Identified Staff member shall be calculated on the basis of: (i) annual performance indicators for the Group, area and individual (financial and non-financial); (ii) scales of achievement, as per the weightings allocated to each indicator; and (iii) a “target” annual variable

 

 

195


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

remuneration, representing the amount of annual variable remuneration if 100% of the pre-established targets are met. The resulting amount shall constitute the annual variable remuneration of each beneficiary (hereinafter the “Annual Variable Remuneration”).

In the event of termination of contractual relationship of an Identified Staff member before the closing of the financial year to which the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponds, the member will have the right to receive the proportional amount of said Annual Variable Remuneration, pro-rated for the length of service provided in the financial year and subject, in any case, to the same settlement and payment system applicable had the member remained active, in accordance with the rules set out below. The above shall not be applicable to cases where the termination of contractual relationship is due to a voluntary resignation or lawful dismissal, where the right to receive the Annual Variable Remuneration shall not accrue.

 

  ·  

The Annual Variable Remuneration for Identified Staff members shall be subject to specific rules for settlement and payment, specifically:

 

   

60% of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be paid, if conditions are met, in the year following that to which it corresponds (the “Upfront Portion”). For executive directors, members of the Senior Management and Identified Staff members with particularly high variable remuneration, the Upfront Portion will be 40% of the Annual Variable Remuneration. The remaining portion will be deferred in time (hereinafter, the “Deferred Component”).

 

   

The deferral period will be 5 years for executive directors and members of Senior Management, and 3 years for the remaining Risk Takers.

 

   

50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both of the Upfront Portion and Deferred Component, shall be established in BBVA shares. As regards executive directors and Senior Management, a larger proportion of the Deferred Component shall be established in shares (60%).

 

   

Shares received as Annual Variable Remuneration shall be withheld for a one-year period after delivery, except for the transfer of those shares required to honor the payment of taxes.

As regards executive directors, the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors additionally includes a commitment of the executive directors not to transfer a number of shares equivalent to twice their annual fixed remuneration for a period of, at least, three years from the time of their vesting, on top of the general one-year retention period applicable to all the shares. The aforementioned shall not apply to the transfer of those shares required to honor the payment of taxes.

 

   

The Deferred Component of the Annual Variable Remuneration may be reduced in its entirety, but never increased, based on the result of multi-year performance indicators aligned with the Group’s core risk management and control metrics related to the solvency, capital, liquidity, profitability or to the share performance and the recurring results of the Group, measured over a period of three years.

These multi-year performance indicators are approved by the Board at the proposal of the Remunerations Committee, following an analysis by the Risk Committee, which ensures they are appropriate to align deferred remuneration with sound risk management.

 

 

196


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

These multi-year performance indicators to which the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration for 2018 will be subject, approved by the Board at the proposal of the Remunerations Committee, are as follows:

TABLE 89. Settlement and payment system for Annual Variable Remuneration

 

Indicator    Weight  
Economic Adequacy (Economic Equity/Economic Capital at Risk)      20%  
Common Equity Tier (CET ) 1 Fully Loaded      20%  
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)      10%  
Loan to Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD)      10%  
Return on Equity (ROE)      20%  
(Operating Income - Loan-loss provisions) / Average Total Assets      10%  
Total Shareholder Return (TSR)      10%  

These multi-year performance indicators have certain scales of achievement associated, approved by the Board at the proposal of the Remunerations Committee. Thus, if the targets set for each indicator in the 3-year measurement period from the start of the deferral period are not achieved, the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration for 2018 may be reduced, even in its entirety, but never increased.

In the case of executive directors and Senior Management, the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration payable subject to the multi-year performance indicators shall be delivered, if the conditions are met, according to the following schedule: 60% after the third year of deferral, 20% after the fourth year of deferral and 20% after the fifth year of deferral.

 

   

Resulting cash portions of the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration finally vested, subject to the multi-year performance indicators, shall be updated in accordance with the Consumer Price Index, measured as the year-on-year change in prices, or any other established for such purposes by the Board of Directors.

 

   

The entire Annual Variable Remuneration shall be subject to malus and clawback arrangements during the whole deferral and withholding period, under the terms indicated below.

 

   

No personal hedging strategies or insurance may be used in connection with remuneration or liability that may undermine the effects of alignment with sound risk management.

 

   

The variable component of the remuneration for a financial year shall be limited to a maximum amount of 100% of the fixed component of total remuneration, unless the General Meeting resolves to increase this percentage up to a maximum of 200%. As explained in detail in section 5.7 of this report, the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on March 16, 2018 authorized a raise of the maximum limit to 200%, for a maximum of 238 Risk Takers.

In addition, as indicated above, up to 100% of the Annual Variable Remuneration of each Identified Staff member corresponding to each financial year shall be subject to malus and clawback arrangements, both linked to a downturn in financial performance of the Bank as a whole, or of a specific unit or area, or of exposures generated by an Identified Staff member, when such downturn in financial performance arises from any of the following circumstances:

 

  a)

Misconduct, fraud or serious infringement of the Code of Conduct and other applicable internal rules by an Identified Staff member.

 

 

197


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

  b)

Regulatory sanctions or judicial convictions due to events that could be attributed to a specific unit or to the staff responsible for such events.

 

  c)

Significant failure of risk management committed by the Bank or by a business or risk control unit, to which the willful misconduct or gross negligence of an Identified Staff member contributed.

 

  d)

Restatement of the Bank’s annual accounts, except where such restatement is due to a change in applicable accounting legislation

For these purposes, the Bank will compare the performance assessment carried out for the Identified Staff member with the ex post behavior of some of the criteria that contributed to achieve the targets. Both malus and clawback will apply to the Annual Variable Remuneration of the financial year in which the event giving rise to application of the arrangement occurred, and they shall be in force during the entire period of deferral and retention applicable to the Annual Variable Remuneration.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that these scenarios give rise to a dismissal or termination of contract of the Identified Staff member due to serious and guilty breach of duties, malus arrangements may apply to the entire deferred Annual Variable Remuneration pending payment at the date of the dismissal or termination of contract, in light of the extent of the damage caused.

In any case, the variable remuneration is paid or vests only if it is sustainable according to the Group’s situation as a whole, and justified on the basis of the performance of the Bank, the business unit and of the Identified Staff member concerned.

Regarding payments for the early termination of contracts for Identified Staff members, in accordance with the provisions of the BBVA Group Remuneration Policy and in line with the applicable regulations, they shall be based on the results obtained over time. In no case shall bad results or inappropriate conduct be rewarded, and payments shall not be awarded in cases where there have been clear and serious infringements that justify the immediate termination of contract or the dismissal of the Identified Staff member. As regards BBVA directors, the Bank has no commitments to pay severance indemnity.

As regards the pension policy, it shall be compatible with the entity’s long-term business strategy, objectives, values and interests. In accordance with the foregoing, BBVA has a pension system in place, arranged on the basis of geographic areas and coverage offered to different groups of employees. In general, the Bank’s pension schemes are defined-contribution. The contributions to pension schemes of the Group’s employees are made within the framework of applicable labor law and individual or group agreements applicable in each entity, sector or geographic area. BBVA will determine the characteristics of the pension commitments with the different professional categories of employees, including the pensionable salary.

The basis for the calculation of the benefits (commitments for retirement, death and disability) reflect fixed annual amounts; no temporary fluctuations exist derived from variable components or individual results.

As regards executive directors and members of the Senior Management, they are subject to the specificities included in applicable regulations regarding “discretionary pension benefits.” Thus, 15% of the annual contributions agreed to cover the pension commitments will be based on variable components and be considered “discretionary pension benefits”, subject to the conditions established in the applicable regulations and remuneration policies. Detailed information on the implementation of pension commitments accrued in the year ended may be consulted in Note 54 of the Annual Report corresponding to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bank for 2018, available on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com).

 

 

198


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

As regards non-executive directors, the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors distinguishes between the remuneration system applicable to executive directors and the system applicable to non-executive directors, as set out in the Bank’s Bylaws. A detailed description of the remuneration system for non-executive BBVA directors is included in the mentioned Policy, and the implementation of this system has been explained in the Annual Report on the Remuneration of BBVA Directors corresponding to 2018. Both documents are available on the Bank’s corporate website (www.bbva.com).

As set out in those documents, non-executive directors do not receive variable remuneration; they receive a fixed annual amount in cash for holding the position of director and as members of the various committees, with greater weight allocated to the role as chair of each committee, and the amount depending on the nature and duties of the functions attributed to each committee.

In addition, the Bank has a remuneration system in shares with deferred delivery for its non-executive directors, approved by the General Meeting, which also constitutes fixed remuneration. It comprises an annual allocation to non-executive directors, as part of their remuneration, of a number of “theoretical shares” of the Bank that will be delivered, where appropriate, after they leave directorship for any reason other than serious breach of their duties. The number of “theoretical shares” annually allotted to each non-executive director will be equivalent to 20% of their total remuneration in cash received the previous year, calculated according to the average closing prices of the BBVA share during the 60 trading sessions prior to the dates of the Annual General Shareholders’ Meetings that approve the financial statements for each year.

 

5.4.

Information on the link between the remuneration of Identified Staff and the performance of the Group

As explained in the above sections, the BBVA Group Remuneration Policy includes the entitlement by Identified Staff members to an Annual Variable Remuneration, payment of which is subject to ex ante adjustments and the amount of which is calculated according to compliance with the objectives established at the start of the year for each of the annual performance indicators, in accordance with the scales and weightings associated to each indicator. Thus, the amount of variable remuneration received by Identified Staff is linked to the results of the BBVA Group and varies in accordance with them.

Thus, the application of the scales of achievement defined for each indicator, on the basis on the targets established, has determined the amount of the Annual Variable Remuneration for executive directors. For the remaining Identified Staff members, along with the result of the Group’s annual performance indicators, the amount of Annual Variable Remuneration has been determined in accordance with the level of achievement of the financial and non-financial strategic targets set for the area and for each individual, according to the weightings associated with each indicator which, as was already indicated, have been set according to the type of function carried out by each beneficiary (business, support or control).

During financial year 2018, the BBVA Group generated an Attributable Profit of 5,324 million, an increase of 51.3% over the previous year. Said attributed profit includes the result of corporate transactions generated by capital gains and other associated expenses from the sale of BBVA Chile for an amount of 623 million, net of taxes.

For the calculation of the result of the annual financial performance indicators that are part of the remuneration system applicable to the Identified Staff, as indicated in section 5.3 of this report, the aforementioned impact was not considered in the determination of the Annual Variable Remuneration for 2018, in light of it being caused by operations or circumstances that were considered by the Bank to be outside the ordinary management of the Group. In this regard, the results and evolution of the annual performance indicators established for the determination of the Annual Variable Remuneration for 2018 of the executive directors, which are also included as Group indicators for the remaining members of the Identified Staff, has been positive, representing increases with respect to

 

 

199


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

the previous year in the four financial indicators (Attributed Profit, RORC, RAROEC and Efficiency Ratio). Of particular note is the good performance of recurring revenue, and lower loan-loss provisions, which offset the lower contribution from net trading income (NTI) compared to the same period the previous year.

Despite increases in the four financial indicators compared to the previous year, the attainment levels of Attributable Profit, RORC and Efficiency Ratio have been below the target established for the year. This is mainly a result of economic instability in Turkey and Argentina, whose behaviour is affected by the changes of exchange rates and the negative impact of hyperinflation accounting in Argentina.

Regarding the Customer Satisfaction indicator (IreNe), which is part of the non-financial indicators, an improvement has been observed in almost all regions compared to the other competing financial institutions, resulting in a level of achievement of 99.1.

Accordingly, the Annual Variable Remuneration of the members of the Identified Staff is linked to the Group’s financial and non-financial results, all within the framework and in accordance with the rules of the remuneration system detailed in section 5.3 of this report.

 

5.5.

Description of the criteria used to take into consideration present and future risks in the remuneration processes

In line with what is detailed in section 5.3 of this report, the remuneration policy applicable to Risk Takers in 2018 has featured the following elements:

 

  -

Balance between the fixed components and the variable components of total remuneration.

 

  -

Ex-ante adjustments, which have been verified prior to the determination of the Annual Variable Remuneration.

 

  -

Use of indicators for the evaluation of results, incorporating current and future risk adjustments. Among the financial indicators defined at the Group level are RAROEC, an indicator that takes present and future risks into account and considers profit obtained in relation to the economic capital necessary to obtain those benefits, and which applies to all employees in general. In addition, this indicator is also included at the area level in the business areas.

 

  -

When measuring the performance of financial and non-financial indicators, consideration is given to both individual management aspects and to the targets set at the area and Group levels.

 

  -

Upon measurement of performance of staff members performing control functions, greater weighting is given to objectives related to their specific functions, to strengthen the independence and objectivity of these functions.

 

  -

At least 50% of Annual Variable Remuneration is established in shares (60% in the case of the Deferred Component of the executive directors and Senior Management).

 

  -

Deferral clauses, designed so that a substantial portion of variable remuneration - 60% in the case of executive directors, Senior Management and Risk Takers with particularly high variable remuneration, 40% for the remaining cases – is deferred in time, thus taking into account the economic cycle and the business risks. The deferral period established for 2018 Annual Variable Remuneration is 5 years for executive directors and Senior Management, and 3 years for the remaining Risk Takers.

 

  -

Inclusion of multi-year performance indicators, measured for the 3-year period from the start of the deferral period, to which weightings have been attributed, and for

 

 

200


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

which scales of achievement have been established, so that in the event that the targets set for each indicator are not obtained, the Deferred Component of the Annual Variable Remuneration may be reduced, even in its entirety, yet never increased.

 

  -

Obligatory withholding periods of any shares delivered as Annual Variable Remuneration, so that beneficiaries may not freely dispose of them until one year after their delivery date, except for those that should be divested to pay tax obligations.

 

  -

Prohibition of the use of personal hedging strategies or insurance related to remuneration and liability.

 

  -

Limitation of the variable component of remuneration for the year to 100% of the fixed component of the total remuneration, except for the maximum of 238 employees for whom BBVA’s General Meeting held on March 16, 2018, authorized the application of a maximum ratio of 200%, as explained in detail in section 5.7 of this report.

 

  -

Submission of the entire Annual Variable Remuneration to malus and clawback arrangements during the whole deferral and withholding period, under the terms indicated in section 5.3 of this report.

 

5.6.

Main parameters and reasons for any component of the possible variable remuneration plans and other non-cash benefits

The main parameters of and motivation behind the components of the variable remuneration plans of the Identified Staff have been set out in the previous sections of this report.

 

5.7.

Ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration of Identified Staff

As specified in section 5.3 above, in the total remuneration for Identified Staff the fixed and variable components must be appropriately balanced, in line with applicable regulations, to ensure a policy that is fully flexible with regard to payment of the variable components, allowing for such components to be reduced even in their entirety, where appropriate.

The proportion between both components is established taking into account the type of functions developed by each beneficiary (business, support or control) and, as a result, their impact on the risk profile, adapted in each case to the existing reality in the different countries where the Identified Staff members carry out their activity or functions.

For these purposes, the Bank has defined “target” ratios between fixed and target variable remuneration, which take into account both the function carried out by each Identified Staff member and the impact on the risk profile.

Notwithstanding the above, pursuant to applicable law, the variable component of Identified Staff members’ remuneration for a financial year shall be limited to a maximum amount of 100% of the fixed component of total remuneration, except for the functions for which the General Meeting agrees to raise this percentage to a maximum of 200%.

For these purposes, the General Meeting held on 16 March 2018 agreed to raise the maximum level of the variable component of remuneration up to a maximum of 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration for certain members of the Identified Staff, all according to the Report issued by the Board for these purposes on 12 February 2018. Thus, the Bank submitted the following resolution to the General Meeting:

“For the purposes of the provisions of Article 34.1 g) of Act 10/2014 of June 26, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, to approve a maximum level

 

 

201


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

of variable remuneration of up to 200% of the fixed component of total remuneration for a group of employees whose professional activities have significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, enabling subsidiaries of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., to likewise apply said maximum level to their professionals, pursuant to the Recommendations Report issued in this regard by the Board of Directors of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., on 12 February 2018, and which has been made available to shareholders as of the date on which this General Meeting was convened”.

This resolution was approved by the General Meeting for a maximum of 238 Risk Takers, with a favourable vote of 97.96% on 64.38% of the capital present or represented at said General Meeting.

The proposal submitted to the General Meeting included the detailed recommendation of the Board, explaining the reasons and scope of the decision proposed to the General Meeting and included the number of persons affected, as well as the expected effect on the maintenance of a sound capital base, taking into account the considerations established by the competent authority as regards dividend distribution policies.

As reflected in the Report of the Board, the persons for whom the higher level of remuneration was requested for financial year 2018 had one of the following functions:

 

  ·  

Executive members of BBVA’s Board of Directors.

  ·  

Members of BBVA’s Senior Management.

  ·  

Personnel who perform their functions in the business areas of Spain, the United States, Mexico, Turkey, countries of South America, and Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB).

  ·  

Personnel who perform their functions in corporate support areas, which include members of the Identified Staff who work on a global basis for the Group as a whole, without being assigned to a particular business area.

 

5.8.

Quantitative information on remuneration of the Identified Staff

After year-end 2018, and in accordance with the results obtained (described in section 5.4 above), the Annual Variable Remuneration for Identified Staff members corresponding to said year was calculated.

In accordance with the settlement and payment system established for 2018 Annual Variable Remuneration of Identified Staff members:

 

  ·  

The Upfront Portion will be paid, where applicable, in 2019, 40% in the case of executive directors, members of Senior Management and Identified Staff members with variable remuneration of particularly high amounts, and 60% for the remaining Identified Staff members.

 

  ·  

The Deferred Component will be subject to the multi-year performance indicators mentioned in section 5.3 of this report, to be paid, if conditions are met, in 2022. For executive directors and members of the Senior Management, the Deferred Component will be paid, where applicable, according to the following schedule: 60% in 2022; 20% in 2023 and the remaining 20% in 2024.

This gives rise, among others, to the amounts that are detailed in the following table, broken down by types of employees:

 

 

202


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 90: Total remuneration of Identified Staff in 2018 (Thousand Euro or number of shares)

 

                                                                                                                            
Remuneration for Identified Staff in 2018    Executive
Directors{1)
     Non-
executive
Directors
    

Senior

Management(2)

     Rest of Identified
Staff
     Total Identified
Staff
 
Number of beneficiaries of fixed remuneration      3        12        15        548        578  
Amount of total fixed remuneration for 2018(3)      5,530        3,867        17,005        200,884        227,285  
Number of beneficiaries of variable remuneration      3        0        15        505        523  
Amount of total variable remuneration for 2018(4)      5,431        0        7,074        75,663        88,167  

In cash

     2,389        0        3,112        37,831        43,333  

Number of BBVA shares

     638,098        0        833,880        8,028,391        9,500,369  

Variable remuneration corresponding to 2018 payable in 2019

     2,172        0        2,829        44,689        49,691  

In cash

     1,086        0        1,415        22,345        24,845  

Number of BBVA shares

     227,891        0        297,809        4,741,516        5,267,216  

Outstanding deferred variable remuneration corresponding to 2018 (5)

     3,258        0        4,244        30,974        38,476  

In cash

     1,303        0        1,698        15,487        18,488  

Number of BBVA shares

     410,207        0        536,071        3,286,875        4,233,153  

(1) Includes the 2018 remuneration of Carlos Torres Vila, Jose Manuel Gonzalez-Paramo Martinez-Murillo and Francisco Gonzalez Rodriguez. The current CEO, Onur Genp, appointed by the Board of Directors on December 20th, 2018, has not received any remuneration for his tenure in 2018, being his remuneration included in “Other Identified Staff”. Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements details individualized information for each one of them.

(2) Includes information of the members of Senior Management, excluding executive directors, that had such condition until December 20th, 2018. Members of Senior Management appointed by the Board of Directors on December 20th, 2018, (5 members) have not received any remuneration for such condition and their remuneration is included under “Rest of Identified Staff”. Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements details the aggregated information of each of these group’s remuneration.

(3) Fixed compensation received in 2018, including cash and in kind, except as regards benefit schemes.

In the case of executive directors and members of the Senior Management, contributions made by the Bank in 2018 in relation to agreed upon benefit schemes are detailed in Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the case of non-executive directors, their remuneration system includes, in addition, a fixed remuneration with deferred delivery of shares after leave of directorship. Information regarding such system, including the number of “theoretical shares” allocated in 2018 (corresponding to 20% their fixed compensation received the previous year), is displayed in Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4) According to applicable regulations, 15% of annual contributions agreed to cover retirement contingencies of executive directors and members of the Senior Management will be based on variable remuneration. Detailed information regarding the implementation of benefit-scheme entitlements in 2018 can be found in Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(5) The variable remuneration corresponding to 2018 that is deferred and outstanding is subject to multi-year performance indicators related to the Risk Appetite Framework and shareholder profitability that can reduce, even in its entirety (but never increase), the outstanding deferred amounts.

TABLE 91: Extraordinary remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2018 (Thousand Euro)

 

Extraordinary remuneration    Executive
Directors
    

Non-
executive

directors

    

Senior

Management

    

Rest of Identified

Staff

    

Total Identified

Staff

 
Number of beneficiaries of guaranteed bonuses      -        -        -        1        1  
Total amount of guarantees bonuses granted in 2018      -        -        -        92        92  
Number of beneficiaries of hiring incentives      -        -        -        2        2  
Total amount of hiring incentives paid in 2018      -        -        -        319        319  
Number of beneficiaries of severance indemnity      -        -        -        23        23  
Total amount of severance indemnity paid in 2018 (1)      -        -        -        13,208        13,208  

Paid in 2018

     -        -        -        10,098        10,098  

Deferred amount

     -        -        -        3,110        3,110  

(1) At the time of disengagement of severance indemnity beneficiaries, non-competition agreements have been signed with some staff members, for a total amount of 10,917 thousand euro, which will be paid periodically over the course of the non-competition period. In line with applicable regulations, neither legal indemnity amounts nor the aforementioned amounts linked to non-competition agreements have been taken into account for the purposes of calculating the fixed/variable ratio, the application of deferral and payment in instruments.

Of the total indemnities paid, the highest paid to a single member amounts to 2,620 thousand.

In addition, in accordance with Rule 40.1 of Circular 2/2016 of the Bank of Spain, indication is given that, of the 23 cases of payments for early termination of contracts, there is one case in which the amount paid has exceeded two annuities of the fixed remuneration.

In 2018, payment has also been made of the amounts deferred from years prior to 2018. The following table shows the amounts paid in both cash and shares, as well as the amounts that remain outstanding as at December 31, 2018:

 

 

203


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

TABLE 92: Deferred variable remuneration from periods prior to 2018 (Thousand Euro or number of shares)

 

Deferred variable remuneration for years prior to 2018 for the
Identified Staff
   Executive
Directors (3)
    

Non-

executive
directors

    

Senior

Management

     Rest of Identified
Staff
     Total Identified
Staff
 
Vested(1)                                             

In cash

     470        -        573        7,104        8,147  

Number of BBVA shares

     52,834        -        64,853        821,126        938,813  
Outstanding (2)                                             

In cash

     4,510        -        7,123        61,715        73,348  

Number of BBVA shares

     774,779        -        1,189,564        9,471,193        11,435,536  

Implicit ex-post adjustments applied in the year

     -        -        -        -        -  

Explicit ex-post adjustments applied in the year

     -        -        -        -        -  

(1) Includes deferred amounts of variable remuneration from previous years paid in 2018 and their update (last third of the 2014 deferred variable remuneration).

(2) Includes deferred variable remuneration corresponding to years prior to 2018 pending payment at December 31st 2018 (full deferred variable remuneration for 2015, 2016 and 2017).

(3) The amounts of deferred variable remuneration corresponding to previous years, paid in 2018, are detailed, individually for each executive director, in Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements. As regards outstanding deferred variable remuneration at the end of 2018, the amounts corresponding to each executive director are as follows:

- The entire 2015 deferred annual variable remuneration: 897 thousand euro and 135,299 BAE shares in the case of Francisco Gonzalez Rodriguez; 530 thousand euro and 79,956 BAE shares in the case of Carlos Torres Vila: and 98 thousand euro and 14,815 BAE shares in the case of Jose Manuel Gonzalez-Paramo Martinez- Murillo.

- The entire 2016 deferred annual variable remuneration: 734 thousand euro and 114,204 BAE shares in the case of Francisco Gonzalez Rodriguez; 591 thousand euro and 91,915 BAE shares in the case of Carlos Torres Vila and 89 thousand euro and 13,768 BAE shares in the case of Jose Manuel Gonzalez-Paramo Martinez-Murillo.

- The entire 2017 deferred annual variable remuneration: 792 thousand euro and 163.680 BAE shares in the case of Francisco Gonzalez Rodriguez; 675 thousand euro and 139.488 BAE shares in the case of Carlos Torres Vila and 105 thousand euro and 21.654 BAE shares in the case of Jose Manuel Gonzalez-Paramo Martinez- Murillo.

The following table shows the total remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2018 by activity area:

TABLE 93: Remunerations of Identified Staff in 2018 by activity areas (Thousand Euro)

 

Activity area    Number of            
people
    

2018 total

remuneration(1)

     Average variable/fixed ratio      
Executive Directors (2)      3        10,960        87%  
Non-executive Directors      12        3,867        0%  
Senior Management (3)      15        24,078        41%  
Commercial Banking (4)      184        107,519        41%  
Investment Banking (5)      90        51,333        55%  
Asset Management (6)      25        12,636        61%  
Corporate functions (7)      130        66,584        31%  
Control functions (8)      119        38,474        21%  
Others (9)      -        -        -  
Total Identified Staff      578        315,452        -  

(1) Fixed remuneration paid in 2018 and variable remuneration accrued in 2018.

(2) Includes the 2018 compensation received by Carlos Torres Vila, Jose Manuel Gonzalez-Paramo Martinez-Murillo and Francisco Gonzalez Rodriguez. The current CEO, Onur Genp, appointed by the Board of Directors on December 20th, 2018, has not received any compensation for his tenure in 2018. Note 54 of the Annual Report of BBVA’s Consolidated Financial Statements displays individualized information for each one of them.

(3) Includes information of the members of Senior Management, excluding executive directors, that had such condition until

(4) Includes Retail, Business, Corporate and Insurance activities.

(5) Includes trading and other Investment Banking activities.

(6) Includes Asset Management and Private Banking activities.

(7) Includes support areas of the BAE Group and business support areas (Finance, Legal, Human Resources, etc.)

(8) Includes Risk Management, Internal Audit and Compliance activities.

(9) Rest of activities not included in previous categories.

 

 

204


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

On the other hand, the number of employees with a remuneration equal to or greater than 1 million is as follows:

TABLE 94: Number of individuals with total remuneration in excess of €1 million in 2018

 

Total remuneration in 2018(1)    Number of individuals  
Between 6 million and 7 million euro         
Between 5 million and 6 million euro      1  
Between 4.5 million and 5 million euro      1  
Between 4 million and 4.5 million euro      0  
Between 3.5 million and 4 million euro      1  
Between 3 million and 3.5 million euro      0  
Between 2.5 million and 3 million euro      2  
Between 2 million and 2.5 million euro      3  
Between 1.5 million and 2 million euro      7  
Between 1 million and 1.5 million euro      30  
Total      46  

(1) Sum of fixed compensation for the year 2018 and variable compensation accrued in 2018. The deferred component of variable compensation is subject to multi-year indicators and targets which could reduce (never increase) such deferred component and, therefore, total compensation for the year 2018.

 

 

205


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

6. Information on the Corporate Governance system

In addition to the information that has been dealt with in this Report, and as regards the remaining information on the corporate governance system of Part Eight of the CRR, readers are referred to the 2018 Annual Corporate Governance Report, which forms part of the Management Report that accompanies the BBVA Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements and to BBVA’s Board of Directors selection, appointment, rotation and diversity policy, both documents being accessible on the corporate website (www.bbva.com).

 

 

206


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

7. Subsequent events

On 15 January, the irrevocable decision was announced for early amortisation on 19 February 2019 of the issuance of potentially convertible preferred shares (additional Tier 1 capital instruments) performed by the Bank on 19 February 2014 for an amount of EUR 1.5 billion, coinciding with the First Reset Date of said issuance, and at such point that the corresponding authorisation has been obtained by the Regulator.

At its meeting held on 31 January 2019, the Board of Directors agreed to issue bonds convertible into ordinary BBVA shares, excluding the pre-emptive subscription right, under the power delegated by the General Shareholders’ Meeting of the Company held on 17 March 2017, in the fifth point on the agenda, which is currently pending execution.

On 1 February, it was announced that a cash payment of EUR 0.16 gross per share in April as a supplementary dividend for fiscal year 2018 was expected to be submitted for consideration by the corresponding government bodies.

The results of the supervisory review and evaluation process (SREP) were announced on 14 February.

On 19 February, the irrevocable decision was announced to redeem the issuance of subordinated bonds (Subordinated Notes) on 11 April 2019 that has been computed as Tier 2 capital for an amount of 1.5 billion, coinciding with the Optional Amortisation date of said issue, and at such point that the corresponding authorisation has been obtained by the European Central Bank.

There have been no other events from 1 January 2019 until the date of preparation of this report that were not mentioned in this report and that might significantly affect the results of the Group or its financial position.

 

 

207


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Annexes

Annex I. EU – LI3. Outline of the differences in the scopes of consolidation and non – deducted participations in insurance undertakings

 

Company  

Method of accounting

consolidation

 

Method of regulatory

consolidation

  Deducted       Activity       Participation  

Consolidated

Cost

ALTURA MARKETS SOCIEDAD DE VALORES SA   Equity method   Proportional consolidation   N/A   Securities Dealer   50%   69
ANIDA PROYECTOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   47
BAHIA SUR RESORT S.C.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   1
BBVA AGENCIA DE SEGUROS COLOMBIA LTDA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   0
BBVA BANCOMER SEGUROS SALUD SA DE CV   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   11
BBVA BROKER CORREDURIA DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   12
BBVA BROKER SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   7
BBVA COMPASS INSURANCE AGENCY, INC   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   38
BBVA CONSOLIDAR SEGUROS SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   26
BBVA CONSULTORIA, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   2
BBVA DISTRIBUIDORA DE SEGUROS S.R.L.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   5
BBVA MEDIACION OPERADOR DE BANCA-SEGUROS VINCULADO, S   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   22
BBVA RE DAC   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   43
BBVA SEGUROS COLOMBIA SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   38
BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA COLOMBIA SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   116
BBVA SEGUROS SA DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   1,293
BBVA SERVICIOS, S. A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Commercial   100%   7
BEEVA TEC OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
CATALONIA GEBIRA, S.L.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   0
COMPASS INSURANCE TRUST   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   0
COPROMED SA DE CV   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
COVAULT, INC   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   1
DISTRITO CASTELLANA NORTE, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   76%   96
EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   99%   0
F/11395 FIDEICOMISO IRREVOCABLE DE ADMINISTRACTION CON   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   42%   0
F/253863 EL DESEO RESIDENCIAL   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   65%   0
F/403035-9 BBVA HORIZONTES RESIDENCIAL   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   65%   0
FIDEICOMISO F/403112-6 DE ADMINISTRACION DOS LAGOS   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   0
FIDEICOMISO HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/47997-2   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   7
FIDEICOMISO SCOTIABANK INVERLAT S A F100322908   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   0
FINANCEIRA DO COMERCIO EXTERIOR SAR.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Financial   100%   0
FUTURO FAMILIAR, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   1
GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   85%   124
GARANTI FILO SIGORTA ARACILIK HIZMETLERI A.S.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   1
GARANTI FILO YONETIM HIZMETLERI A.S.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   1
GARANTI KULTUR AS   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
GARRAF MEDITERRANIA, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   2
HABITATGES JUVIPRO, S.L.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   1
HOLAMUNO AGENTE DE SEGUROS VINCULADO, S.L.U.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   0
INMESP DESARROLLADORA, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   33
INPAU, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   25
INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   60%   0
INVERSIONES PLATCO CA   Equity method   Proportional consolidation   N/A   Financial   50%   1
MADIVA SOLUCIONES, S.L.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   6
MOTORACTIVE MULTISERVICES SRL   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   1
MULTIASISTENCIA OPERADORA S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   0
MULTIASISTENCIA SERVICIOS S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   0
MULTIASISTENCIA, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   17
OPERADORA DOS LAGOS S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
PENSIONES BBVA BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V., GRUPO FINANCIE   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   201
PERSONAL DATA BANK SLU   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
PROMOCIONES Y CONSTRUCCIONES CERBAT, S.L.U.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   8
PRO-SALUD, C.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   59%   0
PSA FINANCE ARGENTINA COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA SA   Equity method   Proportional consolidation   No   Financial   50%   10
PUERTO CIUDAD LAS PALMAS, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   97%   0
RESIDENCIAL CUMBRES DE SANTA FE, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   2
SEGUROS BBVA BANCOMER SA DE CV GRUPO FINANCIERO BBVA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   412
SEGUROS PROVINCIAL CA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   No   Insurance   100%   3
SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS DE SEGUROS, S.A. DE C.V.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   6
SERVICIOS TECNOLOGICOS SINGULARES, S.A.   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Services   100%   0
TRIFOI REAL ESTATE SRL   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   100%   1
URBANIZADORA SANT LLORENC SA   Fully consolidation   Equity method   N/A   Real Estate   61%   0
           
Total companies registered by equity method in regulatory scope   2,621
Total companies registered by equity method in accounting scope but by proportional consolidation in regulatory scope   80
Total   2,701
 

 

208


Table of Contents

    

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

Annex II. Own funds template

 

    

12/31/2018

Phase-in

(1)

 

Transitional

adjustments

(2)

 

12/31/2018

Fully-loaded

(3) = (1) + (2)

   Regulation (UE) N°575/2013 Reference
to article
 

Reference to CC2

template

1. Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts   27,259     27,259   

26 (1), 27, 28, 29, list of

EBA 26 (3)

  (a)

of which: Own shares

  27,259     27,259    List 26 (3) of EBA    

Capital

  3,267     3,267         

Share Premium

  23,992     23,992         
2. Retained earnings   23,857   (865)   22,993    26 (1) (c)   (b)
3. Accumulated other comprehensive income and any other reserves (in order to include unrealized losses or gains, in accordance with applicable accounting standards)   (7,285)     (7,285)    26 (1)   (c)
3.a. Funds for general banking risk          26 (1) (f)    
4. Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1          486 (2)    
Exempt public sector capital contributions until January 1st 2019          483 (2)    
5. Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)   3,809   325   4,134    84,479,480   (d)

 

5.a. Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend

 

  3,246     3,246    26 (2)   (e)
6. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments   50,887   (540)   50,347     
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments                     
7. Additional value adjustments (negative amount)   (356)     (356)    34, 105   f)
8. Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount)   (8,199)     (8,199)    36 (1) (b), 37, 472 (4)   g)
9. Empty set in the EU               
10. Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary difference (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount)   (1,260)   (203)   (1,463)    36 (1) (C), 38, 472 (5)   h)
11. Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges   35     35    33 (a)   i)
12. Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (equity)          36 (1) (d), 40, 159, 472 (6)   j)
13. Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount)          32 (1)    
14. Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing   (116)     (116)    33 (b)   k)
15. Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)          36 (1) (e), 41, 472 (7)    
16. Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)   (432)     (432)    36 (1) (f), 42, 472 (8)   l)
17. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)          36 (1) (g), 44,472 (9)    
18. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)         

36 (1) (h), 43, 45, 46, 49 (2) (3),

79, 472 (10)

   
19. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)         

36 (1) (i), 43, 45, 47, 48 (1) (b),

49 (1) a (3), 79, 470, 472 (11)

   
20. Empty set in the EU               
20.a. Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative   (34)     (34)    36 (1) (k)    
20.b. of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)          36 (1) (k) (i), 89 a 91    
20.c. of which: securitisation positions (negative amount)   (34)       (34)    36 (1) (k) (ii), 243 (1) (b), 244 (1) (b), 258   m)
20.d. of which: free deliveries (negative amount)          36 (1) (k) (iii), 379 (3)    
21. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference (amount above 10 % threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount)          36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a), 470, 472 (5)    
22. Amount exceeding the 15% threshold (negative amount)          48 (1)    
23. of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities          36 (1) (i), 48 (1) (b), 470, 472 (11)    
24. Empty set in the EU               
25. of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference         

36 (1) (C), 38, 48 (1) (a),

470, 472 (5)

   
25.a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount)          36 (1) (a), 472 (3)    
25.b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items (negative amount)          36 (1) (1)    
26. Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment   (150)     (150)         
26.a Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468   (150)     (150)    467, 468    

Of which: unrealised losses under Article 467

              

Of which: unrealised gains under Article 468

  (150)     (150)        n)
26.b Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR          481    
27. Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceeds the AT1 capital of the institution (negative amount)          36 (1) (j)    
27. a. Other CET1 deductions   (61)     (61)        o)
28. Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)   (10,573)   (203)   (10,776)     
29. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital   40,313   (742)   39,571     
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments                     
30. Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts   4,863     4,863    51, 52    
31. of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards               
32. of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards   4,863     4,863        p)
33. Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1   142   (142)      486 (3)   q)
Exempt public sector capital contributions until 1st January 2018          486 (3)    
34. Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interest not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties   629   (17)   613    85, 86, 480   r)
35. of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out          486 (3)    
36. Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments   5,634   (158)   5,475     
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments                    s)
37. Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)          52 (1) (b), 56 (a), 57, 475 (2)    
38. Holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)          56 (b), 58, 475 (3)    
39. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments off financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)          56 (c), 59, 60, 79, 475 (4)    

 

40. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

 

         56 (d), 59, 79, 475 (4)    

 

41. Regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 capital in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase-out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 585/2013 (ie. CRR residual amounts)

 

              

 

41.a. Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

 

        

472, 472 (3) (a), 472 (4), 472 (6),

472 (8) (a), 472 (9), 472 (10) (a),

472 (11) (a)

   

Of which items to be itemised on a line-by-line basis, e. g. significant provisional net losses, intangible assets, insufficient provisions against expected losses, etc.

              
41.b Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Tier 2 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013          477, 477 (3), 477 (4) (a)    

Of which items to be detailed on a line-by-line basis, e. g. reciprocal holdings of tier 2 capital instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc.

              
41.c Amounts to be deducted from added to Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre-CRR          467, 468, 481    

From which: possible filter for unrealized losses

         467    

From which: possible filter for unrealized benefits

         468    

From which...

         481    

 

42. Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negative amount)

 

         56 (e    
43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital           
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital   5,634   (158)   5,475     
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)   45,947   (901)   45,047     
 

 

210


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

    

12/31/2018

Phase-in

(1)

 

Transitional

adjustments

(2)

 

12/31/2018

Fully-loaded

(3) = (1) + (2)

  

Regulation (UE) N°575/2013 Reference

to article

 

Reference to CC2

template

Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions                     
46. Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts   3,768   (177)   3,591    62, 63   t)
47. Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2     142   142    486 (4)   u)
Exempt public sector capital contributions until 1st January 2018          483 (4)    
48. Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interest and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third party   4,409   140   4,549    87, 88, 480   v)
49. of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out   37   (37)      486 (4)    
50. Credit risk adjustments   579     579    62 (c) y (d)   w)
51. Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustment   8,756   105   8,861     
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments                     
52. Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)          63 (b) (i), 66 (a), 67, 477 (2)    
53. Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)          66 (b), 68, 477 (3)    
54. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10 % threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)          66 (c), 69, 70, 79, 477 (4)    
54.a Of which new holdings not subject to transitional arrangements               
54.b Of which holdings existing before 1 January 2013 and subject to transitional arrangements               
55. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amounts)          66 (d), 69, 79, 477 (4)    
56. Regulatory adjustments applied to tier 2 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)               
56.a Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013          472, 472 (3) (a), 472 (4), 472 (6), 472 (8) (a), 472 (9), 472 (10) (a), 472 (11) (a)    

Of which: items to be detailed on a line-by-line basis, e. g. significant provisional net losses, intangible assets, insufficient provisions against expected losses, etc.

              
56.b Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013          475, 475 (2) (a), 475 (3), 475 (4) (a)    

Of which: elements to be itemised on a line-by-line basis, e. g. reciprocal holdings of additional tier 1 capital instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc.

              
56.c Amounts to be deducted from or added to Tier 2 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre-CRR          467, 468, 481    

From which: possible filter for unrealized losses

         467    

From which: possible filter for unrealized benefits

         468    
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital           
58. Tier 2 (T2) capital   8,756   105   8,861     
59. Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)   54,703   (796)   53,907     
59.a Risk weighted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amount)               

Of which: . . . items not deducted from ordinary Tier 1 capital (EU Regulation No 575/2013, residual amounts) (items to be itemised line by line, e. g. deferred tax assets that depend on future net future returns on related tax liabilities, own ordinary Tier 1 indirect capital holdings, etc.).

         472, 472 (5), 472 (8) (b), 472 (10) (b), 472 (11) (b)    

Of which: . . . non-deducted items of additional Tier 1 capital elements (EU Regulation No 575/2013, residual amounts) (items to be itemised on a line-by-line basis, e. g. reciprocal holdings of Tier 2 capital instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc.).

         475, 475 (2) (b), 475 (2) (c), 475 (4) (b)    

Elements not deducted from Tier 2 capital elements (EU Regulation No 575/2013, residual amounts) (items to be itemised line by line, e. g. indirect holdings of Tier 2 equity instruments, non-significant indirect holdings of investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, indirect holdings of significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc.).

         477, 477 (2) (b), 477 (2) (c), 477 (4) (b)    
60. Total risk-weighted assets   348,264   540   348,804     
Capital ratios and capital buffers           
61. Common Equity Tier 1 [as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)   11.58%        92 (2) (a), 465    
62. Tier 1 (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)   13.19%        92 (2) (b), 465    
63. Total capital (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)   15.71%        92 (2) (c)    
64. Institution specific buffer requirement (CET1 requirement in accordance with article 92 (1) (a) plus capital conservation and countercyclical buffer requirements plus a systemic risk buffer, plus systemically important institution buffer expressed as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)   6.95%        DRC 128, 129 y 130    
65. of which: capital conservation buffer requirement   1.88%             
66. of which: countercyclical buffer requirement   0.01%             
67. of which: systemic risk buffer requirement   0.00%             
67.a. of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer   0.56%        DRC 131    
68. Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) (*)   7.08%        DRC 128    
Capital ratios and capital buffers           
72. Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions   1,602     1,602    36 (1) (h), 45, 46, 472 (10), 56 (c), 59, 60, 475 (4), 66 (c), 69, 70, 477 (4)    
73. Direct and indirect holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions   2,525     2,525    36 (1) (i), 45, 48, 470, 472 (11)    
74. Empty set in the EU               
75. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference (amount below 10 % threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met)   2,619   384   3,004    36 (1) (c), 38, 48, 470, 472 (5)    
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2           
76. Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardised approach (prior to the application of the cap)          62    
77. Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach          62    
78. Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal rating-based approach (prior to the application of the cap)   854   765   1,619    62    
79. Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach   579     579    62    
Capital instruments subject to phasing-out provisions (applicable only between 1st January 2013 and 1st January 2022)           
80. Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements          484 (3), 486 (2) y (5)    
81. Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)          484 (3), 486 (2) y (5)    
82. Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements   1,836     1,836    484 (4), 486 (3) y (5)    
83. Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)          484 (4), 486 (3) y (5)    
84. Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements   1,294     1,294    484 (5), 486 (4) y (5)    
85. Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)          484 (5), 486 (4) y (5)    

(*) CET1 available to meet capital buffer requirements calculated as the minimum 4.5% requirement on RWAs

(1) Own funds template published in accordance with Commission Regulation (EU) No 680/2014, broken down capital composition by CCI standard template published by BCBS

 

 

211


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Annex III. Capital instruments main features template (issuances)

 

1. Issuer   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   XS1033661866 (1)   XS1190663952   XS1394911496   XS1619422865   US05946KAF84
3. Governing law (s) of the instrument   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish   New York
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1   Additional Tier 1
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-)consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Contingent Convertible   Contingent Convertible   Contingent Convertible   Contingent Convertible   Contingent Convertible
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)     1,500   1,000   500   873
9. Nominal amount of instrument   1,500 Mill EUR   1,500 Mill EUR   1,000 Mill EUR   500 Mill EUR   1,000 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   02/11/2014   01/18/2015   04/07/2016   05/24/2017   11/16/2017
12. Perpetual or dated   Perpetual   Perpetual   Perpetual   Perpetual   Perpetual
13. Original maturity date   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Issuer call date: 02/19/2019; also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date: 02/18/2020; also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date 04/14/2021; also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date 05/24/2022 (fully or partial) also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date: 11/16/2027 (fully) also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   At any time on or after the first reset date   At any time on or after the first reset date   At any time on or after the first reset date   At any time on or after the first reset date   At any time on or after the first reset date
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Fixed for 5-year periods resettable   Initially fixed for 10 years, then fixed resettable in 5-year periods.
18. Coupon rate and any related index   7.0%; EUSA5 + 6.155%   6.75%; EUSA5 + 6.604%   8.875%; EUSA5 +9.177%   5.875%; EUSA5 + 5.779%   6.125% quarterly (10 initial years); 5 year Mid-Swap + 3.870%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

212


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary   Fully dicretionary
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Convertible   Convertible   Convertible   Convertible   Convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   CET1 5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated   CET1 5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated   CET1 5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated   CET1 <5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated   CET1 <5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated
25. If convertible, fully or partially   Always Fully   Always Fully   Always Fully   Fully   Fully
26. If convertible, conversion rate   Floating   Floating   Floating   Floating   Floating

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional

conversion

  Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   Tier 1   Tier 1   Tier 1   Tier 1   Tier 1
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria SA   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

(1) On December 21st, 2018 BBVA recieved from the ECB authorization to execute the call option of the issue with ISIN XS1033661866, therefore, from December 31st, 2018 the issue does no longer compute as additional Tier 1 capital for 1,5000 million euros

 

213


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer

  BBVA S.A.   BBVA International Preferred SA Unipersonal   CaixaSabadell Preferents S.A. Sociedad Unipersonal   Caixa Terrassa Societat de Participacions Preferents, S.A.
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   ES0813211002   XS0308305803   ES0101339028   XS0225115566
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish
Regulatory treatment
4. Transitional CRR rules   Additional Tier 1   Tier 1   Tier 1   Tier 1
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Additional Tier 1   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Contingent Convertible   Preferred Shares   Preferred Shares   Preferred Shares
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   990   35   55   52
9. Nominal amount of instrument   1000 Mill EUR   400 Mill GBP   90 Mill EUR   75 Mill EUR
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities   The Liquidation Preference plus, if applicable, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions for the then current Distribution Period to the date fixed for redemption of the Preferred Securities
10. Accounting classification   Liability - amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   09/24/2018   07/19/2007   07/14/2006   08/10/2005
12. Perpetual or dated   Perpetual   Perpetual   Perpetual   Perpetual
13. Original maturity date   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Issuer call date: 09/24/2023 (fully) also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date: 07/19/2012; also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Issuer call date: 07/14/2016   Issuer call date: 08/10/2011
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   At any time on or after the first reset date   On any distribution payment date falling on or after the first call date   On any distribution payment date falling on or after the first call date   On any distribution payment date falling on or after the first call date
Coupons / dividends
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed for 5-year periods resettable   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Variable   Fixed to floating (since call date)
18. Coupon rate and any related index   5.875%; EUR 5 year mid Swaps + 5.66%   7.093%; 3M GBP LIBOR+0.875%   3M EURIBOR + 1.95%   8%; 10Y CMS +0.10% (cap: 10%)
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   Yes   Yes   Yes

 

214


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Fully dicretionary   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Fully dicretionary   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   CET1 <5.125%; At solo & (sub-) consolidated   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   Fully   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   Floating   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   Mandatory   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   Tier 1   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with preferred shares   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with Additional Tier 1 instruments   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with Additional Tier 1 instruments   Senior to common shares and reserves and pari passu with Additional Tier 1 instruments
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   Yes   Yes   Yes
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   No trigger, no discretionary   No trigger, no discretionary   No trigger, no discretionary

 

215


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   XS1055241373   XS1562614831   XS1569874503   XS1579039006   XS1587857498
3. Governing law (s) of the instrument   English   English   English   English   English
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/ (sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Subordinated debt   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   1,496   1,000   165   53   105
9. Nominal amount of instrument   1,500 Mill EUR   1,000 Mill EUR   165 Mill EUR   53.4 mill EUR   120 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   99.99%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   04/11/2014   02/10/2017   02/24/2017 y 03/14/2017   03/16/2017   03/31/2017
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   04/11/2024   02/10/2027   02/24/2032   03/16/2027   03/31/2032
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   No   No   No   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Issuer call date: 11/04/2019; also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call   Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (entirely)   Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (entirely)   Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (entirely)   Issuer call date: 03/31/2027 also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call, only on full amortization
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   No   N/A   N/A   N/A   After 03/31/2027 on any coupon payment date
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed (until 03/16/2019) and floating since that day   Fixed
18. Coupon rate and any related index   3.5%; 6M EURIBOR + 255bps   0.035   0.04   3% and afterwards annually resettable at CMS (10 years) +1.30%   0.057
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

216


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

  Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   NO   NO   NO
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpectual)   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred obligations both preferred and non-preferred   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred  

Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital)

Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred

36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

217


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA, SA   BBVA S.A.   BBVA, SA
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   XS1615673701   XS1615674261   XS1824263260   ES0213211131   XS0361684391   ES0213211115
3. Governing law (s) of the instrument   English   English   English excluding status provisions of the notres under spanish legislation   Spanish   English   English
Regulatory treatment                        
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Not admissible
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   18   150   262   89   44   125
9. Nominal amount of instrument   20 Mill CHF   150 Mill EUR   300 Mill USD   100 Mill EUR   50 Mill EUR   125 Mill EUR
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   100.00%   99.23%   99.77%   100.00%   99.65%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   05/24/2017   05/24/2017   05/29/2018   07/04/2008   05/19/2008   03/03/2008
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   05/24/2027   05/24/2027   05/29/2033   07/04/2023   05/19/2023   03/03/2033
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   No   Yes   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (entirely)   Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (entirely)   Subject to Tax Call (partial or entirely) and Regulatory call   No   No optional call date; Tax call   Issuer call date: 03/03/2028
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   N/A   N/A   NA   NA   Anytime from the fifth year   Issuance call date and on each interest payment day thereafter
Coupons / dividends                        
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed to specified index   Fixed to floating (since call date)
18. Coupon rate and any related index   0.016   0.02541   0.0525   0.062   4.75% the first two years; linked to CPI afterwards   6.025%; from 03/03/28 3M EURIBOR+1.78%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No   No

 

218


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or

mandatory (in terms of timing)

  Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   No   Yes
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   NO   NO   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred   Senior to common shares, reserves and other Additional Tier 1 instruments Pari passu to other issues from T2 (whether or not they compute in capital) Junior to Tier 3 and senior obligations both preferred and non-preferred   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No   No   Yes
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   Existence of step-up

 

219


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA S.A.   BBVA Global Finance LTD   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   XS0291892262   US055291AC24   ES0214974026   ES0214973077   ES0214974075
3. Governing law (s) of the instrument   English   New York   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post–transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Not admissible   Not admissible
6. Eligible at solo/(sub–) consolidated/solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt   Perpetual subordinated debt   Subordinated debt   Perpetual subordinated debt
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   44   166   0.050   5   48
9. Nominal amount of instrument   100 Mill EUR   200 Mill USD   6 Mill EUR   35 Mill EUR   75 Mill EUR
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   98.21%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   04/04/2007   12/04/1995   06/30/1990   06/10/2009   03/01/2007
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Perpetual   Dated   Perpetual
13. Original maturity date   04/04/2022   12/01/2025   Sin Vencimiento   06/10/2024   Sin Vencimiento
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   No optional call date; Tax call   No optional call date; Tax call   Issuer call date: 03/06/2010   Issuer call date: 10/06/2019   Issuer call date: 03/01/2027
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   Anytime from the fifth year   Anytime from 12/11/2000   Issuance call date and on each interest payment day thereafter   Issuance call date and on each interest payment day thereafter   Issuance call date and on each interest payment day thereafter
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Floating   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   CMS 10YR + 0.03%   0.07   0.025   7.50% up to 06/09/11; from 06/10/11 up to 06/09/19: 3M EURIBOR +5.25%; from 06/10/19 up to 06/10/24: 3M EURIBOR +6%   3M EURIBOR + 1.30% up to 03/01/2027; from 03/01/2027 3M EURIBOR + 2.80%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

220


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)

  Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   Yes   Yes
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares and Additional Tier 1 instruments   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares and Additional Tier 1 instruments
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   Yes   Yes
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   Existence of step-up   Existence of step-up

 

221


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.   BBVA S.A.
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   ES0214973051   ES0214974059   ES0214974067
3. Governing law (s) of the instrument   Spanish   Spanish   Spanish
Regulatory treatment            
4. Transitional CRR rules   Not admissible   Not admissible   Not admissible
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Not admissible   Not admissible   Not admissible
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt   Subordinated debt
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)      
9. Nominal amount of instrument   50 Mill EUR   50 Mill EUR   75 Mill EUR
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   99.66%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   01/28/2005   08/09/2006   08/09/2006
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   01/28/2020   08/09/2021   08/09/2021
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Issuer call date: 01/28/2015   Issuer call date: 08/09/2016   Issuer call date: 08/09/2016
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   Issuance call date and on each interest payment day thereafter   Issuance call date and on each year thereafter   Issuance call date and on each year thereafter
Coupons / dividends            
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Floating   Fixed to floating (since call date)   Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   3M EURIBOR + 1.02% from 01/28/15   4.70%; 3M EURIBOR + 1.08% from issuer call date   3M EURIBOR + 0.58%; 3M EURIBOR + 1.08 % from issuer call date
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No

 

222


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   Yes   Yes
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write–down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write–down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write–down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)   Senior to preferred shares, Additional Tier 1 instruments an Upper Tier 2 instruments (perpetual)
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   Yes   Yes   Yes
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   Existence of step-up   Existence of step-up   Existence of step-up

 

223


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA BANCOMER SA   BBVA BANCOMER SA   BBVA BANCOMER SA
2. Unique identifier (eg ISIN)   US05533UAF57   US05533UAB44   US05533AAA07
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   New York. Do not Include trigger event determination, capital events, regulatory enviroment under mexican legislation. Ranking and subordination are also under mexican legislation   New York   New York
Regulatory treatment            
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub–) consolidated/solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 1 Instrument
8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   559   307   147
9. Nominal amount of instrument   1,000 Mill USD   1,250 Mill USD   1,000 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   99.505%   98.65%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortised cost   Liability – amortised cost   Liability – amortised cost
11. Original date of issuance   01/18/2018   03/10/2011   04/22/2010
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   01/18/2033   03/10/2021   04/22/2020
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   No
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   January 18th, 2028 (total or partial). Also subject to Regulatory call and Tax call (fully)   Only subject to Regulatory call and Tax call (fully)   Only subject to Regulatory call and Tax call (fully)
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   NA   NA   NA
Coupons / dividends            
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Reset fixed   Fixed   Fixed
18. Coupon rate and any related index   5.125%. From optional date of Treasury Yield call + 265 bps   6.5%   7.25%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   Yes, if a trigger event occurs   Yes   Yes

 

224


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Partially discretionary   Partially discretionary
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Partially discretionary   Partially discretionary
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   Yes, if a trigger event occurs   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   (*) A Trigger Event will be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the CNBV publishes a determination, in its official publication of capitalization levels for Mexican Banks, that the issuer’s Fundamental Capital is equal to or below 4.5%; (ii) the Issuer does not comply with the Mexican Banking Law and other regulation or (iii) the Banking Stability Committee determines that financial assistance is required by the Issuer to avoid revocation of the Issuer’s license for its failure to comply with corrective measures.   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   Fully or partially   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   Permanent   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   The Notes constitute Preferred Debt, and (i) will be subordinate and junior in right of payment and in liquidation to all of the present and future Senior Debt, (ii) will rank pari passu without preference among themselves and with all of the present and future other unsecured subordinated preferred debt and (iii) will be senior to subordinated non-preferred debt and all classes of equity or capital stock.   The Notes constitute Preferred Debt, and (i) will be subordinate and junior to all of the present and future senior debt, (ii) will rank pari passu without preference among themselves and with all of the present and future other unsecured subordinated preferred debt and (iii) will be senior to subordinated non–preferred debt and all classes of equity or capital stock.   Constitute Subordinated Non–Preferred Indebtedness and will rank (1) junior to the Senior Indebtedness and Subordinated Preferred Indebtedness, (2) pari passu among themselves and with all the other Subordinated Non–Preferred Indebtedness, and (3) senior only to all classes of capital stock
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

225


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA BANCOMER SA   BBVA BANCOMER SA   BBVA BANCOMER SA
2. Unique identifier (eg ISIN)   US05533UAC27   US05533UAC27   US05533UAE82
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   New York   New York   New York
Regulatory treatment
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post–transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub–) consolidated/solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated   At solo & (sub–) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument
8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   420   210   112
9. Nominal amount of instrument   1,000 Mill USD   500 Mill USD   200 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   99.97%   109,89%+ accured interest from July 19, 2012 to September 28, 2012   99.79%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortised cost   Liability amortised cost   Liability amortised cost
11. Original date of issuance   07/19/2012   09/28/2012   11/12/2014
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   09/30/2022   09/30/2022   11/12/2029
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Only subject to Regulatory call and Tax call (fully)   Only subject to Regulatory call and Tax call (fully)   11/12/2024 fully or partially, (also subject to Regulatory call and Tax call, only with full amortization)
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   NA   NA   No
Coupons / dividends
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed
18. Coupon rate and any related index   6.75%   6.75%   5.35%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   Yes   Yes   Yes

 

226


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or non–convertible   Non–convertible   Non–convertible   Non–convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write–down features   N/A   N/A   Yes, if a trigger event occurs
31. If write–down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   (*) A Trigger Event will be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the CNBV publishes a determination, in its official publication of capitalization levels for Mexican Banks, that the issuer’s Fundamental Capital is equal to or below 4.5%; (ii) the Issuer does not comply with the Mexican Banking Law and other regulation or (iii) the Banking Stability Committee determines that financial assistance is required by the Issuer to avoid revocation of the Issuer’s license for its failure to comply with corrective measures.
32. If write–down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   Fully or partially
33. If write–down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write–down, description of write–up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify type immediately senior to instrument)  

The Notes constitute subordinated preferred debt and (i) will rank junior to all present and future senior debt, (ii) will rank pari passu

with all other present or future unsecured subordinated preferred debt, and (iii) will be senior to unsecured subordinated non–preferred debt and all classes of capital stock.

 

The Notes constitute subordinated preferred debt and (i) will rank junior to all present and future senior debt, (ii) will rank pari passu

with all other present or future unsecured subordinated preferred debt, and (iii) will be senior to unsecured subordinated non–preferred debt and all classes of capital stock.

  The Notes constitute Preferred debt, and (i) will be subordinate and junior in right of payment and in liquidation to all of the present and future Senior Indebtedness, (ii) will rank pari passu without preference among themselves and with all of the present and future other unsecured subordinated preferred indebtedness and (iii) will be senior to subordinated non-preferred indebtedness and all classes of equity or capital stock.
36. Non–compliant transitioned features   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify non–compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

227


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   Compass Bank   Compass Bank   Compass Bank   Phoenix Loan Holdings REIT Pfd (Class B)
2. Unique identifier (eg ISIN)   US20449EBT29   US20449EEE23   US20453KAA34   71909W201
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   New York   New York   New York   New York
Regulatory treatment                
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/ (sub-) consolidated/ solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Tier 2 instrument   Level 1 (phase out until 2018)
8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   50   62   611   18
9. Nominal amount of instrument   300 Mill USD   275 Mill USD   700 Mill USD   21 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   99.82%   99.67%   99.02%   125.00%
9.b. Redemption price   NO   NO   Redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued interest on the Notes to the redemption date.   100% of principal redeemed
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortised cost   Liability – amortised cost   Liability – amortised cost   Liability – amortised cost
11. Original date of issuance   03/21/2005   03/16/2006   04/10/2015   11/28/2000
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Perpetual
13. Original maturity date   04/01/2020   04/01/2026   04/10/2025   Sin Vencimiento
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   Yes   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   N/A   N/A   03/10/2025   06/15/2021
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   No   No   No   Anytime from the first call
Coupons / dividends                
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed
18. Coupon rate and any related index   5.50%   5.90%   3.33%   9.88%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No

 

228


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Discretionary
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Discretionary
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Cumulative   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior creditors   Senior creditors   Senior creditors   Senior creditors
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

229


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Colombia SA
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   BBVAIP190921   BBVAIP190926   BBVAIP190223   BBVAIP190228   EK6295332
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   Colombia   Colombia   Colombia   Colombia   Colombia
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/ (sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   15   42   44   44   43
9. Nominal amount of instrument   106.000 Mill COP   156.000 Mill COP   200.000 Mill COP   165.000 Mill COP   160.000 Mill COP
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   Bullet Bonds; 100%   Bullet Bonds; 100%   Bullet Bonds; 100%   Bullet Bonds; 100%   Bullet Bonds; 100%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   09/19/2011   09/19/2011   02/19/2013   02/19/2013   11/26/2014
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   09/19/2021   09/19/2026   02/19/2023   02/19/2028   11/26/2034
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   No   No   No
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Floating   Floating   Floating   Floating   Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   CPI + 4.45%   CPI + 4.70%   CPI + 3.60%   CPI + 3.89%   CPI + 4.38%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

230


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify Non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

231


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Colombia SA   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement)   COB13CBB0088   USP1024TAN92   PEP11600D029   PEP11600D037   PEP11600D052
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   Colombia   Colombia   Peru   Peru   Peru
Regulatory treatment                
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Non admissible   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   24   349   10   7   7
9. Nominal amount of instrument   90.000 Mill COP   400 Mill USD   20 Mill USD   55 Mill PEN   50 Mill PEN
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   99.91%   99.38%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   Bullet Bonds; 100%   100%   There is amortization option with a 0% premium.   No redemption option   No redemption option
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   11/26/2014   04/21/2015   05/14/2007   06/18/2007   11/19/2007
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   11/26/2029   04/21/2025   05/14/2027   06/18/2032   11/19/2032
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   Yes     No   No
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   N/A   21/04/2020; Tax call   Issuer call date: 14/05/2022, also subject to Regulatory call.   Subject to Regulatory call.   Subject to Regulatory call.
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   N/A   The tax call can be exercised at any time after 21/04/2020   At anytime from the call date   N/A   N/A
Coupons / dividends                
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Floating   Fixed   Fixed   Floating   Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   CPI + 4.50%   4.88%   6% (up to 30th coupon) – (annual increase of 0.5% from the thirty first coupon – call date)   VAC (semester)/VAC (initial)*3.4688%   VAC (semester)/VAC (initial)*3.5625%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

232


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory   Mandatory   N/A   N/A   N/A
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory   Mandatory   N/A   N/A   N/A
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   Yes   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Noncumulative   Noncumulative   N/A   N/A   N/A
23. Convertible or Non-convertible   Non-convertible   Non-convertible   N/A   N/A   N/A
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   N/A   N/A   NO   NO   NO
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Subordinated liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   Yes   No   No
37. If yes, specify Non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   Subsidiary issue Not subject to EU CRD-IV   N/A   N/A

 

233


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement)   PEP11600D060   PEP11600D078   PEP11600D086   PEP11600D094   Credit Suisse TIER 1
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   Peru   Peru   Peru   Peru   New York
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Non admissible
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   9   6   6   4   105
9. Nominal amount of instrument   20 Mill USD   45 Mill PEN   50 Mill PEN   30 Mill PEN   200 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   No redemption option   Sin opción de amortización   No redemption option   No redemption option   There is amortization option with a 0% premium.
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   02/28/2008   07/08/2008   09/09/2008   12/15/2008   10/07/2010
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   02/28/2028   07/08/2023   09/09/2023   12/15/2033   10/07/2040
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   No   No   No   No   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Subject to Regulatory call.   Subject to Regulatory call.   Subject to Regulatory call.   Subject to Regulatory call.   Issuer call date: 07/10/2020, also subject to Regulatory call
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   At anytime from the call date
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed   Floating   Floating   Floating   Fixed to Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   6.47%   VAC (semester)/VAC (initial)*3.0625%   VAC (semester)/VAC (initial)*3.0938%   VAC (semester)/VAC (initial)*4.1875%   7.375% (ten years), L3M + 6.802% (next ten years)
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   N/A

 

234


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   Yes
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   Noncumulative
23. Convertible or Non-convertible   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
30. Write-down features   NO   NO   NO   NO   NO
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify Non-compliant features   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

235


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   BBVA Continental   BBVA Continental   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay S.A.   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay S.A.   BBVA Uruguay SA
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement)   PEP11600D102   US05537GAD79-USP16236AG98   PYBBV01F3798   PYBBV02F5511   N/A
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   Peru   New York   Paraguay   Paraguay   Uruguay
Regulatory treatment                    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument   Tier 2 Instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   21   137   8   13   13
9. Nominal amount of instrument   45 Mill USD   300 Mill USD   20 Mill USD   25 Mill USD   15 Mill USD
9.a. Issue price   100.00%   99.32%   100.00%   100.00%   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   There is amortization option with a 0% premium.   BBVA may, with the approval of the SBS, redeem the Notes, fully or partially, at the revision date, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Nominal value of the Notes that are amortized plus accrued and unpaid interests over the Nominal of the Notes   100%   100%   100%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   10/02/2013   09/22/2014   11/19/2014   11/24/2015   12/19/2014
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   10/02/2028   09/22/2029   11/05/2021   11/18/2022   12/19/2024
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes   Yes   N/A   N/A   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   Issuer call date: 10/02/2023, also subject to Regulatory call   Issuer call date: 09/22/2024, also subject to Regulatory call   N/A   N/A   At issuer’s discretion after 5 years from issue date, minimum USD 1MM
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   At anytime from the call date   N/A   N/A   N/A   At issuer’s discretion after 5 years from issue date, minimum USD 1MM
Coupons / dividends                    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Floating
18. Coupon rate and any related index   6.53%   5.25%   6.75%   6.70%   LIBOR 90d + 4.35%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No   No   No   No   No

 

236


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   N/A   N/A   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   N/A   N/A   Mandatory   Mandatory   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No   No   No   No   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
23. Convertible or Non-convertible   N/A   N/A   Convertible   Convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   TIER 1 <8% o TIER 2 <12% or Accumulated losses > Paid-in Capital   TIER 1 <8% o TIER 2 <12% or Accumulated losses > Paid-in Capital   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A   N/A   Partialy   Partialy   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A   N/A   100%   100%   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A   N/A   Mandatory   Mandatory   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A   N/A   Ordinary Tier 1   Ordinary Tier 1   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A   N/A   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay S.A.   Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay S.A.   N/A
30. Write-down features   NO   NO   N/A   N/A   N/A
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior   Senior liabilities other than securities in parity rank immediately superior
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   Yes   No   No   No   No
37. If yes, specify Non-compliant features   Subsidiary issue Not subject to EU CRD-IV   N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

 

237


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

1. Issuer   Turkiye Garanti Bankasi
2. Unique identifier (e.g. CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement   XS1617531063
3. Governing law(s) of the instrument   English and, regarding subordination, Turkish
Regulatory treatment    
4. Transitional CRR rules   Tier 2
5. Post-transitional CRR rules   Tier 2
6. Eligible at solo/(sub-) consolidated/solo & (sub-) consolidated   At solo & (sub-) consolidated
7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)   Tier 2 instrument
8. Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)   290
9. Nominal amount of instrument   750 mills USD
9.a. Issue price   100.00%
9.b. Redemption price   100.00%
10. Accounting classification   Liability – amortized cost
11. Original date of issuance   05/23/2017
12. Perpetual or dated   Dated
13. Original maturity date   05/24/2027
14. Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval   Yes
15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount   05/24/2022 fully (also subject to Regulatory call and Tax call, only full amortization)
16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable   No
Coupons / dividends    
17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon   Fixed
18. Coupon rate and any related index   6.13%
19. Existence of a dividend stopper   No

 

238


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)   Mandatory
20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)   Mandatory
21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem   No
22. Noncumulative or cumulative   Cumulative
23. Convertible or Non-convertible   Non-convertible
24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)   N/A
25. If convertible, fully or partially   N/A
26. If convertible, conversion rate   N/A
27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion   N/A
28. If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into   N/A
29. If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into   N/A
30. Write-down features   No
31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)   N/A
32. If write-down, full or partial   N/A
33. If write-down, permanent or temporary   N/A
34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism   N/A
35. Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)   Constitute Non-Preferred Debt and will rank (1) junior to the Senior Debt and Preferred Debt, (2) pari passu among themselves and with all the other Non-Preferred Debt, (3) senior only to all classes of equity capital
36. Non-compliant transitioned features   No
37. If yes, specify Non-compliant features   N/A

 

239


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Annex IV. Leverage ratio common disclosure

 

          31/12/2018      31/12/2018      31/12/2017      31/12/2017  
            Phase-in      Fully-loaded      Phase-in      Fully-loaded  
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)                                    
1    On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral)      594,012        594,012        605,325        605,325  
2    (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)      (9,012)        (10,080)        (9,643)        (9,920)  
3    Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets) (sum of line)      584,999        583,932        595,682        595,405  
Derivative exposures                                    
4    Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation margin)      8,997        8,997        11,397        11,397  
5    Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions (mark-to-market method)      14,280        14,280        13,586        13,586  
EU-5a    Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method                            
6    Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework                            
7    (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)      (2,067)        (2,067)        (2,730)        (2,730)  
8    (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures)      ( )        ( )                
9    Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives      14,204        14,204        16,333        16,333  
10    (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)      (7,474)        (7,474)        (11,234)        (11,234)  
11    Total derivatives exposures (sum of lines 4 to 10)      27,939        27,939        27,353        27,353  
Securities financing transaction exposures                                    
12    Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sales accounting transactions      28,002        28,002        25,529        25,529  
13    (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)      (2,188)        (2,188)        (3,906)        (3,906)  
14    Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets      5,137        5,137        2,658        2,658  
EU-14a    Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Article 429b (4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013                            
15    Agent transaction exposures                            
EU-15A    (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)                            
16    Total securities financing transaction exposures (sum of lines 12 to 15a)      30,951        30,951        24,281        24,281  
Other off-balance sheet exposures                                    
17    Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount      156,535        156,535        177,024        177,024  
18    (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)      (95,126)        (95,126)        (114,583)        (114,583)  
19    Other off-balance sheet exposures (sum of lines 17 to 18)      61,409        61,409        62,441        62,441  
Exempted exposures in accordance with CRR Article 429 (7) and (14) (on and off balance sheet)                                    
EU-19a    (Exemption of intragroup exposures (solo basis) in accordance with Article 429(7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet))                            
EU-19b    (Exposures exempted in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet))                            
Capital and total exposures                                    
20    Tier 1 capital      45,947        45,047        46,980        46,316  
21    Total leverage ratio exposures (sum of lines 3, 11, 16, 19, EU-19a and EU-19b)      705,299        704,231        709,758        709,480  
Leverage ratio                                    
22    Leverage ratio      6.51%        6.40%        6.62%        6.53%  
Choice on transitional arrangements and amount of derecognised fiduciary items                                    
EU-23    Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure      Transitional        Fully phased in        Transitional        Fully phased in  

 

EU-24

 

   Amount of derecognised fiduciary items in accordance with Article 429 (11) of Regulation (EU) NO 575/2013                            
          31/12/2018      31/12/2018      31/12/2017      31/12/2017  
            Phase-in      Fully-loaded      Phase-in      Fully-loaded  
EU-1    Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which:      594,012        594,012        605,325        605,325  
EU-2    Trading book exposures      70,779        70,779        71,806        71,806  
EU-3    Banking book exposures, of which:      523,233        523,233        533,520        533,520  
EU-4    Covered bonds      35        35        111        111  
EU-5    Exposures treated as sovereigns      117,076        117,076        107,826        107,826  
EU-6    Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE NOT treated as sovereigns      10,577        10,577        9,959        9,959  
EU-7    Institutions      40,897        40,897        43,156        43,156  
EU-8    Secured by mortgages of immovable properties      113,505        113,505        124,417        124,417  
EU-9    Retail exposures      72,714        72,714        74,416        74,416  
EU-10    Corporate      125,690        125,690        125,418        125,418  
EU-11    Exposures in default      8,999        8,999        12,247        12,247  
EU-12    Other exposures (eg equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets)      33,740        33,740        35,968        35,968  

 

240


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Annex V. Regulatory compliance

 

CRR Article    Description    Pillar III Section

General principles of disclosure

Art. 431 - Scope of disclosure requirements

  

Scope of application of the disclosure requirements and publication of data that transmit a comprehensive image of the institution’s risk profile

  

Prudential Relevance Report 2018 Basel Pillar III.

Art. 432 - Non-material, proprietary or confidential information

  

Omission of disclosures considered not material or confidential and the reasons for classifying them as such.

  

BBVA Group has not made use of the exemption for disclosures considered proprietary or confidential.

Art. 433 - Frequency of disclosure

  

Information must be published at least on an annual basis in conjunction with the date of publication of the financial statements.

  

BBVA Group publishes information more frequently than once a year, as defined in Title V of the Guidelines on Disclosure Requirements, in accordance with Part Eight of the CRR, in the section on Shareholders and Investors / Financial Information on the BBVA Group website.

Art. 434 - Means of disclosures

  

Requirement to disclose information in one medium, or if published in two or more media, a reference to the information in the other media must be included within each medium. Compliance by publication of equivalent data in accordance with other requirements (accounting, public price, etc.).

  

BBVA Group publishes the Prudential Relevance Report 2018 - Basel Pillar III in a single report, supplemented with the Annexes in the same section on the Group’s website. In addition, the Report may be supplemented with financial information in the Group’s Consolidated Annual Financial Statements (see “Correspondence of the Pillar III sections to the Group’s Annual Consolidated Annual Financial Statements”).

Technical criteria on transparency and disclosure of information.

Art. 435.1 - Risk management objectives and policies for each separate category of risk

  

a) Strategies and processes to manage those risks.

   Section 3.1
Section 3.3.4.3
Section 3.8.2
  

b) Structure and organisation of the risk management function.

   Section 3.1.1
  

c) Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems.

   Section 3.2.1
  

d) Policies, strategies and processes for hedging and mitigating risk.

   Section 3.2.10
  

e) Declaration approved by the management body on the adequacy of risk management arrangements.

   Section 3.1.2
  

f) Statement approved by the management body describing the institution’s risk profile.

  

Section 3.1.2

Art. 435.2 - Disclosure, including regular, at least annual updates, regarding governance arrangements:

  

a) Members of the management body.

   Section 6
  

b) Recruitment policy for the selection of members of the management body and their actual knowledge, skills and expertise.

   Section 6
         
  

c) Policy on diversity with regard to selection of members of the management body.

   Section 6
  

d) setting up a risk committee.

   Section 3.1.1.1
  

e) Description of the information flow.

  

Section 3.1.1.2

Art. 436 - Scope of application

  

a) Name of institution.

   Section 1.1.1
  

b) Differences in the basis of consolidation for accounting and prudential purposes:

   Section 1.1.2

 

241


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

    i) fully consolidated.

    ii) proportionally consolidated.

    III) deducted from own funds.

    iv) neither consolidated nor deducted.

    
 

c) Any impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of liabilities among the parent undertaking and its subsidiaries.

   Section 1.2
 

d) The aggregate amount by which the actual own funds are less than required in all the subsidiaries not included in the consolidation, and the name or names of such subsidiaries.

   Section 1.2
   

e) If applicable, the use of provisions in prudential or individual liquidity requirements.

  

Section 1.3

 

a) A full reconciliation of Common Equity Tier 1 items, Additional Tier 1 items, Tier 2 items and filters and deductions applied pursuant to Articles 32 to 35, 36, 56, 66 and 79 to own funds of the institution and the balance sheet in the audited financial statements of the institution.

   Section 2.2
 

b) A description of the main features of the Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 instruments, and Tier 2 instruments issued by the institution.

   Section 2.1
 

c) The full terms and conditions of all Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 instruments.

   Annex II (see document “Pillar III 2018 Annexes”)

Art. 437 - Own funds

 

d) separate disclosure of the nature and amounts of the following:

    i) each prudential filter applied pursuant to Articles 32 to 35;

    ii) each deduction made pursuant to Articles 36, 56 and 66;

    iii) items not deducted in accordance with Articles 47, 51, 56, 66 and 79;

   Section 2.2
 

e) A description of all restrictions applied to the calculation of own funds in accordance with this Regulation and the instruments, prudential filters and deductions to which those restrictions apply.

   Section 2.2
   

f) where applicable, a comprehensive explanation of the basis on which capital ratios are calculated, when determined on a basis other than that laid down in the CRR.

  

N/A

Art. 438 - Capital requirements Institutions shall disclose the following information regarding the compliance by the institution with the requirements laid down in Article 92 of this Regulation and in Article 73 of Directive

 

a) The institution’s approach to assessing the adequacy of its internal capital to support current and future activities.

   Section 2.6
 

b) Upon demand from the relevant competent authority, the result of the institution’s internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP).

   Regulatory environment in 2018 Section 2.6
 

c) Capital requirements by the standardised approach broken down

  

Section 2.5

 

242


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section

2013/36/EU:

 

by exposure classes.

    
 

d) Capital requirements by the IRB approach broken down by risk classes.

   Section 2.5
 

e) Own funds requirements calculated by position and market risk.

   Section 2.5
 

f) Own funds requirements by operational risk.

   Section 2.5
 

Disclosure requirement for exposure in specialised finance and equity in the investment portfolio by the simplified approach.

  

Section 2.5

Art. 439 - Exposure to counterparty credit risk

 

a) Methodology used to assign internal credit and capital limits for counterparty credit exposures.

   Section 3.2.6.1.1
 

b) Discussion of policies for securing collateral and establishing credit reserves.

   Section 3.2.6.1.2
 

c) Analysis of policies with respect to wrong-way risk exposures.

   Section 3.2.6.1.3
 

d) Analysis of the impact of the amount of collateral the institution would have to provide given a downgrade in its credit rating.

   Section 3.2.6.1.4
 

e) Gross positive fair value of contracts, netting benefits, netted current credit exposure, collateral held and net derivatives credit exposure.

   Section 3.2.6.2
 

f) Value of exposure under the mark-to-market method, original exposure, standardised method and internal models.

   Section 3.2.6.2
 

g) Notional value of credit derivative hedges, and the distribution of current credit exposure by types of credit exposure.

   Section 3.2.6.2.4
 

h) The notional amounts of credit derivative transactions.

   Section 3.2.6.2.4
 

i) Estimate of a if applicable.

  

N/A

Art. 440 - Capital buffers

 

a) The geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer.

   Regulatory environment in 2018 Section 2.6
   

b) Amount of its institution specific countercyclical capital buffer.

  

Regulatory environment in 2018 Section 2.6

Art. 441 - Indicators of global systemic importance

 

Disclosure of systemically important indicators.

  

Regulatory environment in 2018

Art. 442 - Credit risk adjustments

 

a) Definitions for accounting purposes of past-due and impaired.

   Section 3.2.2.1
 

b) Description of the approaches and methods adopted for determining specific and general credit risk adjustments.

   Section 3.2.2.2
 

c) The total amount of exposures after accounting offsets and without taking into account the effects of credit risk mitigation, and the average amount of the exposures over the period broken down by different types of exposure classes.

  

Section 3.2.3.2

 

243


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

d) The geographic distribution of the exposures, broken down in significant areas by material exposure classes.

   Section 3.2.3.3
 

e) Distribution of exposures by industry or counterparty type, broken down by exposure classes.

   Section 3.2.3.5
 

f) Residual maturity breakdown of all the exposures, broken down by exposure classes.

   Section 3.2.3.6
 

g) By significant industry, the amount of: impaired exposures and past due exposures, credit risk adjustments and charges for credit risk adjustments during the reporting period.

   Section 3.2.3.5
 

h) The amount of the impaired exposures and past due exposures, credit risk adjustments, and charges for credit risk adjustments during the period by geographic area.

   Section 3.2.3.3
 

i) Reconciliation of changes in the credit risk adjustments.

   Section 3.2.3.8
   

Specific credit risk adjustments and recoveries recorded directly to the income statement shall be disclosed separately.

  

Section 3.2.3.8

Art. 443 - Unencumbered assets

 

Disclosure of unencumbered assets.

  

Section 3.7.6

  Art. 444 - Use of ECAIs  

a) The names of the nominated ECAIs and export credit agencies and the reasons for any changes.

   Section 3.2.4
 

b) Exposure classes for which each ECAI is used.

   Section 3.2.4
 

c) Description of the process used to transfer the issuer and issue credit assessments onto items not included in the trading book.

   Section 3.2.4
 

d) Association of the external rating of each nominated ECAI or export credit agency with the credit quality steps prescribed in the CRR.

   Section 3.2.4
 

e) Exposure values and the exposure values after credit risk mitigation associated with each credit quality step prescribed in the CRR.

  

Section 3.2.4.3

Section 3.2.6.2.1

Art. 445 - Exposure to market risk

 

Disclosure of position, foreign-exchange, settlement and commodity risk and large exposures.

  

Section 3.3.1

Art. 446 - Operational risk

 

Scope of the approaches for the assessment of own fund requirements for operational risk.

  

Section 3.8.6

Art. 447 - Exposures in equities not included in the trading book.

 

a) The differentiation between exposures based on their objectives, and an overview of the accounting techniques and valuation methodologies used.

  

Section 3.4.2

Section 3.4.3

 

b) The balance-sheet value, the fair value and, for those exchange-traded, a comparison to the market price where it is materially different from the fair value.

   Section 3.4.3
   

c) The types, nature and amounts of exchange-traded exposures private

  

Section 3.4.3

 

244


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

equity exposures in sufficiently diversified portfolios, and other exposures.

    
 

d) Cumulative realised gains or losses arising from sales and liquidations in the period.

   Section 3.4.5
   

e) Total unrealised gains or losses, the total latent revaluation gains or losses, and any of these amounts included in the original or additional own funds.

  

Section 3.4.5

Art. 448 - Exposure to interest-rate risk on positions not included in the trading book

 

a) The nature of the interest-rate risk and the key assumptions, and frequency of measurement of interest-rate risk.

   Section 3.6.1
Section 3.6.2
 

b) Variation in earnings, economic value or other relevant measure used by the management for upward and downward rate shocks according to management’s method for measuring the interest-rate risk, broken down by currency.

  

Section 3.6.3

Art. 449 - Exposure to securitisation positions

 

a) Description of the institution’s objectives in relation to securitisation activity.

   Section 3.2.7.1.1
 

b) The nature of other risks, including liquidity risk inherent in securitised assets.

   Section 3.2.7.1.1
 

c) The type of risks in terms of seniority of underlying securitisation positions and in terms of assets underlying those latter securitisation positions assumed and retained with re-securitisation activity.

   BBVA group does not have re-securitised assets.
 

d) The different roles played by the institution in the securitisation process.

   Section 3.2.7.1.2
 

e) The extent of the institution’s involvement in each of the roles referred to in point (d).

   Section 3.2.7.1.2
 

f) A description of the processes in place to monitor changes in the credit risk and market risk of securitisation exposures, including how the behavior of the underlying assets impacts securitisation exposures and a description of now these processes differ for re- securitisation exposures.

   Section 3.2.7.1.1
 

g) A description of the institution’s policy governing the use of hedging and unfunded protection to mitigate the risks of retained securitisation and re-securitisation exposures, including identification of material hedge counterparties by relevant type of risk exposure.

   Section 3.2.7.1.1
 

h) The approaches to calculating risk weighted exposure amounts that the institution follows for its securitisation activities, including the types of securitisation exposures to which each approach applies.

  

Section 3.2.7.1.3

 

245


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

i) the types of SSPE that the institution, as sponsor, uses to securitise third-party exposures.

   BBVA Group does not act as sponsor in any securitisation transaction.
 

j) A summary of the institution’s accounting policies for securitisation activities.

   Section 3.2.7.2
 

k) The names of the ECAIs used for securitisations and the types of exposure for which each agency is used.

   Section 3.2.7.7.1
 

l) Description of the Internal Assessment Approach (IAA).

   BBVA Group does not use the IAA.
 

m) Explanation of significant changes to any of the quantitative disclosures since the last period of reference.

   Section 3.2.7
 

n) separately for the trading and the non-trading book, the following information broken down by exposure type:

    i) the total amount of outstanding exposures securitised by the institution.

    ii) the aggregate amount of on-balance-sheet securitisation positions retained or purchased and off-balance-sheet exposures.

    iii) the aggregate amount of assets awaiting securitisation.

    iv) for securitised facilities subject to the early amortisation treatment, the aggregate exposures and aggregate capital requirements.

    v) the amount of securitisation positions that are deducted from own funds or risk-weighted at 1 250%.

    vi) a summary of the securitisation activity of the current period.

   Section 3.2.7.4
 

o) separately for the trading and the non-trading book, the following information:

    i) the aggregate amount of securitisation positions retained or purchased and the associated capital requirements, broken down into risk- weight bands.

    ii) the aggregate amount of re-securitisation exposures retained or purchased broken down according to the exposure before and after hedging/insurance and the exposure to financial guarantors.

   Section 3.2.7.5
 

p) The amount of impaired/past-due assets and losses recognised by the institution during the current period, both broken down by exposure type.

   Section 3.2.7.7.2
 

q) The total outstanding exposures securitised by the institution and subject to a capital requirement for market risk, broken down into traditional and synthetic securitisations and by exposure type.

   This type of transactions are not in place in BBVA Group
   

r) Where applicable, whether the institution has provided support within the terms of Article 248(1) of

  

This type of transactions are not in place in BBVA Group

 

246


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
   

the CRR, and the impact on own funds.

    

Art. 450 - Remuneration policy

 

a) Information concerning the decision-making process used for determining the remuneration policy.

  

Section 5.1

 

b) Information on the link between pay and performance.

   Section 5.4
 

c) The most important design characteristics of the remuneration system.

   Section 5.3
 

d) The ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration.

   Section 5.7
 

e) Information on the performance criteria on which the entitlement to shares, options or variable components of remuneration is based.

   Section 5.5
 

f) The main parameters and rationale for any variable component scheme and any other non-cash benefits.

   Section 5.6
 

g) Aggregate quantitative information on remuneration, broken down by business area.

   Section 5.8
 

h) Aggregate quantitative information on remuneration, broken down by senior management and members of staff whose actions have a material impact on the risk profile of the institution.

   See details by Section
 

i) The amounts of remuneration for the financial year, split into fixed and variable remuneration, and the number of beneficiaries

   Section 5.8
 

ii) The amounts and forms of variable remuneration, split into cash, shares, share-linked instruments and other types.

   Section 5.8
 

iii) The amounts of outstanding deferred remuneration, split into vested and unvested positions.

   Section 5.8
 

iv) Amounts of deferred remuneration awarded during the financial year, paid out and reduced through performance adjustments.

   Section 5.8
 

v) New sign-on and severance payments made during the financial year, and the number of beneficiaries of such payments.

   Section 5.8
 

vi) The amounts of severance payments awarded ruing the financial year, number of beneficiaries and highest such award to a single person.

   Section 5.8
 

i) The number of individuals being remunerated EUR 1 million or more per financial year, for remuneration between EUR 1 million and EUR 5 million broken down into pay bands of EUR 500 000, and for of EUR 5 million and above broken down into pay bands of EUR 1 million.

   Section 5.8
 

j) Upon demand from the Member State or competent authority, the

  

Section 5.8

 

247


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

total remuneration for each member of the management body or senior management.

    
   

For institutions of systemic importance, the information referred to in this Article shall also be made available to the public at the level of members of the management body of the institution.

  

Section 5.8

 

a) The leverage ratio.

   Section 4.1
 

b) A breakdown of the total exposure measure as well as its reconciliation with the relevant information disclosed in published financial statements.

   Section 4.1

Art. 451 - Leverage

 

c) Where applicable, the amount of derecognised fiduciary items.

   BBVA Group does not use derecognised fiduciary items in its calculation of the leverage ratio.
 

d) A description of the processes used to manage the risk of excessive leverage.

   Section 4.3
   

e) A description of the factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio during the period.

  

Section 4.2

 

a) The competent authority’s permission of the approach or approved transition.

   Section 3.2.5.1.1
 

b) An explanation and review of:

   see details by Section
 

i) The structure of internal rating systems and relation between internal and external ratings.

   Section 3.2.5.1.2
 

ii) The use of internal estimates other than for calculating risk-weighted exposure amounts.

   Section 3.2.5.1.3
 

iii) The process for managing and recognizing credit risk mitigation.

   Section 3.2.5.1.4
 

iv) The control mechanisms for rating systems.

   Section 3.2.5.1.5
 

c) A description of the internal ratings process, provided separately for the different exposure classes.

   Section 3.2.5.1

Art. 452 - Use of the IRB Approach to credit risk

 

d) The exposure values for each of the exposure classes, separately for the AIRB and FIRB approaches.

   Section 3.2.5.2
 

e) For each of the exposure classes and across a sufficient number of obligor grades (including default) to allow a meaningful differentiation of credit risk, institutions shall disclose the sum of sum of outstanding loans and exposure values for undrawn commitments, where applicable; and the exposure-weighted average risk weight.

   Section 3.2.5.2
 

f) For the retail exposure class, the disclosures outlined in the above point, to allow for a meaningful differentiation of credit risk (if applicable, on a pooled basis).

   Section 3.2.5.2
 

g) The actual specific credit risk adjustments in the preceding period, and an explanation of them.

   Section 3.2.5
   

h) A description of the factors that

  

Section 3.2.5

 

248


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

impacted on the loss experience in the preceding period.

    
 

i) The institution’s estimates against actual outcomes over a period sufficient to allow for a meaningful assessment of the performance of the internal rating processes for each exposure class.

   Section 3.2.5.3
   

j) For all exposure classes calculated according to the internal rating approaches, disclose risk-weighted average PD and LGD in percentage for each relevant geographic location, where applicable.

  

Section 3.2.5.2

 

a) The policies and processes for on-and off-balance-sheet netting.

   Section 3.2.6.1.2
 

b) The policies and processes for collateral valuation and management.

   Section 3.2.6.1.2
 

c) A description of the main types of collateral taken by the institution.

   Section 3.2.8.2.2
 

d) The main types of guarantor and credit derivative counterparty and their creditworthiness.

   Section 3.2.8.2.2

Art. 453 - Use of credit risk mitigation techniques

 

e) Information about market or credit risk concentrations within the credit mitigation taken.

   Section 3.2.8.4
 

f) For institutions calculating risk-weighted exposure amounts under the Standardised Approach or the IRB Approach, the total exposure value that is covered by collateral calculating the risk-weighted exposures.

   Section 3.2.8.2.2
   

g)The total exposure that is covered by guarantees or credit derivatives.

   Section 3.2.5.5
Section 3.2.8.3

Art. 454 - Use of the Advanced Measurement Approaches to operational risk

 

Description of the use of insurances and other risk transfer mechanisms for the purpose of mitigation of this risk.

  

Section 3.8.7.1

Art. 455 - Use of Internal Market Risk Models

 

a) For each sub-portfolio covered:

    i) The characteristics of the models used.

    ii) A description of the processes followed to measure incremental default and migration risk.

    iii) A description of stress testing applied to the sub-portfolio.

    iv) The approaches used for backtesting and validating internal models and modeling processes.

   Section 3.3.4.2.3
Section 3.3.4.2.4
 

b) The scope of permission by the competent authority.

   Section 3.3.4.1
 

c) A description of the extent and methodologies to determine the classification of the trading portfolio, in compliance with the requirements of the CRR.

   Section 3.3
 

d) The highest, the lowest and the mean of the value-at-risk (VaR), the stressed value-at-risk (SVaR) and risk numbers for incremental default risk.

  

Section 3.3.4.2.2

 

249


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

CRR Article   Description    Pillar III Section
 

e) The elements for the own funds requirements.

   Section 3.3.4.2.2
 

f) The weighted average liquidity horizon for each sub-portfolio covered by the internal models.

   Section 3.3.4.2
   

g) A comparison of the daily end-of-day value-at-risk to the one-day changes of the portfolio’s value by the end of the subsequent business day.

  

Section 3.3.4.2.4

 

250


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

      Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.  
Date: March 15, 2019        
      By: /s/ Juan Carlos García Céspedes  
     

 

 
      Name: Juan Carlos García Céspedes  
      Title: Authorized representative